


6B 257 Ob4 


7 
. RAS 




































































Digitized by the Internet Archive 
in 2007 with funding from 
Microsoft Corporation - 


http://www.archive.org/details/beginnersfrenchOOfranrich 


BEGINNERS’ FRENCH 


. 
. 
) 
a 
e's 
* 


eee 


> soe PR @ ~ ° @ 


BY 


VICTOR E. FRANCOIS, Pu.D. 


OFFICIER D’ACADEMIE 
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR OF FRENCH IN THE COLLEGE 
OF THE CITY OF NEW YORK 





NEW YORK -:. CINCINNATI -:- CHICAGO 
AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY 


c cc’ a ¢ . 
Ge « © fe c < 
€c he & 4 c 
€ oe € 
" € 
7 £ 
ece¢ee aie . = 
< ee € cee 4 / 
Cu é€ LSS ‘ 
eG ectce € 


CopyRIGHT, 1903, BY 


Victor £. FRANCOIS 


Entered at Stationers’ Hall, London 


FRANCOIS, BEGINNER’S FRENCH 
WwW. P. 22 





To my DEaR FRIEND 
AND FORMER COLLEAGUE IN THE UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN 
DR. ERNST MENSEL 
Professor of German in Smith College 
THIS VOLUME IS DEDICATED 
IN REMEMBRANCE OF THE MANY PLEASANT : 
HOURS WE HAVE SPENT TOGETHER DISCUSSING 

BOOKS AND METHODS 


o8'7390R | o 








TABLE OF CONTENTS 


INTRODUCTION . , ; % ; ‘ c 5 ‘ R ; 
Pronunciation . ; bi : “ ; “ ; 
Definite article. Plural ae nouns ‘ . ° 


Definite article (continued). Translation of it when a subject . 
Negation. Formation of questions. Present indicative of étre 
Agreement, feminine and plural of adjectives. Formation of ques- 
tions (continued) : : ; ‘ : ° ae 
Comparatives and superlatives. Possessive: and demonstrative 


adjectives . ; ; : ; : : : 
Of or from the. Irregular plurals : ; ‘ ; : : ° 
Reading Lesson. Sorite . J ‘ 
Indefinite article. Some or any. Present indicative of avoir . ° 
Cardinal and ordinal numbers . ‘ : 3 < ‘ ‘ : 
Reading Lesson. Divisions du temps 3 : : F ‘ : 
Present indicative of the first conjugation : ‘ ‘ 
To or at the. Imperfect indicative of the first conjugation 
Reading Lesson. /mpossible n'est pas frangais . ; ; : : 


Present indicative of the second conjugation 

Imperfect indicative of the second conjugation. Formation of adverbs 

Reading Lesson. Du pareil au méme 

Present and imperfect indicative of the third conjugation 

Some or any (continued). Verbs ending in -ger and -cer . 

Reading Lesson. Un Calembour - 

Some or any (continued). Irregular feminine of adjectives. Present 
and imperfect indicative: of recevoir 

Place of adjectives. nig canieiet of adjectives qualifying two or ‘more 
nouns . ; : ; 

Reading Lesson. " Trois excellents Médecins ; ‘ , : ‘ 

Peculiarities of some verbs of the first conjugation ; , , 

Future and conditional of regular verbs. ple acta verb 

Demonstrative pronouns . ‘ 

Interrogative adjectives ; interrogative and relative pronouns. ‘Com- 
pound tenses ‘ P 

Possessive pronouns. Agreement of past participles 

Reading Lesson. Une Méprise . 

Demonstrative and relative prone (continued). Compound tenses 
(continued) . ; ; ; ; : 

Indefinite adjectives and pronouns ‘ ; ‘ ° : 

Preterit. Place of personal pronouns 

Place of personal pronouns (continued). Formation of | tenses. Cueillir 

Reading Lesson. Une joyeuse Harangue 


5 


6 TABLE OF CONTENTS 


Imperative. Place of persona] pronouns (continued). LZxvoyer 
Passive voice. Couvrir, faire, pleuvoir . = “ 2 
Disjunctive pronouns. Hair, partir, falioir 

Time of the day. Adler, mettre . 

Voir . ; : ‘ . . 2 é : 
Reading Lesson. Za petite Mendiante : ; « 
Prendre ‘ : 

Active voice instead of passive. " Plaire 

Simple tenses of the reflexive voice. Sortir : 
Compound tenses of the reflexive voice. Venir, sentir, s’asseoir 
Reading Lesson. Lnigmes ‘ 

Plural of compound nouns. Résoudre, dire, valoir 

Prepositions before the infinitive. Craindre . 
Imperative of the reflexive voice. TZzenir, boire, pouvoir . 
Ouvrir, lire . A : < : . 
Reading Lesson. La petite Hirondelle é ‘ : . 
Atteindre, introduire . : ; js = 

Dormir, éteindre, pourvoir . P A ‘ 
Reading Lesson. Une Suppression spirituelle. Repartie royale 
Reciprocal verbs : i : ; 1 : : 
Reading Lesson. <Acrostiche 

Place of adverbs. Servir, vétir . 

Reading Lesson. Za Tomébe et la Rose ‘ 

Rules of the subjunctive mood. L£crire, vouloir 

Use of we. Mourir, rire, vivre . 

Reading Lesson. Un Courtisan pris au pitge 

Instruire, paraitre, taire, découvrir, convenir 


Imperfect of the subjunctive. Sequence of tenses. Acqutrir, croire, 


savoir, connaitre 


Reading Lesson. Bons Mots de Diegene, L’ Animal le plus nuisible. 


Réponse ae Socrate 


POEMS 


Le Colimagon, by Arnault 

La Feuille desséchée, by Arnault . 2 

Le Petit Pierre, by Boucher de Perthes 

Beau Soir, by Paul Bourget ; : 

Evviles Filantes, by Francois Coppee . 

Conseils a un Enfant, by Victor Hugo . : . 

Partant pour la Syrie, by La Reine Hortense. : F 

Trois Fils d’Or, by Leconte de Lisle . ; ‘ F 

Chanson de Barberine, by Alfred de Musset 3 ‘ ‘ 
Full conjugation of avoir and étre_ . . ° 
Table of endings of regular verbs 


Alphabetical table of irregular verbs ‘ , ; . as 


Vocabulary. 1. French-English . eh Se oT ae 
2. English-French ‘ . : . . 


244 
245 
245 
246 
247 
247 
248 
249 
250 
2 51-2 54 


INTRODUCTION 


THE old method of teaching modern languages was train- 
ing only the eye. The new methods aim to train the ear, 
the tongue and the eye. The author has tried to bring 
together a set of exercises giving to each of these organs 
a fair field of activity. 

Up-to-date teachers are anxious to use French in their 
classes as .soon as possible, but very few elementary books, 
if any, help them to carry out their cherished ambition. 

It is the aim of the present volume to enable such masters, 
however inexperienced they may be, to make use of the con- 
versational. method from the very start. 

A glance through the book will suffice to understand its 
arrangement. It is simple and methodical. 

Rutes. — The book contains all grammar rules that first 
and second-year high school students or first-year college 
students are expected to be familiar with. Every lesson 
begins with a few general rules, the examples coming first 
for obvious reasons. It was decided to write the rules in 
English for the convenience of the learner. However, as 
early as possible and especially when reviewing, the teacher 
is advised to translate them into easy French and to require 
his pupils to recite them in the same form. 

May it also be suggested here that teachers of languages 
should make a more general use of the Socratic or in- 
ductive method? Instead of giving detailed grammatical ex- 
planations to which nobody listens, let the teacher write on 


7 


8 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


the board a few well chosen examples, underlining words 
or parts of words illustrating the rule to be worked out, and 
let him have the students themselves find it out as if it were 
the solution of a problem. It is an easy matter if the teacher 
prompts them by well directed questions. 

Such a fine opportunity should not be missed. First, 
this method accustoms the pupils to think, to argue logically 
and to express themselves intelligibly in their mother’s 
tongue, results which are the first we should: aim at even 
in the teaching of foreign languages. Secondly, it makes 
interesting and attractive a subject which is otherwise dull 
and repulsive, for it never fails to create a lively spirit of 
emulation in the class room, which is most beneficial. 
Thirdly, the student remembers better and for a longer time 
a rule which he himself has found out or helped to work out. 

The arguing about the rules should be done in French as 
soon as the progress of the class allows it. 

VocaBULARY. — Common words, words of every-day life, 
were especially sought after, and the stock is increased. 
very slowly. The words are given in the following order 
in the special vocabularies : masculine nouns, feminine nouns, 
adjectives, pronouns, verbal forms, adverbs, prepositions, 
conjunctions and interjections. There is a general vocabu- 
lary at the end of the book. 

FRENCH Texts. — This part is the pivot of the lesson. 
It generally consists of four, five, or six easy sentences, 
plainly illustrating the preceding rules. A great effort has 
been made to have sentences connected in meaning. The 
task was very hard at the beginning. There are no irregular 
verbs except avoir and étre in the first twenty-five exercises. 
The place of personal pronouns, except en, could not be ex- 
plained earlier than in the twenty-fifth lesson, because nouns 
were needed for the application of the rules. From that 
exercise on, the use of personal pronouns as objects should 


BEGINNER’S FRENCH 9 


be required in the answers as often as possible. In all the 
texts the linking mark has been used, following the set of 
rules of Dr. Paul Passy (see Linking of Words, p. 17). 

The French Text, as well as the Vocabulary, should be 
read aloud carefully several times by the teacher on the day 
he assigns the lesson. As many students as possible should 
repeat it after him. It should be studied by heart and every 
sentence pronounced aloud agairi and again. 

TRANSPOSITION. — It offers the learner who understands 
the rules and knows the French text by heart, a golden 
opportunity to display his progress in pronunciation and to 
master promptly and intelligently the various verbal forms 
and constructions. The books being closed, the teacher 
reads a sentence of the French text at a time and then asks 
a particular pupil to repeat it after him with the required 
changes. Care should be taken not to name that particular 
pupil before reading the sentence to be changed. Keep the 
class on the qui vive. A very profitable way to relieve the 
‘monotony in this part of the work is to ask a student to 
read the sentences to the class, the teacher having only to 
point out those who must repeat them. 

The preparation of the transposition work has been made 
easy by examples given after every direction. It goes with- 
out saying that the class is not expected to prepare all the 
changes which are indicated. The teacher should use his 
own judgment. The work to be assigned depends on the 
age and ability of the members of the class, the length of 
the recitation and the time the students are supposed to 
devote outside to this special study. 

Questions. — When the class uses a book not especially 
prepared for conversational work, lazy or indifferent pupils 
may answer: “I do not understand you. I cannot answer.” 
In such tases the teacher is generally helpless. No such 
excuse is possible with this system. Every question has its 


Io BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


answer in the preceding French text, and the answer to the 
first question of every set is given. So, all the pupil has to 
_ do is to imitate the example. 3 

At first glance the reader may think that these numerous 
questions, calling for almost identical answers, would be- 
come tiresome and monotonous. It might be so in a very 
small private class but not in a large section. 

Teachers and students>know how hard it is for an 
English-speaking person to form correct questions in French. 
Yet this important side of the work is sacrificed in almost 
every text book. After years of study, students are able to 
answer questions, but cannot ask any in a correct way. 

From the very beginning, when two or three minutes can 
be spared, select one of the French texts which has already 
been studied, ask a student to stand up and form questions 
based on it. Call upon other members of the class to answer 
them fully. This is a very good way of reviewing. The 
students are obliged to do their best in pronouncing to make 
themselves understood, and it gives them confidence in 
themselves. 

GRAMMAR DRILL. — This part of the work affords the 
learner a chance to apply the rules he has just mastered, and, 
if it is written in English, to make a fruitful comparison of 
both languages. 

TRANSLATION. — Teachers could save themselves a great 
deal of trouble if they would follow the plan the author pre- 
sented in a letter published last year in “ Modern Language 
Notes ” (see June, 1902). 

At the beginning, instead of giving out for the next recita- 
tion the Grammar Drill and the Translation of the lesson 
he has just explained, let the teacher be satisfied with the 
French part of the exercise until he reaches, say, the tenth 
or twelfth lesson. Then, on the day he assigns the eleventh 
lesson, for instance, let him give out, as reviewing work, 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH Il 


the Grammar Drill and the Translation of the first lesson. 
It is simply a shifting of the usual work, care being taken 
that the students be always ten or twelve French exercises 
ahead. What will be the results? First, it will lighten 
the work of the first two weeks and allow more time to be 
devoted to pronunciation. Then, in the first ten exercises, 
the pupil has seen the rules of the first lesson applied so 
many times, he has become so familiar with them and the 
words of that lesson, that he will consider as very easy and 
enjoyable a task which would have seemed to hiin hard and 
disagreeable if he had been asked to do it on the day the 
first lesson was explained. He will, of course, make very 
few mistakes, his confidence will increase daily, the stand- 
ard of the class will be raised and a great deal of time saved. 

READING Lessons. — They have been added to bring 
variety and to play the part of a preparatory reader. The 
words will be found in the general vocabulary. 

Another way to use the book is to set aside for review 
work the Transposition and Questions and go ahead with 
the rest of the exercises.. This plan could be followed by 
teachers who are anxious to begin reading very early. With 
that aim in mind, two lessons may be assigned at a time in 
most cases. 

NEw Ru tes. — References to the set of licenses (tolé- 
rances) adopted by the Minister of Public Instruction of 
France in his decree of February 26, 1901, will be found at 
the proper place in the rules or in notes at the bottom of the 
pages. 

Verss. — Tables of regular and irregular verbs will be 
found at the end of the book, before the vocabulary. 





PRONUNCIATION! 


Graphic Signs 


Accents. — 6, é, a, a, 4, 6, i, 6, f. 

There are three accents in French: the acute (“), the 
grave (-) and the circumflex (*). The acute is found 
only over the vowel e (€). The grave is especially used 
over the vowel e (€), sometimes also over a or u. The 
circumflex may be used over any vowel. 


APOSTROPHE. — |’, s’, m’. 


The apostrophe (’) indicates that a final vowel has been 
elided before a word beginning with a vowel or an h mute. 
That vowel is generally e; it may also be a of la (article 
or personal pronoun) and i of si before il and ils. 


HypuHen. — Asseyez-vous. A-t-il? 


The decree of February 26, 1901, promulgated by the 
Minister of Public Instruction of France, does away with 
the hyphen. However, it was kept after an imperative fol- 
lowed by a personal pronoun object and in questions where 
the so-called euphonic t is inserted between the verb and il, 
elle, or on. 


1 It goes without saying that no foreigner can master the French pro- 
nunciation from rules without outside help. The few general rules given 
here are to be used by pupils as mere references. 


13 


14 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


CEDILLA. — Fagade, facon, décu. 


The cedilla is put under e preceding a, 0 or u to indicate 
that it is soft and should be pronounced like s in sin. 


DIAERESIS. — Naif, Esaii. 


It is placed over the last of two vowels to show that it 
forms a syllable by itself. 


Examples. 
la, va, ma, ta, sa, papa, 
baba. 


tas, pas, fable, Ane, Ame, 
flamme. 


le, ce, me, te, se, je, ne, te. 


elle, acte, dame, table, 
fable. 


été, blé, préféré, nez, et, 
pied, les, des, dés, ces, 


mes, tes, accés, sel, 
chef, fer, féte, béte, 
téte, étre. 


midi, fini, mardi. 
gite, abime, lie, amie. 
col, 


comme, colonne, 


mode. 
nos, vOs, dos, céte. 
du, vu, bru, rue, début. 


y- 
rayé, pays, paysage. 


Vowels 


Simple 
A te 
Value. gua in Engi 
a short = intermediate sound between 
a in lad and a in father. 
along = a in father. 
e short = wz in but. 


e almost silent = ¢ in sole. 


é, @, 6, e fol- The quality of that sound is 


lowed by a the same as that of ¢ in 
consonant. there, ranging from ain sale 
to ¢ in sell. 
ishort = 7 in machzne but shorter. 
ilong = 7 in machine. 
0 short = oe in corn, shortened. 
olong = o in ne. 
u No similar sound in English ; 
= German i. Pronovnce 


the examples with the lips 
in position for whistling. 
see ishort above. 
ii The first 7 belongs to the 
_ preceding syllable and the 
second to the following: 
raz-7€. 


Lp a 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH | 15 


_ Examples. 

balai, laquais,. -aimais, 
aimerais, lait, fait, ai- 
mai, aimerdai. 

au, aux, travaux, 
eau, beau, veau. 

reine, peine, veine. 

deux, ceux, feu, peu, 
veux, aveu, bleu. 

peur, leur, fleur, valeur, 
sceur, cceur. 

toi, moi, voix, bois. 


Ou, tout, nous, vous, chou, 
"cou. ' ; ; 


Compound Vowels 


Value. sounds'in English. 


ai (see ¢ and ¢ above) 


au eau (see o long 
above) 


ei (see 2 above) 
eu long and close = ¢ in fern (=German ¢). 


eu cu shortand open = ¢ in fern but more open 
than for ez long. 


oi = intermediate between wa 
of wax and wa of was. 
ou = oo in. boot. 


Nasal Sounds 


A vowel followed by-n or m ending a word or a syllable 
is nasal unless the n or m is in its turn followed by another 


n or m or h mute. 


Pronounce the following examples through the nose, with 
the mouth widely open, care being also taken to cut the 
sound short and not let the n be heard. 


chambre, rampe, 
enfant, vent, 
empire, membre: 


: vin, 
impérial, 


bon, ton, 
nom, ombre. 


un, brun, 
parfum, humble. 
coin, point, loin, soin. 


11, Us aiment. Ent, ending of the 3d person plural of verbs, is always: 
silent. 2. Bien, rien, viens. 





A Pronounce az in wan 
ea = nasal a. and follow above 
‘ ' directions. ; 
; em | 
in) 
aH Pronounce an in 
aim) { = Psal i. angry and follow | 
ein’? above directions. 
ym 


and follow above 
directions. 
Pronounce w of turn 


on = nasal 0. — 


and follow above 
directions. 


= w + nasal 7 which see. 


un 

batt | e 
‘alia , asal u 
oin 


In words ending in sez and forms of 


venir, tenir and their compounds, ex has the sound of nasal 7 which see. 


Approximate corresponding 


Pronounce ov in lomg 


16 BEGINNER’S FRENCH 


Consonants 


The consonants not given in the following list have the 
same or almost the same sound as in English. 


Approximate corresponding 


Examples. Position. sounds in English. 
camp, Car, col, cure. c before a, 0,4 = ¢ in correct. 
ceci, facade> before a, 0, u : 
iy = f tte c in cell. 
bicyclette. c before ¢, 7, y 
gare, golfe, guéaigu. g beforea,o,u = gin go. 
a 
géant, gite, gymnase. g beforee,7,y = s in pleasure. 
agneau,régner,mignon. gn = mz in uzzon. 


(ih is now silent.? Formerly in words of Germanic 
| origin, 4 was aspirate. Now, it merely indicates 
} 


hardi, haut, homme, that no elision can take place before it and that 


héte. | the last consonant of the preceding word cannot 
| be linked with the vowel following 4. 
jour, jambe, jeter. j = s in pleasure. 
fille, famille, aille. ll preceded by #2= ~——y in you. 
fusil, gentil. . il final* — y in you. 
qui, qualité, que. qu a &. 
rage, porte, parle. r 1 is pronounced more 
strongly than in Eng- 
lish. 
parler, premier, officier. er final 5 = é i.e. a in late. 
baiser, poison, cousin, s between two 
oser. vowels ec like s in please. 
nation, partial, essen- a : bie 
> PRY: : 44) # has often the hissing 
E tiel, minutieux, pa- ti+o = adahwicl x: 
tience. : é 
théatre, thé, thym. th = Zz . 
réflexion. x — usually &s. 
exercice, eXamen. ex initial and_ fol- 
lowed by a vowel 
or 4 mute = egz 
soixante. x = SS. 
deuxiéme. x = Z. 


1 The xz after ¢ is not sounded unless it is final. 

2 Some persons slightly sound it, especially on the stage. 

8 Double //, preceded by 7, are sounded as a single / ina few words: 
ville, mi//e, tranquz//e and their compounds. 

* There are few exceptions: i/, exi/, vil, civil. 

5 The r is pronounced in monosyllabic words and in a few other words- 
hive, hiez, fier (proud). 

bL 


7; 
‘4 
~~ 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 17 


The consonants e, f, 1, r, when final, are generally 
sounded. The others, when final, are generally silent. See 
Vocabulary for exceptions. 


- 


Linking of Words 


Les_enfants. Ils_ont. 


If two words standing together are closely connected in 
meaning, the first one ending with a consonant, the second 
beginning with a vowel or 4 mute, they are pronounced as 
if they were forming a single word. 
This mark ~ will indicate in the texts the words to b 
linked. ! ; 
The following passage translated from “Les Sons du 
Frangais,” par Paul Passy, Docteur és lettres, Maitre de con- 
férences a l’Ecole des Hautes Etudes (Paris, Firmin Didot), 
contains very sensible views. . 
The linking of words varies a great deal according to the 
style and the people. In the literary language it occurs more 
frequently than in the familiar style. But it is especially 
schoolmasters and, still more, not very well educated people 
trying to “ speak well,” who link at every opportunity. 
In the spoken language, only words closely connected by 
the meaning should be linked. Here are the principal cases: 
(a) Article followed by an adjective or a noun: lest hommes. 
les_autres personnes. 

(b) Adjective followed by a noun: le grand* ours, deux 
petits_enfants, mon_ami. 

(c) Numeral adjective followed by an adjective or a noun: 
deux_animaux. 

(d) Adverb followed by an adjective or an adverb: trés_utile, 
trop_idiot. 


1 s; and x, when linked, are pronounced like z. 
2 When linked, d is sounded like 4, ¢ and g¢ like &, 


18 BEGINNERS FRENCH 


(e) A personal pronoun (or en) followed by a verb: illen- 
tend, nous_arrivons, on_écoute, j’en_ai. 

(f) Verb followed by a personal pronoun or by en: vas-y, 
prends-en, a-t-il. A 

(g) Preposition followed by its object: sans_abri, en_écou- 
tant. 

(i) The conjunction quand and the following word: 
Quand_il viendra. 

(1) The various forms of the verbs étre and avoir, especially 
used as auxiliaries, and.the following words: il_est_ici, 
il_etait_arrivé, ils_ont_appris. 


Division of Words into Syllables 


1. Gou ver ne ment, inca pa bi lite. 

A medial French syllable must begin, if possible, with 

a consonant. ; 
_2. hon neur, man ger. 

When two consonants stand together, they generally 

belong to different syllables. . 
3. table, arbre, agneau, crai gnons. 

The division takes place before the two consonants if 
the second is 1 or r and before gn. (Apply Rule 2 if you 
have ll or rr.) 

4. ex em plai re. 
x always belongs to the preceding syllable. 


Tonic Accent 


I. gouverneur. Amérique. 
All syllables of a French word, ial those ending in 
e mute, must be pronounced distinctly with a slight rais- 
ing of the voice (tonic accent) on the last sonorous one. 
2. Le professeur est debout dans la salle. 
A statement being pronounced as if it were a long 
word, the tonie accent is transferred to its last sonorous 
syllable. 


FIRST LESSON 


Rules 


1. Le livre, the book; la table, the table. 


1. The French language having no neuter gender, French 
nouns are either masculine or feminine. 


2. The is translated by le before a masculine noun sin- 
gular and by la before a feminine noun singular. 


2. Le livre, the book; les livres, the books. La table, the 
table ; les tables, the tables. 

1. The-is translated by les before any plural noun. 

2. The plural of French nouns is formed, as in English, 


by adding s to the singular. 


3. Vocabulary 


le livre, the book. | Monsieur or M., sir, Mr. 

le papier, the paper. Madame or Mme, Madam, Mrs. 
le crayon, the pencil. Mademoiselle or Mile, Miss. 

la salle, the class room. dans, in. 

la table, the table. sur, on, upon. 

la boite, the bor... - ou, where. 

la poche, the pocket. — est, 1s. 





sont, ave (3rd person plural). 


4. Text 


La table est dans la salle. 

Le livre est sur la table. 

Le papier est dans la boite. 

Le crayon est dans la poche. 
19 


& & N & 


20 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


5. Transposition 


Replace the singular by the plural. 
Ex.: 1. Les tables sont dans les salles. 


6. Questions 


1. Ouest la table? Answer: Monsieur, la table est dans 
la salle. 

2. Ou est le livre? 

3. Ou est le papier? 

4. Ou est le crayon? 


5. Ou sont les tables? A.: Monsieur, les tables sont dans 
les salles. __, 

6. Ou sont les livrés? 

7. Ou sont les papiers? 

8. Ou sont les crayons? 


7. Grammar Drill 


The paper, the papers; the pocket, the pockets ; the book, 
the books; the class room, the class rooms; the box, the 
boxes ; the pencil, the pencils; the table, the tables. 


8. Translation 


I. The pencil is in the box. 2. The papers are in the 
pocket. 3. The box is on the table. 4. The books are in 
the class rooms. 5. Where is the paper? 6. Sir, the paper 
is on the table. 7. Where is the book? 8. Madam, the 
book is in the pocket. 9. Where are the pencils? to. Sir, 
the pencils are in the boxes. 


10r Madame, Mademoiselle, as the case may be. 


BEGINNER’S FRENCH _ 21 


SECOND LESSON 


A Rules 
9. L’éléve, the pupil; Vécole, the school; Vhabitant, the 
inhabitant. 
The is translated by l’ before any singular noun, begin- 
ning with a vowel or an h mute. 


10. Ou est l’encrier? Il est sur la table. 

Where is the inkstand? It 1s on the table. 

Ou est la table? Elle est dans la salle. 

Where is the table? It is in the class room. 

It, when a subject, is translated by il when it stands for 
a masculine noun and by elle when it stands for a feminine 
noun. 


II. Ou sont les livres? Ils sont sur la table. Where are 
the books? They are on the table. 

Ot sont les plumes? Elles sont dans la boite. Where 
are the pens? They are in the box. 

They, standing for a noun which is masculine in French, 
is translated by ils; standing for one which is feminine, it 
is translated by elles. 


12. Vocabulary 


le banc, the bench. lécole (£.), the school. 
lencrier (m.), the inkstand. il est, he is or tt 1s. 
’éléve (m. and f.), the pupil. elle est, she is or it ts. 
la plume, the pen. ils sont, they are. 


elles sont, they are. 


13. Text 
Les plumes sont dans les_encriers. 
Les_encriers sont sur les tables. 
Les_éléves sont sur les bancs. 
Les salles sont dans les_écoles. 


wh 


22 BEGINNER'S FRENCH) 


14. Transposition 


Replace the plural by the singular. 
Ex.: 1. La plume est dans l’encrier. 


15. Questions 


1. Ou sont les plumes? A.: Monsieur, elles sont dans 
les encriers. 
Ou sont les encriers? A.: M., ils sont... 
Ou sont les éléves ? 
Ou sont les bancs ? 
Ou sont les salles? 


Wb WN 


Ou est la plume? A.: M., elle est dans l’encrier. 
i est l’encrier? A.: M., il est... 

Ou est l’éléve? 

Ou est le banc? 

10. Ou est la salle? 


COND 
° 
S 


4 ae 


16. Grammar Drill 


Replace the dashes by the proper form of the definite 
article. 


I. — école, — écoles; — plume, — plumes; — table, 
—— tables; — éléve, — éléves ; — livre, — livres. 
2. — encriers, — encrier ; — poches, — poche ; — bancs, 


— banc ; — crayons, — crayon ; — salles, — salle. 


17. Translation? 


1. Where is the pen? 2. It is in the box. 3. Where is 
the inkstand? 4. It is on the paper. 5. Where is the pen- 
cil? 6. It is on the bench. 7. Where is the table? 8. It is 
in the class room. 9. Where is the class room? to. It is 


1 The student should be requested to supply Monsieur, Madame, or 
Mademoiselle before every answer through the whole book. 


BEGINNERS FRENCH 23 


in the school. 11. Where are the papers? 12. They are in 
the pocket. 13. Where are the boxes? 14. They are on the 
tables. 15. Where is the pupil? 16. He is in the school. 
17. Where are the pupils? 18. They are on the bench. 


THIRD LESSON 


Rules 


18. Ils ne sont pas sur la table. They are not on the table. 

Il n’est pas sur la table. Jt is not on the table. 

Not is translated by ne...pas. The verb is placed 
between ne and pas. Ne becomes n’ when the verb begins 
with a vowel or an h mute. 


19. Est il dans la salle? Is he (1s it) in the class room? 

When the subject of an interrogative sentence is a per- 
sonal pronoun, it is placed after the verb, as in English. 

20. Oui est le maitre? Where is the master? | 

When a question contains only an interrogative word 
(where, how, when, etc.), the subject (a noun or pronoun) 
and the verb, the subject may follow the verb. (For 
another construction, see 31.) 


21. Present of the indicative of étre (to be). 


AFFIRMATIVE INTERROGATIVE NEGATIVE 
je suis, J am suis je? am I? je ne suis pas, J am not. 
tu’ es, you are es tu? tu n’es pas 
il est, he ts est il? il n’est pas 
elle est, she is © est elle? elle n’est pas 
nous sommes, we are sommes nous? nous ne sommes pas 
vous étes, you are étes vous? vous n’étes pas 
ils sont, they are sont_ils? _ ils ne sont pas 
elles sont, they are sont_elles? elles. ne sont pas 


1 Tu, you, is used only in speaking to relatives and intimate friends. 
In the English exercises, you marked with an asterisk is to be translated 
by ¢. 


24 BEGINNERS FRENCH 


22. Vocabulary 
le parc, the park. la chaise, the chair. 
le maitre, the master, the teacher. | ou, or. 
la maitresse, the mistress. oul, yes. 
l’antichambre, the anteroom. non, no. 
- qui? who? 
23. Text 


1. Je suis le maitre? 

2. Vous_étes les_éléves. 

3. Je suis sur la chaise. 

4. Vous_étes sur les bancs. 

5. Je ne suis pas dans l’antichambre, je suis 
dans la salle. 

6. Vous n’étes pas dans le parc, vous_étes 
dans l’école. | 


24. Transposition 
1. Replace the singular by the plural (except le parc 
and Vécole in sentence 6) and vice versa. Ex.: 1. Nous 


sommes les... 

2. Replace the first person by the second and vice versa. 
Ex:: "1 Vons etes' 361 

3. Replace the affirmative form by the negative and vice 
versa. Ex.: 1. Je ne suis pas le... 


25. Questions 


1. Suis je le maitre? A.: Oui, monsieur, vous étes le 
maitre. 

2. Etes vous les éléves? A4.: Oui, M., nous sommes... 

3. Suis je sur la chaise? 


1 Or la maitresse, as the case may be. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 25 


4. Etes vous sur les bancs? 
5. Suis je dans l’antichambre ou dans la salle? 
6. Etes vous dans le parc ou dans 1’école? 


7. Qui est le maitre? A.: Monsieur, vous étes le maitre. 
8. Qui sont les éléves? A.: M., nous sommes. 
9. Qui est sur la chaise? 
o. Qui est sur le banc? 
I. (a) Qui n’est pas dans Vantichambre? 
(b) Qui est dans la salle? 
12. (a) Qui n’est pas dans le parc? 
(b) Qui est dans l’école? 


(Negative answers followed by affirmative.) 

13. Etes vous le maitre? A.: Non, M., je ne suis pas le 
maitre, je suis l’éléve. 

14. Suis je l’éléve? 

15. Etes vous sur la chaise? 

16. Suis je sur le banc? 

17. Suis je dans l’antichambre? 

18. Etes vous dans le parc? 


26. Grammar Drill 


1. The chairs, the chair; the parks, the park; the class 
rooms, the class room; the pupils, the pupil. 

2. The masters, the master ; the anterooms, the anteroom ; 
the benches, the bench ; the schools, the school ; the mistresses, 
the mistress. 

3. He is, she is, I am, they (m.) are. 

4. We are, you* are, they (f.) are, you are. 

5. Is he? are they (m.)? are you? 

6. Are. you*? is she? are we? are they (f.)? 

7. You are not, she is not, they (m.) are not, we 
are not. 


’ 


26 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


27. Translation 


1. Who is the teacher? 2. I am the pupil. 3. You are 
the teacher. 4. Who is in the anteroom? 5. You are not in 
the anteroom. 6. Where am 1? 7. You are on the chair, 
in the class room. 8. Where are we? 9g. You are on the 
bench, in the school. 10. Where are the pupils? 11. They 
are not in the class rooms. 12. They are in the anterooms. 
13. Where is the master? 14. Is he in the school? 15. No, 
he is not in the school. 16. He is in the park. 


FOURTH LESSON 


Rules 


28. Le parc est grand. The park is large. 

Les pares sont grands. The parks are large. 

La ville est grande. The city ts large. 

Les villes sont grandes. The cities are large. 

French adjectives agree in gender and number with the 
noun which they qualify. 


29. Le parc est grand. The park is large. 
La ville est grande. The city is large. 
The feminine of a French adjective is formed by adding 
e to the masculine singular. | 
EXcEPTIONS: 1. Le murest jaune. The wall is yellow. 
La porte est jaune. The door is yellow. 
Adjectives ending in -e in the masculine singular are 
alike in both genders. 
2. Quel parc? What park? 
Quelle couleur? What color? 
The feminine of adjectives ending in -el in the mascu- 
line singular is formed by doubling the final 1 before add- 
ing e. | ; - 


BEGINNERS FRENCH 27 


30. Les parcs sont grands. The parks are large. 

Les villes sont grandes. The cities are large. 

The plural of a French adjective is formed by adding s 
to the singular. (Cf. 2. 2.) 

Exception. Le mur est gris. The wall is gray. 

Les murs sont gris. The walls are gray. 

Masculine adjectives ending in -s in the singular remain 
unchanged in the plural. 

31. Le parc est ilgrand? Is the park large? 

La ville est elle grande? Js the city large? 

Ou le parc est il? Where is the park? 

When the subject of an interrogative sentence is a noun 
or any other pronoun but a personal pronoun, it precedes the 
verb in French and is also repeated after it in the form of a 
corresponding personal pronoun. (See 20.) 


32. Vocabulary 


le mur, the wall. gai >} 

Vhabitant (m.), the inhabitant. gais | cheerful, 

la ville, the city. gaie merry 
lavenue (f.), the avenue. gaies 

la rue, the street. quel 

la maison, the house. quels what ? ’ 
la porte, the door. quelle (interrogative 
la couleur, the color. quelles POLECRVES: 
grand, m. s. large} 

eee, pl large, tall. atecs | wide. 
grande, f. s. large 

grandes, f. pl. larges | 

joli triste 

ane pretty. eee sad, gloomy. 
jolies tristes 

étroit jaune 1 

étroits jaunes 

erent narrow. ; yellow 
etroite jaune 

étroites jaunes Jj 





28 BEGINNERS FRENCH 





assis : 
assis eeabae qu’est ce qui? what? (subject) 
assise comment, how. 
assises | trés, very. 

et, and. 
ek mais, but. 
rine gray. de, of. 
grises 

33. Text 


Nous sommes_assis dans le parc. 
2. La ville est grande et le parc est joli. 
3. L’avenue est trés large et la rue est trés_ 
étroite. 
4. Les maisons sont tristes, mais les_habitants 
sont gais. 
5. Les murs sont gris et les portes sont jaunes. 


34. Transposition 


1. Replace the singular by the plural (except le pare in 
sentence 1) and vice versa. 

Ex.: 1. Je suis assis dans le parc. 2. Les villes... 

2. Use the negative form. 

Ex.: 1. Nous ne sommes pas assis dans... 

3. Use the interrogative form. 

Ex.: 1. Sommes nous assis dans...? 2. La ville est 
elle grande et le parc...? 


35. Questions 
I. Qui est assis dans le parc? A.: M., nous sommes 
assis... 
2. (a) Qu’est ce qui est grand? A.: M., la ville est... 
(b) Qu’est ce qui est joli? 


1 Qwest ce gui is masculine. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 29 


3. (a) Qu’est ce qui est tres large? 
(b) Qu’est ce qui est trés étroit? 
4. (2) Qu’est ce qui est triste? A.: M., les maisons 
SONU... 
(b) Qui est gai? 
5. (a) Qu’est ce qui est gris? 
(b) Qu’est ce qui est jaune? 


6. Outi étes vous assis? A.: M., nous sommes... 
7. (a) Comment la ville est elle? A.: M., elle est... 
(b) Comment le parc est il? 
8. (a) Comment l’avenue est elle? 
(b) Comment la rue est elle? 
9. (a) Comment les maisons sont elles? 
(b) Comment les habitants sont ils? 
10. (a) De quelle couleur les murs sont ils? 
(b) De quelle couleur les portes sont elles? 


36. Grammar Drill 
Write: 


(a) The feminine singular of the following adjectives: 
joli, gai, quel, assis, triste. 

(b) The masculine plural of:, jaune, grand, gris, étroit, 
large. | 

(c) The feminine plural of: triste, gris, large, grand, 
assis, jaune, gai, étroit, joli, quel. 


Conjugate the present indicative of: 
(a) étre gai in the affirmative form. Ex.: Je suis gai 
or gaie.* 
(b) @tre triste in the interrogative form. Ex.: Suis je 
triste? 
(c) @tre assis in the negative form. Ex.: Je ne suis pas 
assis or assise.? 


1 According as the pupil is a boy or a girl. 


30 BEGINNERS FRENCH 


37. Translation 


1. We are in the school. 2. It is very large. 3. Who 
is seated? 4. The pupils are seated on the benches. 5. They 
are very sad. 6. The mistress is not in the class room. 
7. Where is she? 8. She is seated on the chair in the ante- 
room. 9. The anteroom is gloomy but the class rooms are 
pretty. «to. Where are we? 11. You are in the park. 
I2. It is narrow. 13. The avenues are not yery pretty. 
14. Are the streets cheerful? 15. No, they are not cheerful. 
16. They are narrow and very gloomy. 17. How is the in- 
habitant? 18. Is he sa Sats or gloomy? 19. He is gloomy. 
20. Is the house narrow? . No, it is not narrow, it is 
wide. 22. Are the walls wide? 23. No, tiey are not wide, 
they are very narrow. 


FIFTH LESSON 


Rules © 


38. La salle est plus grande que (moins grande que, 
aussi grande que) l’antichambre. 

The class room is larger than (less large than, as large 
as.) the anteroom. 


The comparative of a French adjective is formed by put- 
ting plus (comparative of superiority), moins (comparative - 
of inferiority), aussi (comparative of equality) before it. 

Exception : Le maitre est bon. The master is good. La 
maitresse est bonne. The mistress is good. 

Le maitre est meilleur que la maitresse. The master is 
better than the mistress. 

The comparative of bon is meilleur. 

Note. The feminine of bon is irregular: bonne. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 31 


39. La plus grande salle. The larger or the largest class 
room. : 

Le plus petit éléve. The smaller or the smallest pupil. 

Les meilleures écoles. The better or the best schools. 

1. To form the superlative of a French adjective, put 
the definite article le, la, les before the comparative. 

2. The French have only one form to express the larger, 
the largest. | 


40. Possessive adjectives. 





SINGULAR PLURAL 
MASCULINE FEMININE Botu GENDERS 

my mon ma mes 
your ton ta tes 

his, her, its son — sa ses 

¥ eae , 

our notre nos 
your . votre vos 
their leur leurs 


Notes. 1. Son livre. His, her, its book. 
Sa plume. His, her, its pen. 


Son and sa agree in number and gender with the fol- 
lowing noun, not with the possessor as in English. 

2. Mon école. My school. 

Ton antichambre. Your anteroom. 

Son amie. His, her, its friend (fem.). 

Mon, ton, son replace ma, ta, sa before any feminine ad- 
jective or noun beginning with a vowel or an h mute. 


41. Demonstrative adjectives. 


Ce livre. This or that book. 
Cet encrier. This or that inkstand. 
Cette table. This or that table. 


32 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


Cette école. This or that school. 
Ces livres. These or those books. 
Ces tables. These or those tables. 


MASCULINE 
A. 


FEMININE 





ones ee. | 
Before a consonant. Before a vowel oran & mute. 








this or that ce cet cette 
these or those ces 

42. Vocabulary 
le frére, the brother. bon 
le monsieur, the gentleman. bons | 
les messieurs, the gentlemen. borine good. 
le cousin, the cousin. bonnes J 
lenfant (m. or f.), the child. : 
la sceur, the sister. meilleur ] 
la dame, the lady. meilleurs better. 
lamie, the friend (fem.). meilleure 


l’actrice, the actress. 


petit ) 

petits little, 
petite small, 
petites. 





meilleures _ J 


plus...que, more. ..than. 
moins...que, less...than. 
aussi...que, as...as. 
Si...que, SO...as. 


43. Text 


1. Son frére est plus grand que ce monsieur. 
2. Sa sceur est plus petite que cette dame. 
3. Son cousin est meilleur que cet_enfant. 
4. Son_amie est moins jolie que cette actrice 


44. Transposition 


I. Replace son and sa by the other possessive adjectives. 
Ex.: 1. Son (mon, ton, notre, votre, leur) frére est plus 
gtand que ce monsieur. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 33 


2. Use the plural everywhere and replace ses by the other 
possessive adjectives. 

Ex.: 1. Ses (mes, tes, nos, vos, leurs) fréres sont plus 
grands que ces messieurs. 


3. Use the interrogative form. 
Ex.: 1. Son frére est il plus grand que ce monsieur? 


45. Questions 


I. Qui est plus grand que ce monsieur? A.: M., son frére 
est plus grand que ce monsieur. 

2. Qui est plus petite que cette dame? 

3. Qui est meilleur que cet enfant? 

4. Qui est moins jolie que cette actrice? 


Use mon instead of son in the answers. 


5. Qui est le plus grand, votre frére ou ce monsieur? 
A.: M., mon frére est le plus grand. 

6. Qui est la plus petite, cette dame ou votre sceur? 

7. Qui est le meilleur, votre cousin ou cet enfant? 

8. Qui est la moins jolie, cette actrice ou votre amie? 


Negative answers with si (so) and use leur instead of son. 


g. Ce monsieur est il aussi grand que leur frére? A.: 
Non, M., il n’est pas si grand que leur frére. 

10. Cette dame est elle aussi petite que leur sceur? 

11. Cet enfant est il aussi bon que leur cousin? 

12. Leur amie est elle aussi jolie que cette actrice? 


46. Grammar Drill 


1. Write in French the masculine and feminine forms 
singular and plural of the following adjectives, compara- 
tives and superlatives: 

(a) cheerful, more cheerful, the more cheerful, the most 

cheerful. 


34 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


(b) small, smaller, the smaller, the smallest. 

(c) pretty, prettier, the prettier, the prettiest. 

(d) gloomy, more gloomy, the more gloomy, the most 

gloomy. 

(e) good, better, the better, the best. 

2. My (your™*, his, her, its, our, your, their) pencil; my 
(our, his, your*, her, your, its, their) pencils. 

3. My (their, her, your, his, our, your*, its) pen; my 
(your, his, their, its, your*, our) pens. 

4. My (his, our, their, its, your*, her, your) friend 
(fem.); my (your, his, our, her, your*, its, their) friends 
(fem.). 

5. This book, these books; that pupil, those pupils; this 
school, these schools; that table, these tables. 


: ' 47. Translation 


1. Is that park large? 2. It is larger than your city. 
3. Are those avenues narrow? 4. They are as narrow as 
our streets. 5. Is your school small? 6. No, it is not small. 
7. It is larger than this house. 8. How are the class rooms? 
g. They are not wide. 10. They are as narrow as my ante- 
room. 11. Are these pupils good? 12. They are better than 
your brother. 13. Is their master cheerful? 14. No, he is 
sad. 15. His pupils are not good. 16. How are those 
actresses? 17. Are they pretty? 18. They are very tall and 
very pretty. 19. They are taller than this gentleman and 
prettier than these ladies. 20. How is this child? 21. He 
is as sad as his sister. 22. Who is the prettier, my friend 
(fem.) or her sister? 23. Your friend (fem.) is the prettier. 
24. Yes, but her sister is the taller and the merrier. 


BEGINNER'S -FRENCH 35 


SIXTH LESSON 


Rules 


48. (1) Du maitre, du héros; (2) de la maitresse, de la 
harpe; (3) de Véléve, de l’école, de Vhabitant; (4) des 
maitres, des héros, des maitresses, des harpes, des éléves, 
des écoles, des habitants. Of the or from the master, the 
hero, the mistress, the harp, the pupil, the school, the in- 
habitant; of the or from the masters, the heroes, the mis- 
tresses, the harps, the pupils, the schools, the inhabitants. 

Of the or from the is translated by © 
(1) du before a masculine noun singular beginning with a 

consonant or an h formerly aspirate; 
(2) de la before a feminine noun singular beginning with a 
consonant or an h formerly aspirate; 
(3) del’ before any singular noun beginning with a vowel 
or an h mute; 
(4) des before any plural noun. 


40. Le fils, les fils. The son, the sons. 
Nouns ending in s, x, z are alike in both numbers. (Cf. 
exception to 30.) 


50. Le tableau, les tableaux. The blackboard, the black- 
boards. 

Le neveu, les neveux. - The nephew, the nephews. 

Nouns ending in au and eu take x in the plural instead 
of s. 


51. L’amiral, les amiraux. The admiral, the admirals. 
- Nouns ending in al replace 1 by ux in the plural. 


52. Est ce que le maitre est dans la salle? /s the master 
in the class room? 

Another way of forming a question is to put est ce que 
(is it [a fact] that?) before any statement. 


36 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


53- Le maitre n’est il pas dans la salle? Js not the master 
in the class room? . 

$i, M., il est dans la salle. Yes, sir, he is in the class room. 

Yes is translated by si when the question has a negative 
form. 


54. Present indicative of étre (to be). 


INTERROGATIVE NEGATIVE 

ne suis je pas? am I not? ne sommes nous pas? 
n’es tu pas? n’étes vous pas? 
n’est il pas? ne sont ils pas? 
n’est elle pas? ne sont elles pas? 

or 
est ce que je ne suis pas? 
est ce que tu n’es pas? 
est ce qu’il n’est pas? 
est ce qu'elle n’est pas? 


est ce que nous ne sommes pas? 
est ce que vous n’étes pas? 

est ce qu’ils ne sont pas? 

est ce qu’elles ne sont pas? 


55. Vocabulary 


linstituteur, the schoolmaster. l’entrée (f.), the entrance. 


le tableau, the blackboard. 

le bureau, the desk. 

le neveu, the nephew. 

le fils, the son. 

le marquis, the marquis. 
l’amiral, the admtral. 

le maréchal, the horseshoer. 
l’édifice (m.), the building. 

le meuble, the piece of furniture. 
l'institutrice, the schoolmistress. 





la classe, the class room. 
le méme. ..que 
les mémes...que 
la méme...que 
les mémes...que 
debout (adverb), standing. 
en face de, opposite. 

loin de, far from. 

prés de, near. ~ 

si, yes (see 53). 


56. Text 


the same.. 


as. 


1. L’école de la ville est_en face de l’entrée 


du parc. 


BEGINNERS FRENCH ci 


2. Le bureau de l’instituteur est loin de la 
porte de l’antichambre. 

3. Le neveu de l’amiral est debout prés du 
tableau de la classe. 

4. Le fils du maréchal est sur le méme banc 
que le cousin du marquis. : 


-57. Transposition 


1. Replace the singular by the plural. 

Ex.: 1. Les écoles des villes sont en face des entrées des 
parcs. : 

2. Use two interrogative forms. 

Ex.: 1. (a) L’école de la ville est elle en face de...? 
(b) Est ce que l’école de la ville est en face de...? 

3. Use the negative form. 

Ex.: 1. L’école de la ville n’est pas en face de... 


58. Questions 


1. Ot est l’école de la ville? A.: M., elle est en face de... 
2. Ou le bureau de /’instituteur est il? 

3. Ot le neveu de l’amiral est il assis? 

4. Ou est le fils du maréchal? 


5. Quel édifice est en face de l’entrée du parc? A.: M., 
l’école de la ville est en face de... 

6. Quel meuble est loin de la porte de l’antichambre? 

7. Qui est assis prés du tableau de la classe? 

8. Qui est sur le méme banc que le cousin du marquis? 

Answers with si (yes). 


9g. L’école de la ville n’est elle pas en face de l’entrée 
du parc? A.: Si, M., elle est en face de l’entrée du parc. 


38 _ BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


10. Est ce que le bureau de linstituteur n’est pas loin 
de la porte de l’antichambre? 

I1. Le neveu de I’ pi nest il pas assis prés du tableau 
de la classe? 

12. Est ce que le fils du maréchal n’est pas sur le méme 
- bane que le cousin du marquis? 


59. Grammar Drill 


Replace the dashes by the plural form of the preceding 
word and the dots by the proper form: du, de la, de I’ or des. 


1. Le meuble, les —; ... meuble, ... —; 
la ville, les —; ... ville, ... —; 
l’amiral, les —; ... amiral, ... —; 
le tableau, les —; ... tableau, ... —. 
Ex.: le meuble, les meubles, du meuble, des meubles. 
2. Le fils; les: 9) 12. fils 
l’école, les —; ... école, ... —; 
le bureau, les —; ... bureau, ... —; 
l’édifice, les —; ... édifice, ... —; 
3. Le marquis, les —; ... marquis, ... —; 
l’actrice, les —; ... actrice, ... —; 
le neveu, les —; ... neveu, ... —. 
4. La dame, les —; ... dame, ... —; 
le maréchal, les —; ... maréchal, ... —; 
lenfant, les —; ... enfant, ... —. 


60. Translation 


1. Where are you seated? 2. We are seated on the 
benches of the same class room. 3. Where is your class 
room? 4. It is near the entrance of the school. 5. Is this 
schoolmaster standing or seated? 6. He is standing oppo- 
site the pupils. 7. Are the blackboards far from the door 
of the class room? 8. No, they are near the desk of the 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 39 


schoolmaster. 9. On what piece of furniture are the books 
of the horseshoer’s nephews'? to. They are on the table 
of the anteroom. 11. Are the admiral’s sons? on the same 
bench as your brothers? 12. No, they are not in the same 
school. 13. | am seated on the same bench as the children 
of the marquis. 14. Are not the schools of the city large? 
I5. Yes, they are very large and very cheerful. 16. What 
building is opposite the houses of the admirals? 17. Is their 
street far from the park of the city? 18. No, it is opposite 
the entrance of the park. 


61. Reading Lesson’ 


SORITE 


L’Europe est la plus belle partie du monde. 
La France est le plus beau pays d’Europe. 
Paris est la plus belle ville de France. 

Ma rue est la plus belle de Paris. 

Ma maison est la plus belle de la rue. 

Ma chambre est la plus belle de la maison. 
Je suis le plus bel homme de ma chambre. 
Donc je suis le plus bel homme du monde. 


SEVENTH LESSON 


Rules 


62. Un livre, a (one) book. Une table, a (one) table. 

The indefinite article a or an and one are translated by un 
before a masculine noun and by une before a feminine. 

63. L’éléve a des livres. The pupil has (some) books. 


! Say: the nephews of the horseshoer. 
2 Say: the sons of the admiral. 
8 See the general vocabulary for the translation of the reading lessons. 


40 BEGINNERS FRENCH 


The partitive article some or any, expressed or under- 
stood in English before a noun, must be expressed in French 
and is translated by des before a plural noun. (Cf. 48. 4.) 


64. L’éléve n’a pas de livre. The pupil has no (not a, not 
any) book. 

No, not a, not any are translated by ne (verb) pas de 
before any noun, singular or plural, used as a direct object. 
De becomes d’ before a vowel or an h mute. 


65. L’éléve n’a qu’un livre. The pupil has only one book. 
Mon frére n’a que des fils. My brother has only sons. 

Only is translated by ne (verb) que. 

Que = qu’ before a vowel or an h mute. 


66. Il a, he has. A-t-il? has he? Elle a, she has. 
A-t-elle? has she? Ona, one has. A-t-on? has one? 

When the third person singular of any tense ends in a 
vowel and is followed by il, elle, on, the letter t must be 
inserted between hyphens. | 


67. Qu’a-t-il? What has he? 
Qu’est ce qu’il a? 
1. What? interrogative pronoun, direct object, is trans- 
lated by que or qu’est ce que. 


2. Qu’est ce que must be used when the subject of the 
question precedes the verb. 


68. Present of the indicative of avoir (to have). 


AFFIRMATIVE INTERROGATIVE NEGATIVE 
j'ai, J have ai je? have I? je n’ai pas, I have not 
tu as as tu? tu n’as pas 

il or elle a a-t-il or a-t-elle? il or elle n’a pas 

nous avons avons nous? nous n’avons pas 
vous avez avez vous? vous n’avez pas 


ils or elles ont ont ils or elles? __ ils or elles n’ont pas 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 41 


Another interrogative form is: 


est ce que j’ai? have I? est ce que nous avons? 
est ce que tu as? est ce que vous avez? 
est ce qu'il or elle a? est ce qu’ils or eiies ont? 


69. Vocabulary 


le village, the village. le rideau, the curtain. 

le drapeau, the flag. le store, the shade (blind). 
le préau, the playground. la cloche, the beil. 

le fourneau, the stove. la carte, the map. 

le couteau, the knife. la fenétre, the window. 





le cahier, the notebook. 


70. Text 


L’école du village a un drapeau, un préau 

et une cloche. 

2. La salle de l’école a un tableau, une carte 
et un fourneau. 

3. La fenétre de l’antichambre a un rideau et 
un store. 

4. Le neveu du maréchal a dans son bureau 
un cahier, un couteau, une plume et un crayon. 


-71. Transposition 


1. Use the plural everywhere and repeat the subject and 
the verb before every direct object. 
' Ex.: 1. Les écoles des villages ont des drapeaux; elles 
ont des ... et elles ont des ... 


2. Use the negative form and repeat the subject and the 
verb before every direct object. 

Ex.: 1. L’école du village n’a pas de drapeau; elle n’a 
pas de préau et elle n’a pas de ... 


42 BEGINNER'S FRENCF 


3. Use the restrictive form (= only). © 
Ex.: 1. L’école du village n’a qu’un drapeau, qu’un préau 
et qu'une eloche. 


72. Questions 


1. (a) L’école du village a-t-elle un drapeau? A.: Oui, 
M., elle a un drapeau. 
(b) A-t-elle un préau? 
‘ (c) A-t-elle une cloche? 
2. (a) Est ce que la salle de l’école a un tableau? 
(b) Est ce qu’elle a une carte? 
(c) Est ce qu'elle a un fourneau ? 
3. (a) La fenétre de l’antichambre a-t-elle un rideau? 
(b) A-t-elle un store? 
4. (a) Est ce que le neveu du maréchal a un cahier dans 
son bureau? 
(b) Est ce qu’il a un couteau? 
(c) Est ce qu’il a une plume? 
(d) Est ce qu'il a un crayon? 


5. Qu’est ce qui a un drapeau, un préau et une cloche? 
A.: M., Vécole du village a un ... 


6. Qu’est ce qui a un tableau, une carte et un fourneau ? 

7. Qu’est ce qui a un rideau et un store? 

8. Qui a dans son bureau un cahier, un .couteau, une: 
plume et un crayon? 


9g. Qu’a l’école du village? A.: M., ellea un... 

10. Qu’est ce que la salle de l’école a? 

11. Qu’a la fenétre de l’antichambre? 

12. Ou’est ce que le neveu du maréchal a dans son 
bureau? 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH A3 


Restrictive answers. 

13. Est ce que l’école du village a des drapeaux, des 
préaux et des cloches? dA.: Non, M., elle n’a qu’un drapeau, 
qu’un ... et qu'une... 

14. La salle de l’école a-t-elle des tableaux, des cartes et 
des fourneaux ? 


15. Est ce que la fenétre de l’antichambre a des rideaux 
et des stores? 


16. Le neveu du maréchal a-t-il dans son bureau des 
cahiers, des couteaux, des plumes et des crayons? 


73. Grammar Drill 


Replace the dashes by un or une as the case may be, 
the first row of dots by the proper translation of some or 
any and the second by the plural of the preceding noun. 


I. — rideau, ... ...; — drapeau, ao 
‘— neveu, ... ...; — fils, ... ... : 
— couteau, ...... Ex.: 1. Un rideau, des rideaux. 
2. — école,... ...; — fenétre, : 
— porte,...... ;—plume,... ...; 
—  cloche,...... *—-amie,...... 
fe bureau, ’..'2....} — carte,’; ; 
— preau, ... ...3 — ville, ... ...; 
— antichambre, ... ...; — cahier, ... ...; 
Peravon, —.. +. 3 — salle... os 
— tableau, ... ...; — boite, 


4. I have, we have, they (m.) have. 
5. Has he? have you? have you*? (Two translations of 
every question. ) } 


6. They (f.) have not, I have not, you have not, she 
has not. 


44 BEGINNERS FRENCH . 


74. Translation 


1. The school of the city has (some) class rooms and 
(some) anterooms. 2. The class rooms of the schools have 
some windows and one door. 3. The anteroom of the school 
has no blaekboards. 4. It has only chairs and one table. 
5. Where are the maps and the blackboards? 6. They are 
on the walls of the class rooms. 7. Have the schools of the 
village flags and bells? 8. They have only bells; they have 
no flags. 9. The windows of our class rooms have shades. 
10. They have no curtains. 11. Where are the pupils of this 
schoolmaster? 12. They are in the playground in front of 
the park. 13. Where is the master? 14. He is seated near 
the stove of his class room. 15. Who is this pupil? 
16. What has he in his pocket? 17. He has only a knife. 
18. Have you (any) desks? 19. What have you in your 
desks? 20. We have notebooks, pens and pencils. 


EIGHTH LESSON 





Rules 
75. Cardinal numbers. 
Wit UNO Tg scnnce Sem Th One cae = oe ce ois acres I2 
BOWES Ooi. cs ccd wees Bh Peze Sas ire nas «ss 13 
CRONE Sites = xiscess ce KM deny eae 14 
GUAwe iss pac ke eee 41” GUMIRE Se sete ae chee 15 
CHIE, fac aisnis we aA 5:1 SIE nee ee ae ies = 2 16 
six (siss) oi neee coe 6 | dix sept Caliss).cu5 17 
Stet) (Seth) cies pace 7) Gee Riles as ears « -'s 18 ° 
huit (weet, short)..... Piet ee des eee 19 
niiE.. <= 5. Tee g| vingt (vin)........... 20 
dix: (Piss) 326 Ss Io} vingt et un (vinté-un).. 21 
D2 aR See EE II | vingt deux (pron. t).. 22 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 45 


vingt trois (pron. ¢).. 23 
weet auatre(*)." =)... ° 24 
Smetenq € “. ).. 25 
eee tC). 26 
Sree. (CY. 27 
Meet Co 28 
mpetneunf ( “ ).. 29 
BUMMER siw 6 oo 5 as oe s,s 30 
BIO ITN. os oe Sere 31 
premte deux, etc......... 32 
Eira ae 40 
G@iarante et unm. ....... 4I 
quarante deux, etc..... 42 
Bermtialte .........55. 50 
cinquante etun........ 51 
cinquante deux ....... 52 
MTR 5, So bis os ce aes 60 
soixante etun......... 61 
soixante deux ......... 62 
Boimante dix ....... 6s 70 
soixante et onze ....... ZI 
Soiante douze ........ 72 
Soixante treize .......-. 73 
soixante quatorze ..... 74 
soixante quinze ....... 75 
soixante seize ......... 76 
soixante dix sept ...... 77 





soixante dix huit ...... 78 
soixante dix neuf...... 79 
quatre vingts (vin).... 80 
quatre vingt un ....... 81 
quatre vingt deux ..... 82 
quatre vingt dix ...... go 
quatre vingt onze ..... 9gI 
quatre vingt douze..... 92 


quatre vingt treize..... 93 
quatre vingt quatorze.. 94 
quatre vingt quinze .... 95 
quatre vingt seize 
quatre vingt dix sept... 97 
quatre vingt dix huit .. 98 
quatre vingt dix neuf .. 99 


CONG vin wack eines eee 100 
CONT HN eG oie cs uae oes IOI 
cent cinquante ........ 150 
deux centse. as es 200 
deux cent trente....... 230 
teens centsc sc.) 23 Ue 300 
te Seo 1000 
douze cent trois....... 1203 
deux ‘mille ce 2000 
deux mille cent ....... 2100 
Ui milion Yew, VX 1,000,000 


Notes: 1. Cinq livres; cinq, cinq_enfants. Five books; 


- five, five children. 


Six villes; six, six_écoles. Six cities; six, six schools. 
The final consonant of the numbers cinq, six, sept, huit, 
neuf, dix is not sounded when they are followed by a noun 
or adjective beginning with a consonant or an h formerly 
aspirate and is pronounced in all other cases. 

2. The conjunction et is used only in 21, 31, 41, 51, 61, 71. 


46 


76. Ordinal numbers. 


premier, premiere .... Ist 
deuxiéme or second, -e 2nd 
ETOISIEMIE << 6 <24'5 sans 3rd 
quatrieMme < is. is. sca 4th 
cingnicme ... <: . ake ee 5th 
Sixi€MO. 45% Sea mes 6th 
SEplueme. a4 Ace hosee 7th 
huitiémie ©... av bcs ee 8th 
newuvyieme:. 5255.6 tN sa oth 
CIRIGING fk & He eS Toth 
ORZIEMC . Soins nee oe 1ith 
douziéine «5. sjs5..c 2s 12th 
treiziemee soc cyan: = ssw 13th 
quatorziéme ......... 14th 
qiingiente ors ss 6s 15th 
SCUACUNG 52g ss oiaaas 16th 





BEGINNERS FRENCH 


dix septiéme ......... 


17th 
dix huitiéme ......... 18th 
dix neuviéme ........ 19th 
VinwheMe soe oe ak 2oth 
vingt et uniéme ...... 2ist 
vingt deuxiéme ...... 22nd 
trentiéme ss ets 30th 
quarantiéme: . 22.25... 40th 
cinquantiéme ......... 50th 
Soixamtieme 6.5. 60th 
soixante dixiéme ..... 7oth 
quatre vingtieme ..... 8oth 
quatre vingt dixiéme... goth 
CONHEIRE. 2555 3 es tooth 
tee. SS. 5.5 dias os 1oooth 
millioniéme ..... 1,000,000th 


To form any ordinal number, add -iéme to the correspond- 
ing cardinal (except premier; fem. irregular: premiére). 

Notes: 1. However, notice the slight changes or addi- 
tions in quatriéme, cinquiéme, neuviéme, trentiéme, etc. 

2. Uniéme, deuxiéme are respectively used to translate 
first and second in 21st, 22nd, 31st, 32nd, 41st, 42nd, etc. 


3. Le or la onziéme. 
or la before onziéme. 


We do not elide the vowel of le 


77- Vocabulary 


le jour, the day. 

le mois, the month. 

le siécle, the century. . 
le temps, the time. 

la seconde, the second. 
la minute, the minute. 

la partie, the part. 





_ Pheure (f.), the hour. 


la semaine, the week. 

Pannée, (f.), the year. 

la division, the division. 

il forme, he or it forms. 

elle ferme, she or it forms. 

ils or elles forment, they form. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 47 


78. Divisions du Temps. 


60 secondes forment une minute. 
60 minutes forment une heure. 
24 heures forment un jour. 

7 jours forment une semaine. 

30 jours forment un mois. 

365 jours forment une année. 
100 _années forment un siecle. 


. 


peu ees ae aerated 


79. Transposition 


1. Double every number. Ex.: I. 120 secondes forment 
2 minutes. 

2. Triple every number. Ex.: 1. 180 secondes forment 
3 minutes. 

3. Quadruple every number. Ex.: 1. 240 secondes 
forment 4 minutes. 

4. Decuple every number. Ex.: I. G00 secondes forment 
10 minutes. 

5. Deduct one from the first number of every sentence 
and use the negative form. Ex.: 1. 59 secondes ne forment 
pas une’ minute. 

6. Use the ordinal numbers. Ex.: 1. Une seconde est la 
soixantiéme partie d’une minute. 


80. Questions 


1. 60 secondes forment elles une minute? A.: Oui, M., 
elles forment une minute. 

2. Est ce que 60 minutes forment une heure? 

3. 24 heures forment elles un jour? 

4. Est ce que 7 jours forment une semaine? 


1 Not one is translated by ne (verb) pas une; not a by ne (verb) pas ae. 
(See 64.) 


48 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


5- 30 jours forment ils un mois? 

6. Est ce que 365 jours forment une année? 
7. 100 années forment elles un siécle? 
8 


. Qu’est ce qui forme une minute? A.: M., 60 secon- 
ges. 

9g. Qu’est ce qui forme une heure? 

10. Qu’est ce qui forme un jour? 

II. Qu’est ce qui forme une semaine? 

12. Qu’est ce qui forme un mois? 

13. Qu’est ce qui forme une année? 

14. Qu’est ce qui forme un siécle? 


15. Quelle est la soixantiéme partie d’une minute? 
A.: M., une seconde est la... 

16. Quelle est la soixantiéme partie d’une heure? 

17. Quelle est la vingt quatriéme partie d’un jour? 

18. Quelle est la septiéme partie d’une semaine? 

19. Quelle est la trentiéme partie d’un mois? 

20. Quelle est la trois cent soixante cinquiéme partie 
d'une année? 

21. Quelle est la centiéme partie d’un siecle? 


81. Grammar Drill 


Give the odd numbers from I to 21. 
Give the even numbers from 2 to 30. 
Give the multiples of 3 up to 99. 
Give the multiples of 4 up to 120. 


58, 814, 1204, 1492, 1643, 1789, 1824, 1870, 1903. 


b dels sett 5 le hen 


82. Translation 


Use no figures in writing out this exercise. 

1. We have 4 generals and 2 admirals in this city. 
2. This general has 3 sons and this admiral has 5 nephews. 
3. The city has 7 schools, 6 parks, 8 avenues, 92 streets and 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 49 


60,000 inhabitants. 4. Our school has 45 windows, 16 doors 
and 2 playgrounds. 5. Your class room has 12 benches, 3 
blackboards, 5 maps and 2 desks. 6. The schoolmistress has 
in her desk 4 pencils, 2 inkstands, 7 books, 10 pens and 14 
notebooks. 7. The divisions of time’ are the second, the 
minute, the hour, the day, the week, the month, the year 
and the century. 8. 180 minutes form 3 hours. 9. gt days 
form 13 weeks. I0. 52 weeks form one year. II. 312 weeks 
form 6 years. 12. 120 hours form 5 days. 13. 210 days 
form 7 months. 14. 1460 days form 4 years. 15. 1000. 
years form Io centuries. 16. 20 is the fifth part of Ioo. 
17. 30 is the sixth part of 180. 18. 53 is the ninth part 
of 477. 19. 42 is the eleventh part of 462. 


83. Reading Lesson 
DIVISIONS DU TEMPS 


L’année a douze mois. Les noms des douze mois de 
lannée sont: janvier, février, mars, avril, mai, juin, juillet, 
aout, septembre, octobre, novembre et décembre. 

Janvier est le premier mois de l’année; février est le 
deuxiéme;.mars est le troisiéme; avril est le quatriéme; 
mai est le cinquiéme; juin est le sixiéme; juillet est le 
septiéme ; aotit est le huitiéme; septembre est le neuviéme; 
octobre est le dixiéme; novembre est le onziéme et décembre 
est le douziéme, le dernier. 

Janvier, mars, mai, juillet, aotit, octobre et décembre ont 
trente et un jours. Les autres mois, excepté février, ont 
trente jours. Février a vingt huit jours dans les années 
ordinaires et vingt neuf dans les années bissextiles. 

Le premier janvier est le premier jour de l’année; le 
trente et un décembre est le dernier. Le vingt deux février 
est le jour de l’anniversaire de naissance de Washingtcn. 
Le quatre juillet est la date de la féte nationale des Etats 

1 Supply he. 


50 BEGINNERS FRENCH 


Unis. Le quatorze juillet est la date de l’anniversaire de la 
prise de la Bastille. . 

L’année a quatre saisons. Les noms des quatre saisons 
de l’année sont: le printemps, l’été, l’automne et l’hiver. 
Le printemps est la plus agréable des quatre saisons. 

La semaine a sept jours. Les noms des sept jours de la 
semaine sont: lundi, mardi, mercredi, jeudi, vendredi, samedi 
et dimanche. Lundi et mardi sont les deux premiers jours 
de la semaine. Samedi et dimanche sont les deux derniers. 


NINTH LESSON | 


Rules 


Review §§ 18, 40, 48, 40, 50, 51. 

84. Sonner, to ring. Dessiner, to draw. 

The regular French verbs are divided into three conjuga- 
tions. The infinitive present of the first one ends in -er. 


85. Present indicative of sonner (fo ring). 


je sonne, J ring, I do ring, ‘nous sonnons, we ring 
I am ringing 
tu sonnes, you ring vous sonnez, you ring 


il or elle sonne, he or she rings ils or elles sonnent, they ring 
The endings of the indicative present_of verbs of the first 


conjugation are: ‘faite -ons 
singular 4 -es plural -€Z 
=e -ent 
86. 1. Present indicative of sonner (interrogative form). 
sonné je? do I ring? sonnons nous? 
est ce que je sonne? fs I ringing? 
sonnes tu? sonnez vous? 
sonne-t-il ? sonnent ils? 


sonne-t-elle ? sonnent elles? 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 51 


1. The auxiliary verb to do-has no corresponding form 
in French. We say Ring I? instead of Do I ring? Ring 
you? instead of Do you ring? etc. 


2. Final e mute of the first person Moeulat must be 
accented (€) when followed by je. 

Such forms as sonné-je? dessiné-je? are avoided in con- 
versation. Therefore always use the form est ce que in the 
first person singular of any tense. Either form may be 


used in the other persons. 


87. Present indicative of sonner (negative form). 


je ne Sonne pas, J do not ring, 


I am not ringing 
tu ne sonnes pas 
il or elle ne sonne pas 


88. Le travail, les travaux. 


nous ne sonnons pas 


vous ne sonnez pas 
ils or elles ne sonnent pas 


The work, the works. 


A few nouns ending in -ail replace -il by -ux in the plural. 


89. 1. Qui critiquez vous? Whom do you criticise? De 
qui parlez vous? Of whom are you talking? 
2. De quoi parlez vous? Of what are you talking? 


‘1. Whom? interrogative pronoun, direct object or object 
of any preposition, is translated by qui. 


2. What? interrogative pronoun, object of any preposi- 


tion, is translated by quoi. 


(See 67.) 


90. Vocabulary 


l’édifice (m.), the building. 


le chapeau, the hat. 

le pardessus, the overcoat. 
Vanimal (m.), the animal. 
le bateau, the boat. 

le travail, the work. 

l’avis (m.), the advice. 

la tour, the tower. 





la classe, the class, the class 
room. 

sonner, to ring. 

déposer, to lay down. 

dessiner, to draw.’ 

examiner, to examine. 

critiquer, to criticise. 

écouter, to listen. 


52 BEGINNERS FRENCH 


or. Text 


1. Lescloches sonnent dans les tours des_écoles. 

2. Vous déposez vos chapeaux et vos pardessus 
sur les tables des_antichambres. 

3. Nous dessinons des_animaux et des bateaux 
dans nos cahiers ou des cartes sur les tableaux 
des classes. 


4. Le maitre examine et critique les travau 
des_éléves. 
5. Nous_écoutons ses_avis. 


92. Transposition — 


I. Replace the plural by the singular and vice versa. 
Ex.: 1. La cloche sonne... 2. Tu déposes ton... 3. Je 
dessine un... 

2. Conjugate sentences 2, 3, 4 and 5 in the present in- 
dicative. Ex.: 1. Je dépose mon... Tu déposes ton... 

3. Use two interrogative forms. Ex.: 1. (a) Est ce que 
les cloches sonnent dans...? (b) Les cloches sonnent elles 
dans...? | 

93- Questions 


1. Qu’est ce qui sonne dans les tours des écoles? A.: M., 
les cloches sonnent... 
2. Qui dépose son chapeau et son pardessus sur la table 
de l’antichambre? 
3. (a) Qui dessine des animaux et des bateaux dans son 
cahier ? 
(b) Qui est ce qui dessine des cartes sur les tableaux 
des classes? 
4. (a) Qui examine les travaux des éléves? 
(b) Qui est ce qui critique leurs travaux? 
5. Qui écoute les avis du maitre? 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH : 53 


6. Ot les cloches sonnent elles? A4.: M., elles sonnent 
dans... 
7. Que déposons nous sur les tables des antichambres ? 
8. (a) Qu’est ce que vous dessinez dans vos cahiers? 
(b) Que dessinez vous sur les tableaux des classes? 
9g. (a) Qu’est ce que le maitre examine? 
(b) Que critique-t-il? 
10. Qu’écoutez vous? 


11. Dans les tours de quels édifices les cloches sonnent 
elles? A.: M., elles sonnent dans... 
12. Sur quoi déposons nous nos chapeaux et nos par- 
dessus ? 
13. (a) Dans quoi dessinez vous des animaux et des 
bateaux ? 
(b) Sur quoi dessinez vous des cartes? 
14. (a) De qui le maitre examine-t-il les travaux? 
(b) De qui critique-t-il les travaux? 
15. De qui écoutez vous les avis? 


94. Grammar Drill 


Replace the dashes by the plural form of the preceding 
noun and the dots by the proper forms: du, de la, de 1’, des. 


1. Le chapeau, les —, ... chapeau, ... —; 
la classe, les —, ... classe, ... —; 
le cahier, les —, ... cahier, ... —; 
Vavis, les —, ... avis, ... —: 
la carte, les —, .... carte, ... —;3 
Vanimal, les —, ... animal, ... —. 


Ex.: 1. Le chapeau, les chapeaux, du chapeau, des cha- 
peaux. 


2. Le bateau, les —, ... bateau, ... —3 
Ee tour, les 5. . tout, 2. 


bd 


54 BEGINNERS FRENCH 


le travail, les —, ... travail, ... —; 
l’enfant, les —, ... enfant, ... —;3 
le pardessus, les —, ... pardessus, ... —}; 


la cloche, les —, ... cloche, ... —. 


3. Translate: I listen, we listen, they do not listen; you 
are examining, he is not examining, do we examine? do 
they lay down? we lay down, she does not lay down; you* 
ring, youedo not ring, is she ringing? they -are not criti- 
cising, I am criticising, do you criticise? 


95. Translation 


1. Who rings the bell of the school? 2. Do you ring the 
bell? 3. No, the nephew of the schoolmaster is ringing. 
4. In what class room are you? 5. Weare in the class room 
opposite the park. 6. Does your teacher lay down his hat on 
the chair? 7. No, he lays down his hat on the table. 8. 
Where are the pupils’ overcoats? 9. They are on the chairs 
of the anteroom. 10. What are you drawing? 11. What 
are we drawing? 12. I am drawing an animal on the black- 
board of the class room and my brothers are drawing (some) 
boats in their notebooks. 13. Who is examining the works? 
14. The master examines our notebooks. 15. Do you listen? 
16. The pupils do not listen to* the advice® of the master. 
17. They are criticising his work. 


1 Qmit. 2 Use the plural. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 55 


TENTH LESSON 


Rules 


96. Le bal, the ball. Les bals, the balls. 
A few nouns ending in -al form their plural regularly, by 
adding s to the singular. (See 51.) 


97. (1) Au maitre, (2) 4la dame, (3) 4l’enfant, (4) aux 
maitres, aux dames, aux enfants; to the (at the) master, lady, 
child; to the (at the) masters, ladies, children. 

To the and at the are translated by (1) au before a mas- 
culine noun singular beginning with a consonant or an h 
formerly aspirate, by (2) & la before a feminine noun sin- 
gular beginning with a consonant or an h formerly aspirate, 
by (3) a IT before any singular noun beginning with a 
vowel or an h mute, and by (4) aux before any plural noun. 


08. Je parlais, ] was speaking, I used to speak 

tu parlais, you were speaking 
il parlait, he was speaking 
elle parlait, she was speaking 
nous parlions, we were speaking 
vous parliez, you were speaking 

ils parlaient, they were speaking 
elles parlaient, they were speaking 


The endings of the indicative imperfect of the first con- 


jugation are: -ais [ -ions 
singular + -ais plural ] -iez 
-ait -aient 


99. Vocabulary 


Vinvité, the guest. 
l’étranger, the stranger. 
le général, the general. 


le bal, the ball. 
lambassadeur, the ambassador. 
Vhote, the host. 





56 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


le son, the sound. Vhotesse, the hostess. 

le violon, the violin. assister a, to be present at. 
linstrument (m.), the instrument. | parler, to speak, to talk. 

la princesse, the princess. présenter, to introduce. 
Vambassadrice, the ambassadress. | danser, to dance. 





autre, other. 


100. Text 


1. Nous_assistons au bal de ]’ambassadeur. 

2. Vous présentez l’étranger a l’hote et a 
l’hotesse. | 

3. L’ambassadrice parle au général et a la 
princesse. 

4. Les_autres_invités dansent aux sons des 
violons. , 


1o1. Transposition 


1. Conjugate every sentence in the indicative present. 
Ex.: 1. J’assiste au bal de l’ambassadeur. Tu assistes.. . 

2. Replace the singular by the plural and vice versa. 
Ex.: 1. J’assiste aux bals des ambassadeurs. 

3. Replace the present by the imperfect. Ex.: 1. Nous 
assistions au bal de l’ambassadeur. 

4. Use the negative form. Ex.: 1. Nous n’assistons pas 
au bal de l’ambassadeur. ; 


102. Questions 


1. Qui assiste au bal de l’ambassadeur? A.: M., nous 
assistons au bal de l’ambassadeur. 

2. Qui présente l’étranger a l’hote et a l"hotesse? 

3. Qui parle au général et a la princesse? 

4. Qui danse aux sons des violons? 


5. A quoi assistez vous? A.: M., nous assistons au... 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 57 


6. A qui est ce que je présente l’étranger? , 
7. A qui l’ambassadrice parle-t-elle? 
8. Aux sons de quel instrument les invités dansent ils? 


(Use the imperfect. ) 


g. Assistiez vous au bal de l’ambassadeur? A.: Oui, M., 
nous assistions au.. 

10. Est ce que je présentais l’étranger a l’hote et a 
I’hotesse ? | 

11. L’ambassadrice parlait elle au général et a la prin- 
cesse? 

12. Est ce que les invités dansaient aux sons des violons? 


103. Grammar Drill 


1. The ball, the balls; of the ball, of the balls; to the bail, 
to the balls. 

2. The princess, the princesses; of the princess, of the 
princesses ; to the princess, to the princesses. 

3. The guest, the guests; of the guest, of the guests; to 
the guest, to the guests. 

4. The host, the hosts; of the host, of the hosts ; to the 
host, to the hosts. 

5. The sound, the sounds; of the sound, of the sounds ; 
_to the sound, to the sounds. 

6. The stranger, the strangers; of the stranger, of the 
strangers ; to the stranger, to the strangers. . 

7. The lady, the ladies; of the lady, of the ladies; to the 
lady, to the ladies. 

8. I am dancing, I was dancing; he is speaking, he used 
to speak; we introduce, we were introducing; they are 
drawing, they used to draw. 

g. You are present, you were present; are you speaking? 
were you speaking’? are we criticising? were we criticising? 
does she dance? was she dancing? 


58 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


: 104. Translation 


(a) 1. Where are you? 2. Weare at the ball. 3. Where 
is the host? 4. He is introducing the strangers to the other 
guests. 5. Where are the princesses and the ambassador? 
6. The ambassador is standing near the door. 7. To whom 
does he speak? 8. He speaks to the hostess. 9. The 
princesses are seated near the general. 10. To whom are 
they speaking? 11. They are speaking to the ambassadress. 
12. Is she present at the ball? 13. Yes, she is dancing. 
14. Do you dance? 15. We do not dance to the sounds of 
the violin. 

(b) 1. My brothers were present at the class. 2. We 
were drawing. 3. The master was speaking to the pupils. 
4. He was criticising their works. 5. We were listening to* 
his advice. ) , 

105. Reading Lesson 


IMPOSSIBLE NEST PAS FRANCAIS 


Napoléon premier donne un jour a un jeune lieutenant 
un ordre difficile a exécuter. 

L’officier hésite et murmure: « Sire, l’exécution de cet 
ordre est impossible.» 

« Impossible! crie Napoléon furieux, impossible! ce mot 
n’est pas frangais.» 


ELEVENTH LESSON 


Rules 
Review §§ 18, 28, 40, 63. 
106. Rougir, to blush.- .Remplir, to fulfill. 
The infinitive present of the verbs of the second conjuga- 
tion ends in -ir. 
1 Omit 


BEGINNERS FRENCH 59 


107. Indicative present of rougir. 


je rougis, J blush, I am blushing, 


I do blush 
tu rougis 
il rougit 
elle rougit 


nous rougissons 


vous rougissez 
ils rougissent 
elles rougissent 


The endings of the indicative present of the second con- 


jugation are’: { is -issons 
singular 1 -is plural | -issez 
L -it -issent 


108. Indicative present of rougir (interrogative form) 


est ce que je rougis? do I blush? 


| am I blushing? 
rougis tu? 

rougit il? 

rougit elle? 


rougissons nous? 


rougissez vous ? 
rougissent ils? 
rougissent elles ? 


1. In the first person singular, use the form est ce que. 
2. In the other persons, use either forms. 


109. 1. Who? interrogative may be translated by qui or 


qui est ce qui. 


2. Whom? interrogative may be translated by qui or 


qui est ce que. 


110. Vocabulary 


Yami, the friend. 

le choix, the choice. 

les parents, the parents, the rela- 
tives. 

la punition, the punishment. 

la conduite, the behavior. 





diligent, -e, industrious. 
obéir’ a, to obey. 

subir, to undergo, receive. 
rougir (de), to blush (for). 
réjouir, to rejoice. 

choisir, to choose. 


bien, well. 


60 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


rrr. Text 


Mon frére nest pas diligent. 
2. Il n’obéit pas a ses maitres. 
3. Il subit des punitions. 
4. Nous choisissons bien nos_amis. | 
5. Vous ne rougissez pas de votre choix et de 
votre conduite. 
6. Nous réjouissons nos parents. 


112. Transposition 


(Choix and conduite must remain singular and parents 
plural throughout. ) 


1. Conjugate every sentence in the indicative - present. 
Ex.: 1. Je ne suis pas diligent or diligente. Tu n’es pas... 

2. Replace the singular by the plural and vice versa. 
Ex.: 1. Mes fréres ne sont pas diligents. 

3. Replace the negative form by the affirmative and vice 
versa. Ex.: 1. Mon frére est diligent. 


113. Questions 


1. Votre frére n’est il pas diligent? A.: Non, M., il nest 

Bas. 
. N’obéit il pas a ses maitres? 
. Subit il des punitions? 
. Est ce que vous choisissez bien vos amis? 
. (a) Ne rougissons nous pas de notre choix? 

(b) Est ce que nous ne rougissons pas de notre con- 

duite ? 

6. Réjouissez vous vos parents? 


wm kh W WN 


7. Qui n’est pas diligent? 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 61 


8. Qui n’obéit pas a ses maitres? 
9g. Qui est ce qui subit des punitions? 
10. Qui choisit bien ses amis? 
II. (a) Qui ne rougit pas de son choix? 
~ (b) Qui est ce qui ne rougit pas de sa conduite? - 
12. Qui réjouit ses parents? 


13. Votre frére est_il diligent? 

14. A qui n’obéit il pas? 

15. Quest ce qu’il stbit? 

16. Qui choisissez vous bien? 

17. De quoi ne rougissons nous pas? 
18. Qui est ce que vous réjouissez? 


114. Grammar Drill 


1. I choose, they choose, she chooses; you* rejoice, we 
rejoice, they rejoice; you obey, I obey, he obeys. 
2: They undergo, you undergo, he undergoes; we do not 
blush, she does not blush, they do not blush. 
3. Am I choosing? do you choose? do they choose? 
does she obey? are we obeying? do you* obey? 


115. Translation 


1. My brothers are industrious. 2. Where are they? 
3. They are att school. 4. Do they obey? their teachers? 
5. They listen well to* their advice.* 6. They do not blush 
for their work. 7. They rejoice our parents and their teachers. 
8. Are these pupils your friends? 9. You do not choose 
well. 10. I do not blush for my choice. 11. Do you receive 
punishments? 12. The teacher is sad: we are not very indus- 
_ trious. 13. We do not obey. 14. We do not listen. 15. And 
you receive punishments. 16. We blush for our behavior. 


1 Supply she. 2 Supply @. 3 Omit. - Use the plural. 


62 BEGINNER’S FRENCH 


TWELFTH LESSON 


Rules 
Review §§ 19, 20, 28, 29.1, 31, 41, 52, 98. 
116. Ce livre ci, this book. Ce livre la, that book. 
Cet enfant ci, this child. Cet enfant 1a, that child. 
Cette salle ci, this class room. Cette salle 1a, that class room. 
Ces éléves ci, these pupils. Ces éléves la, those pupils. 


When it is necessary to mark a sharp distinction between _ 
the adjectives this and that, these and those, put ci after the 
noun preceded by this or these, and la after the one preceded 
by that or those. 


117. Imperfect of punir (to punish). 
je punissais, J was punishing, nous punissions 
I used to punish 
tu punissais vous punissiez 
il punissait | ils punissaient 
elle punissait elles punissaient 
The endings of the indicative imperfect of the second 
conjugation are: ( -issais -issions 
singular 4 -issais plural 4 -issiez 
-issait \ -issaient 


118. Grand (m.), great; grande (f.), great; grandement, 
greatly. 

Rapide (m. and f.), quick; rapidement, quickly; plus 
rapidement, more quickly; le plus rapidement, the mast 
quickly. 

Je parle rapidement, J speak quickly. 

1. French adverbs are formed by adding -ment to the 
feminine form of the adjective. Their comparative and 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 63 


superlative are formed like those of the adjectives. (See 
38, 39.) 

2. Adverbs are placed immediately after the verb. 

119. Le livre est sur la table, n’est ce pas? Oui, M., il 
est sur la table. Js the book on the table? Yes, sir, it is on 
the table. 

1. A third way to form a question is to put n’est ce pas? 
is it not so? after any statement. 

2. Yes, after such a question, is oui, not si. (See 53-.) 


120. Vocabulary 


le devoir, the duty. chérir, to cherish, to like. 
la fille, the girl. remplir, to fulfill. 

la réputation, the reputation. jouir de, to enjoy. 

jeune, young. réussir, to succeed. 
meilleur, -e, better. grandir, to grow. 

punir, to punish. mieux (adverb), better. 





rapidement, quickly. 


121. Text 


I. Je punissais ces_éléves ci et je chérissais 
ces_éleves 1a. 

2. Cette jeune fille 14 remplissait mieux ses 
devoirs que cette jeune fille ci. 

3. Ce maitre ci jouissait d’une meilleure répu- 
tation que ce maitre 1a. 

4. Ces_enfants 14 grandissaient plus rapidement 
que ces_enfants ci. | 

5. Ces maitresses ci réussissaient mieux que 
ces maitresses 1a. 


122, Transposition 


I. Conjugate every sentence in the imperfect. Bx Tu 
punissais ces...et tu. 


O4 


2. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


Conjugate every sentence in the indicative present. 


Ex.: 1. Je punis ces éléves ci et je... 


3. 


Replace the singular by the plural (except “ une meil- 


leure réputation”) and vice versa. 


4. 


Use the interrogative form n’est ce pas. Ex.: 1. Je 


punissais ces éléves ci, n’est ce pas? 


8. 
9. 


123. Questions 


. (a) Qui punissait ces éléves ci? A.: M., je punissais 


ces... 

(b) Qui est ce qui chérissait ces éléves la? 

(a) Qui remplissait bien ses devoirs? 

(b) Qui est ce qui remplissait mieux ses devoirs que 
cette jeune fille ci? 

(a) Qui est ce qui jouissait d’une bonne réputation? 

(b) Qui jouissait d’une meilleure réputation que ce 
maitre la? 

(a) Qui grandissait rapidement? 

(b) Qui est ce qui grandissait plus rapidement que ces 
enfants ci? 


. (a) Qui est ce qui réussissait? 


(b) Qui est ce qui réussissait mieux que ces maitresses 
la? 


(a) Qui punissiez vous? A.: M., je punissais ces... 

(b) Qui est ce que vous chérissiez? 

(a) Qu’est ce que cette jeune fille la remplissait? 

(b) Qu’est ce que cette jeune fille la remplissait 
mieux que cette jeune fille ci? 

De quoi ce maitre ci jouissait il? 

Comment ces enfants la grandissaient ils? 


10. Comment est ce que ces maitresses ci réussissaient ? 
Use in the answers the indicative present and the negative 
and the affirmative forms. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 65 


II. (a) Punissez vous ces éléves la? A.: Non, M., je ne 
3 punis pas ces éléves la, je punis ces éléves ci. 
(b) Est-ce que vous chérissez ces éléves ci? 

12. Cette jeune fille ci remplit mieux ses devoirs que 
cette jeune fille la, n’est ce pas? | 

13. Ce maitre la jouit il d’une meilleure réputation que 
- ce maitre ci? | 

14. Ces enfants ci grandissent: plus rapidement que ces 
enfants la, n’est ce pas? ‘ 

15. Est ce que ces maitresses la réussissent mieux que ces 
maitresses ci? 


124. Grammar Drill 


Use ci or 1a, as the case may be, after every noun. 


1. This flag, that flag, these flags, those flags. 

2. That stranger, this stranger, those strangers, these 
strangers. 

3. .These balls, those balls, this ball, that ball. 

4. Those bells, these bells, that bell, this bell. 

5. This ambassador, that ambassador, those ambassadors, 
these ambassadors. 

6. That actress, these actresses, those actresses, this 
actress. 

7. I was growing; you were not growing; were they 
growing? , 

8. We used to fulfill; was she fulfilling? You* were not 
fulfilling. | 

9g. You were not succeeding ; I used to succeed ; were they 
succeeding ? 


125. Translation 


I. My parents used to blush for my reputation. 2. I was 
not industrious. 3. You were not fulfilling your duties. 
4. I was growing very rapidly. 5. I did not like my 


66 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


master. 6.1 was not succeeding. 7. And you did not 
blush for your behavior! 8. Who used to enjoy a good 
reputation? 9g. These teachers used to enjoy a better rep- 
utation than those masters. 10. They used to punish their 
pupils. 11. They were only fulfilling their duty. 12. Were 
you receiving punishment? 13. Were you obeying’ your 
parents and your masters? 14. We were not blushing for 
our work. 15. You were succeeding better than your brother. 
16. This gentleman used to choose his friends better than that 
gentleman. 17. He used to enjoy a very good reputation and 
was succeeding very well. 


126. Reading Lesson 
DU PAREIL AU MEME 


Napoléon trois, empereur des Francais, cause un jour avec 

sa femme, l’impératrice Eugénie. 

Comme elle parle un peu étourdiment, son mari demande 
par maniére de plaisanterie: 

« Quelle est la différence entre un miroir et vous méme? » 

L’impératrice cherche en vain une réponse a cette ques- . 
tion. . 

« Eh bien, continue Napoléon, la différence est que le 
miroir réfléchit et que vous ne réfléchissez pas.» 

« A votre tour, riposte vivement Eugénie, quelle est la 
différence entre un miroir et vous méme? » 

L’empereur reste muet de surprise. 

«Eh bien, mon ami, c’est que le miroir est plus poli.» 


1 Supply @ before every object. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 67 


THIRTEENTH LESSON 


Rules 


127. Perdre, to lose. Descendre, to go down. 
The infinitive present of the verbs of the third conjuga- 
tion ends in -re, 


128. Indicative present of perdre. 


je perds, J lose, I am losing, nous perdons 
I do lose 
tu perds vous perdez 
il or elle perd ils or elles perdent 
INTERROGATIVE FORM NEGATIVE FORM 
est ce que je perds? je ne perds pas 
» perds tu? etc. : tu ne perds pas, etc. 


The endings of the indicative present of the third con- 


jugation are: [ -s ( -ons 
singular 4 -s plural | -€Z 
[ - -ent 
129. Imperfect of perdre. 
je perdais, J was losing, I used nous perdions 
to lose, I did lose 
tu perdais vous perdiez 
il or elle perdait ils or elles perdaient 


The endings of the indicative imperfect of the third con- 
jugation are the same as those of the imperfect of the first 
conjugation (see 98). 


130. Diligent, industrious. Diligemment, industriously. 
French adverbs ending in -emment are derived from ad- 
jectives ending in -ent. 


68 BEGINNERS FRENCH 





131. Vocabulary 

le repas, the meal. perdre, to lose. 
le pensionnaire, the boarder. attendre, to wait for. 
le voisin, the neighbor. entendre, to hear. _ 
le temps, the time. — tendre, to extend, to hold out. 
la salle 4 manger, the dining descendre, to go down, to come 

room. down. 
la main, the hand. impatiemment, impatiently. 
la sonnette, the (small) bell. enfin, at last. 

132. Text 


1. Nous_attendons impatiemment l'heure du 
repas. ; 

2. Vous perdez votre temps. 

3. Enfin les pensionnaires entendent la son- 
nette. 

4. Vous descendez 4 la salle 4 manger. 

5. Je tends la main a mes voisins. 


133. Transposition 


(Main must remain singular throughout.) 

1. Conjugate every sentence in the indicative present. 
Ex.: 1. J’attends... Tu attends... 

2. Replace the present by the imperfect. Ex.: 1. Nous 
-attendions... 7 

3. Use the three interrogative forms. Ex.: 1. (a) Atten- 
dons nous...? .(b) Est ce que nous attendons...? (c) Nous 
attendons..., n’est ce pas? 


134. Questions 


1. Qui attend impatiemment I’heure du repas? A.: M., 
nous attendons... 
2. Qui est ce qui perd son temps 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 6g 


3. Qui entend enfin la sonnette? 
4. Qui est ce qui descend 4a la salle 4 manger? 
5. Qui tend la main 4a ses voisins? 
6. Qu’attendez vous impatiemment? A.: M., nous atten- 
dons. . 
re Ow’ est ce que nous perdons ? 
8. Qu’est ce que les pensionnaires entendent enfin? 
g. Ot: descendons nous? 
10. A qui tendez vous la main? 
(Use the imperfect and the negative form in the answers. ) 
I1. Est ce qué vous attendiez impatiemment l’heure du 
repas? A.: Non, M., nous n’attendions pas... 
12.. Perdions nous notre temps? 
13. Les pensionnaires entendaient ils enfin la sonnette ? 
14. Est ce que nous descendions a la salle 4 manger? 
15. Vous tendiez la main a vos amis, n’est ce pas? 


135. Grammar Drill 


1. I am waiting, we wait, they do wait. 

2. She does not go down, you do not go down, we do 
not go down. 

3. Do you* hear? are they heariie? do we hear? 

4. We extend; does he extend? I do not extend. 

5. Are you losing? we are not losing; they lose. 

6. I was going down, they were going down, you were 
going down. 

7. You used to lose, they used to lose, I used to lose. 

8. We were not hearing, she was not hearing, you* were 
not hearing. 

9g. Were they Seenting? were you extending? was she 
extending ? 

10. They used to wait, were you waiting? we were not 
waiting. 


70 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


136. Translation 


1. Who is waiting? 2. Who loses his time? 3. Who is 
waiting for’ the meal time?? 4. These gentlemen are wait- 
ing impatiently fort the meal time.* 5. Do you hear the 
bell? 6. It rings. 7. Is it ringing? 8. Don’t you hear? 
g. We hear at last. 10. We do not lose our time. 11. The 
hostess is examining the dining room. 12. To whom does 
she hold out her? hand? 13. She holds out her* hand to her 
friends. 14. She does not lose her time. 15. She introduces 
the strangers to the other boarders. 16. Who is going 
down quickly? 17. Our neighbors go down quickly to the 
dining room. 18. They hear the bell. 19. They do not extend 
their® hands‘ to their neighbors. 20. They do not lose their 
time. 


FOURTEENTH LESSON 


Rules 

Review § 63. 

137. (1) Du papier, (2) de la viande, (3) de l’eau, (4) 
des olives; some (any) paper, meat, water, olives. 

Some or any, expressed or understood before a noun, 
must be expressed in French and is translated by (1) du 
before a masculine noun singular beginning with a con- 
sonant or an h formerly aspirate, by (2) de la before a 
feminine noun singular beginning with a consonant or an h 
formerly aspirate, by (3) de I’ before any singular noun 
beginning with a vowel or an h mute, and by (4) des before 
any plural noun. 

1 Omit. 2 heure. 3 the. 4 Use the singular. 


BEGINNER'S 


FRENCH 71 


138. Indicative present of manger (to eat). 


je mange, J cat . 
tu manges 
il or elle mange 


Imperfect. 


je mangeais, J was eating 
tu mangeais 
il or elle mangeait 


nous mangeons 
vous mangez 
ils or elles mangent 


nous mangions 
vous mangiez 
ils or elles mangeaient 


In verbs ending in -ger, supply a silent e after the g to 
keep it soft (p. 16) whenever the endings begin with a or 0. 
Compare in English to singe, singeing; to tinge, tingeing 


139. Indicative present of placer (to place, to put). 


je place, I place 
tu places 
il or elle place 


Imperfect. 
je placais, J was placing 
tu placais 
il or elle placait 

In verbs ending in -cer, put 


nous placons 
vous placez 
ils or elles placent 


nous placions 
vous placiez 
ils or elles placaient 


a cedilla (,) under the ¢ to 


keep it soft (= s) whenever the endings begin with a or o. 
Compare in English noticeable, serviceable, facade, etc. 


140. Vocabulary 


le poisson, the fish. 
le fruit, the fruit. 
» le légume, the vegetable. 
le pain, the bread. 
le biscuit, the cracker. 
le fromage, the cheese. 
le sel, the salt. 
le poivre, the pepper. 
le radis, the radish. 
le garcon, the waiter. 





le vin, the wine. 

le lait, the milk. 

le verre, the glass. 

le thé, the tea. 

le chocolat, the chocolate. 

le café, the coffee. 

la servante, the maid. 

la viande, the meat. 

la créme, the cream. . 
la moutarde, the mustard. 


72 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


Vhuile (f-), the oil. placer, to place, to put. 

lolive (f.), the olive. demander, to ask for. 

la biére, the beer. verser, to pour. 

leau (f.), the water. quelquefois, sometimes. 

la tasse, the cup. etc. (et cetera, et ainsi de suite), 
chaque (m. & f.), each, every. and so forth. 

manger, to eat. 





| 141. Text 


1. A chaque repas, je mangeais du poisson, de 
la viande, des légumes, du frwmage et des fruits. 

2. La servante placait sur la table du pain, de 
la créme, des_olives, des biscuits, etc. 

3. Vous demandiez quelquefois du sel, du 
poivre, de la moutarde, de l’huile, des radis, etc. 

4. Les gargons versaient du vin, de la biére, 
de l’eau ou du lait dans les verres des messieurs, 
et du thé, du café ou du chocolat dans les tasses 
des dames. 


142. Transposition 


1. Conjugate every sentence in the indicative imperfect 
and repeat the subject and the verb before every direct ob- 
ject. Ex.: 1. A chaque repas, tu mangeais du poisson, tu 
mangeais de la viande, tu... 


2. Conjugate every sentence in the present of the indica- 
tive and repeat the subject and the verb before every direct . 
object. Ex.: 1. A chaque repas, je mae du poisson, je 
mange de la viande, je.. 


3. Use the three sete neea tees forms. Ex.: 1. (a) Man- 
geais je du...a chaque repas? (b) Est ce que je mangeais 
du...a chaque repas? (c) Je mangeais du...a chaque 
repas, n’est ce pas? 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 73 


143. Questions 


I. (a) Qui mangeait du poisson a chaque repas? A.: M., 
je mangeais du poisson a chaque repas. 
(b) Qui est ce qui mangeait de la viande a chaque 
repas? 
(c) Qui mangeait des légumes a chaque repas?’ 
(d) Qui est ce qui mangeait du fromage a chaque 
repas? 
(e) Qui mangeait des fruits 4 chaque repas? 
2. (a) Qui est ce qui plagait du pain sur la table? 
(b) Qui plagait de la créme sur la table? 
(c) Qui est ce qui plagait des olives sur la table? 
(d) Qui placait des biscuits sur la table? 
3. (a) Qui demandait quelquefois du sel? 
(b) Qui est ce qui demandait quelquefois du poivre? 
(c) Qui demandait quelquefois de la moutarde? | 
(d) Qui est ce qui demandait quelquefois de l’huile? 
(e)° Qui demandait quelquefois des radis? 


4. (a) Qui versait du vin dans les verres des messieurs ? 

(b) Qui est ce qui versait de la biére dans les verres 
des messieurs ? 

(c) Qui versait de l’eau dans les verres des messieurs ? 

(d) Qui est ce qui versait du lait dans les verres des 
messieurs ? : 

(e) Qui versait du thé dans les tasses des dames? 

(f) Qui est ce qui versait du café dans les tasses des 
dames ? 

(g) Qui versait du chocolat dave les tasses des dames? 


5. Qu’est ce que vous mangiez a chaque repas? 4.: M., 
je mangeais du... 

6. Qu’est ce que la servante plagait sur la table? 

7. Que demandions nous quelquefois ? 


74 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


8. (a) Qu’est ce que les garcons versaient dans les verres 
des messieurs ? 
(b) Que versaient ils dans les tasses des dames ? 


144. Grammar Drill 


Replace the dash by the proper translation of some or any. 


I. — café, — moutarde, —- eau, — verres, — créme, 
— lait, — viande, — tasses, — sel, — fromages, — poisson, 
— légumes. 

2. — chocolat, — huile, — fromage, — pain, — biére, 
— poivre, — fruits, — vin, — olives, — temps, — biscuits. 


3. I am eating, we eat, do they eat? You were not eat- 
ing, were you* eating? She was not eating. 

4. Does he place? they do not place, we are placing ; I was 
placing; were we placing? They were not placing. 


145. Translation 


1. At last the boarders heard’ the bell. 2. The maid 
servant was ringing in the dining room. 3. She was losing 
her time. 4. At meal time,? we used to go down to 
the dining room. 5. I used to place my overcoat on one of 
the chairs of the anteroom and my hat on my overcoat. 
6. Did you eat? some meat at each meal? 7. We used 
to eat meat* and vegetables. 8. Who was eating some 
olives and radishes? 9. The ladies were eating olives, and 
the gentlemen ‘radishes. 10. The waiters were putting in 
front of* the boarders (some) bread, salt, glasses and cups. 
11. One of my neighbors was very merry. 12. He used to 
pour water in the glass of the hostess. 13. She was some- 
times very sad. 14. I used to ask the® maid servants for® 
some milk, cream, or cheese. 15. The hostess used to place 

1 Use the imperfect. 2 Say: at the hours of the meals. 


8 Supply some before every word where it is omitted. 
4 devant. 5 Supply vz. 5 Omit. 


_BEGINNER’S FRENCH 75 


in front of the ladies (some) coffee, tea, milk, or chocolate. 
16. The gentlemen used to ask the’ waiter for? some beer or 
wine. 
146. Reading Lesson 
UN CALEMBOUR 


Un jour, un acteur, trés fameux pour sa fatuité, tombe 
subitement malade et est obligé de garder le lit. Il charge 
un de ses amis d’annoncer a son directeur qu’il est incapable 
de jouer ce soir la. A cette nouvelle, le directeur, affectant 
une profonde tristesse, pousse cette exclamation: « Quelle 
fatalité (quel fat alité) ! » 


FIFTEENTH LESSON 


Rules 

Review §§ 28, 29, 30, 137. 
147. Le beau parc, the beautiful park. 

Les beaux parcs, the beautiful parks. 

Le bel enfant, the beautiful child. 

Les beaux enfants, the beautiful children. 
1. Adjectives ending in -au take x in the plural. (Cf. 50.) 
2. Bel is used instead of beau before a masculine noun 

singular beginning with a vowel or an h mute. 


MASCULINE FEMININE 
148. sad ie { ee 
gs ongues 
handsome, 
beau beautifal belle 
beaux Fonte belles 


Some adjectives form their feminine in an irregular way. 
1 Supply 7 2 Omit. 


76 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


149. Un bon livre, a good book. 

Some French adjectives are placed, as in English, before 
the noun they qualify. 

The most common are: bon, long, beau, joli, haut (high), 
petit, grand, large, vaste (vast), habile (skilful), immense, 
excellent, mauvais (bad). 

150. De bon thé, (some or any) good tea. 

De bonne créme, (some or any) good cream. 
De bonnes olives, (some or any) good olives. 

Some or any, expressed or understood, before a noun, is 
expressed in French and translated by de (d’) if the quali- 
fying adjective precedes the French noun.* 


I51I. Recevoir, to receive. 

There are a few French verbs the infinitive present of 
which ends in -oir. All are irregular. Those the infinitive 
of which ends in -evoir are conjugated on the same model. 

.I52. Present of the indicative of recevoir. 

je recois, J receive, I do receive, nous recevons 
I am receiving 


tu recois vous recevez 
il or elle recoit ils or elles recoivent 
1. The endings of the indicative present of the verbs 
in -evoir are: . -ois -evons 
singular 4 -ois plural -evez 
-oit -oivent 


1 One of the licenses adopted by the French Minister of Public In- 
struction in his decree of February 26, 1901, is the following: 

“Article Partitif. On tolérera du, de la, de 1’, des, au lieu de de partitif 
devant un substantif précédé d’un adjectif. Ex.: de ou du bon vin, de 
bonne viande ou de la bonne viande, de ou des bons fruits.” 

Prof. Clédat, in his “Commentary” on the decree, rightly warns 
foreigners not to avail themselves of the above “tolérance” except be- 
fore expressions. which may be assimilated to nouns of species. They 
should never do so either before abstract expressions or before indefinite 
adjectives. 


- BEGINNER’S FRENCH . 77 


2. The cedilla under the ¢ before a, 0, u indicates that 
the ¢ is soft (=s). (See Pronunciation, page 16.) 


153. Imperfect of recevoir. 


je recevais, J used to receive, nous recevions 
I was receiving, I did receive — 
tu recevais vous receviez 
il or elle recevait ils or elles recevaient 


The endings of the imperfect of verbs ending in -evoir 


are: -evais -evions 
singular { -evais plural -eviez 


-evait -evaient 


154. Vocabulary 





hotel (m.), the hotel. beau, belle, beautiful, fine. 
le magasin, the store. haut, -e, high. 
l’administrateur, the adminis- excellent, -e, excellent. 
trator. mauvais, -e, bad. 
larbre (m.), the tree. vaste, vast. 
le lac, the lake. | habile, skilful. 
. Péglise (f.), the church. immense, immense. 
la fleur, the flower. devoir, must, ought. 
la pelouse, the lawn. apercevoir, to perceive, notice. 
bon, -ne, good. recevoif, to receive. 
long, -ue, long. avoir, to have. 
aussi, also. 
155. Text 


1. Chaque grande ville doit avoir de larges 
rues, d’immenses__hotels, de belles__€glises, de 
. hauts_édifices et de grands magasins. 

2. Les grandes villes doivent aussi avoir d’ha- 
biles_administrateurs, de bonnes_écoles, de jolies 
maisons et de beaux parcs. 

3. Dans les parcs, vous_apercevez de hauts_ar- 


78 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


bres, de longues_avenues, de jolies fleurs, de 
vastes pelouses et de petits lacs. 

4. Des magasins de la ville, nous recevons de 
bon thé, d’excellent café, de bonne huile, mais de 
mauvaise viande. 


156. Transposition 


I. Put the singular subjects and verbs in the plural and 
vice versa, and repeat the subject and the verb before every 
direct object. Ex.: 1. Les grandes villes doivent avoir de 
ws rues; elles doivent avoir... 

2. Drop the adjectives everywhere. Ex.: 1. Chaque ville 
doit avoir des rues, ... 

3. Replace the present by the imperfect and repeat rz 
subject and the verb before every direct object. Ex.: 
Chaque grande ville devait avoir... 

4. Use two interrogative forms. Ex.: 1. (a) Est ce que 
chaque grande ville doit avoir. .? (b) Chaque grande 
ville doit elle avoir... ? 


157. Questions 


1. (a) Qu’est ce qui doit avoir de larges rues? A.: M., 
chaque grande ville doit avoir de... 
(b) Qu’est ce qui doit avoir d’immenses hotels? 
(c) Qu’est ce qui doit avoir de belles églises? 
(d) Qu’est-ce qui doit avoir de hauts édifices? 
(e) Qu’est ce qui doit avoir de grands magasins? 
2. (a) Qu’est ce qui doit aussi avoir d’habiles adminis- 
trateurs? 
(b) Qu’est ce qui doit aussi avoir de bonnes écoles? 
(c) Qu’est ce qui doit aussi avoir de jolies maisons? 
(d) Qu’est ce qui doit aussi avoir de beaux parcs? 
3. (a) Qui apercoit de hauts arbres dans les pares? 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 79 


— (b) Qui est ce qui apergoit de longues avenues dans 
les parcs? 
(c) Qui apergoit de jolies fleurs dans les parcs? 
(d) Qui est ce qui apergoit de vastes pelouses dans les 
parcs? : 
(e) Qui apercoit de petits lacs dans les parcs? 
4. (a) Qui est ce qui regoit de bon thé des magasins de 
la ville? 
(6) Qui recoit d’excellent café des magasins de la 
ville? 
(c) Qui est ce qui regoit de bonne huile des magasins 
* de la ville? 
(d) Qui recoit de mauvaise viande des magasins de 
la ville? 


5. Qu’est ce que chaque grande ville doit avoir? A.: M., 
elle doit avoir de... 

6. Qu’est ce que les grandes villes doivent aussi avoir? 

7. Qu’est ce que j’apercois dans les parcs? 

8. Que recevez vous des magasins de la ville? 


158. Grammar Drill — 


1. Some fish, some good fish; cream, bad cream; wine, 
good wine; beer, excellent beer ; radishes, bad radishes. 

2. Some tea, some bad tea; glasses, beautiful glasses ; 
cheese, good cheese; mustard, good mustard; water, bad 
water ; olives, excellent olives. 

3. Some masters, some skilful masters ; flags, large flags ; 
paper, good paper ; pens, bad pens ; schools, beautiful schools ; 
playgrounds, small playgrounds. 

4. I am receiving; do you receive? We do not receive. 

5. He must; must they? I must not; we must. 

6. She notices; are we noticing? you do not notice; I 
notice. | 


80 BEGINNER’S FRENCH 


159. Translation 


1. The schools of the city are immense buildings. 2. They 
have wide doors and high windows. 3. Each school must 
also have vast class rooms, long blackboards and immense 
_ playgrounds. 4. ‘We must also have excellent administrators 
and skilful teachers. 5. The pupils must have good paper 
and good pens. 6. You must have large cities. 7. They 
have beautiful avenues and long streets. 8. Strangers’ notice 
also beautiful hotels, large parks, high churches and vast 
stores. g. I notice in this park beautiful flowers, large lakes, 
beautiful trees and pretty lawns. to. Hotels: must have © 
large dining rooms. 11. At each meal, the waiters place in 
front of the boarders good water, excellent cream and good | 
milk. 12. They must not place bad wine or bad beer on the 
tables. 13. A village has small houses and bad streets. 14. I 
receive from the small store of the village bad tea, excellent 
chocolate and good coffee. 15. We have excellent friends 
in this village. | : 


SIXTEENTH LESSON 


Rules 
Review §§ 64, 137, 149, 150. 
160. Un mur gris, a gray wall. 
Un chapeau rond, a round hat. 
Un fruit doux, a sweet fruit. 
- Un livre frangais, a French book. 
Un visage souriant, a smiling face. 
French adjectives (a) of color, (b) shape, (c) taste, 
(d) nationality and participles used adjectively are placed 
after the noun they qualify. 


1 Supply the definite article she before nouns used in a general meaning. 


BEGINNER’S FRENCH SI 


Note. The place of the other adjectives except those 
cited in 149 must be learned by practice. 


161. Blanc ihels blanche 
blancs blanches 


frais fresh - ( fraiche 
frais fraiches 


The preceding adjectives form their feminine in an irreg- 
ular way. 
162. Du vin rouge, (some or any) red wine. 
De la biére anglaise. (some or any) English beer. 
De l’eau fraiche, (some or any) fresh water. 
Des livres francais, (some or any) French books. 
When the French adjective follows the noun it qualifies, 
translate some or any, expressed or understood, according 
to the general rule § 137. 


163.°(1) J’ai des fréres et des cousins diligents. 
I have diligent brothers and cousins. 
J’ai des sceurs et des cousines diligentes. 
~ I have diligent sisters and cousins. 
(2) J’ai des sceurs et des fréres diligents. 
I have diligent sisters and brothers. 
_I. French adjectives qualifying two or more nouns of the 
same gender become plural and take the gender of the nouns. 
2. Qualifying two or more nouns of different genders, 
they become masculine plural. ss 


164. Vocabulary 





te visage, the face. propre, clean. 

la pension, the boarding house. souriant,. -e, smiling. 

la nappe, the table cloth. vert, -e, green. 

la serviette, the napkin. rouge, red. 

Yassiette (f.), the plate. frais, fraiche, fresh. 
entrer dans, to enter. anglais, -e, English. 
pendre a, to hang from. suivre, to follow. 

blanc, -he, white. a suivre, to be continued. 


82 BEGINNER’S FRENCH 


165. Text 


1. Nous_entrons dans la salle 4 manger de la 
pension. | 

2. Vous_apercevez des nappes et des serviettes 
blanches, des_assiettes propres et des visages 
souriants. | 

3. Des rideaux blancs et des stores verts pen- 
dent aux fenétres. 

4. Les garcons placent devant les pensionnaires 
du vin rouge, de l'eau fraiche, de la biére an- 
glaise et du. pain blanc.—(4 susore.) 


166. Transposition 


1. Conjugate every sentence, except the third, in the 
present of the indicative, and repeat the subject and the verb 
before every direct object. Ex.: 1. J’entre dans... 

2. Replace the present by the imperfect and repeat the 
subject and the verb before every direct object. “Ex.: 1. Nous 
entrions dans... 

3. Use the three interrogative forms. Ex.:1. (a) En- 
trons nous dans...? (b) Est ce que nous entrons dans... ? 
(c) Nous entrons dans..., n’est ce pas? 


167. Questions 


1. Qui entre dans la salle 4 manger de la pension? A.: 
M., nous entrons dans... 
2. (a) Qui est ce qui apercoit des nappes blanches ? 
(b) Qui apercoit des serviettes blanches ? 
(c) Qui est ce qui apercoit des assiettes propres? - 
(d) Qui apercoit des visages souriants? 
3. Qu’est ce qui pend aux fenétres? 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 83 


4. (a) Qui est ce qui place du vin rouge devant les 
pensionnaires ? 
(b) Qui place de l’eau fraiche devant les pension- 
naires? 3 
(c) Qui est ce qui place de la biére anglaise devant les 
pensionnaires ? 
(d) Qui place du pain blanc devant les pensionnaires ? 


Ou entrez vous? A.: M., nous entrons dans... 
Qu’est ce que nous apercevons ? 

(a) Ot des rideaux blancs pendent ils? 

(b) Ou pendent des stores verts? 

8. Qu’est ce que les garcons placent devant les pension- 
naires ? 


ig hi 


168. Grammar Drill 


Replace the dashes by the proper translation of some, any 
or no (see 64), as the case may be. 

I. — vin, — vin rouge, — bon vin, — vin francais, — vin 
blanc ; je n’ai pas — vin; — biére, — mauvaise biére, — biére 
anglaise, — biére fraiche, je ne verse pas — biére ; — nappes, 
— belles nappes, — nappes propres, nous n’avons pas — 
nappe. . 

2. — eau, — mauvaise eau, — eau fraiche, — bonne eau, 
— eau propre, elle n’apercoit pas — eau; — bon fromage, 
— fromage, — fromage francais, je ne mange pas — fro- 
mage ; — tasses propres, — belles tasses, — tasses, — tasses 
vertes, elle n’a pas — tasse. 

3. — visages, — visages propres, — beaux visages, — 
visages souriants ; — papier blanc, — bon papier, je ne regois 
pas — papier, — papier anglais, — excellent papier, — pa- 
pier propre; — créme, — bonne créme, — créme fraiche, 
— matuvaise créme, elle ne place pas — créme sur la table; 
— huile, — bonne huile, — huile jaune, — mauvaise huile. 


84 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


169. Translation 


1. Large hotels! have vast dining rooms. 2. Each dining 
room has small tables and beautiful chairs. 3. The waiters 
place every day on the tables white table clothes and fresh 
flowers. 4. They must also place before every stranger beer, 
red wine or white wine and water. 5. Gray shades were 
hanging from? each window of my boarding house. 6. We 
used to receive clean napkins every week. 7. At meal time 
I used to examine the dining room: 8&8. I used to notice long 
tables and poor chairs. 9. The windows had no curtains. 
10. The maid servant was entering* the dining room. II. 
She was placing before the boarders clean plates and knives. 
12. At each meal, my neighbor used to ask the*  hostess:- . 
“Have you fresh water?” 13. We used to notice the smiling 
faces of the other boarders. 14. Strangers’ used to ask the* 
waiter for® white wine or English tea. 


SEVENTEENTH LESSON 


Rules 
Review §§ 49, 137, 160, 162, 163. 
170. L’ceil bleu, the blue eye. Les yeux bleus, the blue 
eyes. 
1. The plural of eil is irregular: yeux. 
2. The plural of bleu is regular: bleus. (Cf. 50.) 


171. Un gateau délicieux. A delicious cake. 
Des gateaux délicieux. Some delicious cakes. 
Une figue délicieuse. A delicious fig. 
1. Masculine adjectives ending in -x are alike in both 
numbers. (Cf. exception to 30. ) 3 
1 Supply “re. 2 Replace by at. 3 Supply zz7o. 
4 Supply z. 5 Omit. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 85 


2. Adjectives ending in -x replace -x by -se in the 
feminine. 


172. Sec z Ysa 


secs séches 
doux ) sweet, ( douce 
doux 4 soft douces 

The preceding adjectives have an irregular feminine. 


173. Imperfect of avoir (to have). 
j'avais, J had, I did have, 
I was having, I used to have 


nous avions 


tu avais 
il or elle avait 


vous aviez 
ils or elles avaient 


174. Vocabulary 


Voeil (m.), the eye. 

les yeux, the eyes. 

les cheveux (m.), the hair. 
le manteau, the cloak. 

le dessert, the dessert. 

le gateau, the cake. 

le raisin, the grape. 

la joue, the cheek. 

la robe, the dress. 

la figue, the fig. 

la fin, the end. 

la suite, the continuation. 
la droite, the right side. 
la gauche, the left side. 





bleu, -e, blue. 

rose, rosy. 

pale, pale. 

blond, -e, fair, blond. 
noir, -e, black, dark. 
brun, -e, brown. 

rond, -e, round. 

plat, -e, flat. 

délicieux, -se, delicious. 
sec, séche, dry. 


.dou-x, -ce, sweet, soft. 


mur, -e, ripe. 
suite et fin, concluded. 
de droite, on the right side. 


de gauche, on the left side. 


175. Text (Suite et Fin). 


1. Ma voisine de droite a des_yeux bleus, des 
joues roses, des cheveux blonds, des robes et des 
manteaux gris et des chapeaux ronds. 


86 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


2. Ma voisine de gauche a des yeux gris, des 
joues pales, des cheveux noirs, des robes et des 
manteaux bleus ou bruns et des chapeaux plats. 

3. Au dessert, nous mangeons des gateaux dé- 
licieux, des figues séches, des raisins doux et des 
fruits murs. 


176. Transposition 


1. Conjugate every sentence in the present indicative and 
repeat the subject and the verb before every direct object. 
Ex.: 1. J’ai des yeux bleus, j’ai des... 

2. Replace the present by the imperfect and: repeat the 
subject and the verb before every direct object. Ex.: 1. Ma 
voisine de droite avait des yeux bleus; elle avait des.. 

3. Use the three interrogative forms. Ex.: (a) Ma voi- 
sine de droite a-t-elle des yeux bleus,...? (b) Est ce que 
ma voisine de droite a des yeux bleus,...? (c) Ma voisine 
de droite a des yeux bleus,...n’est ce pas? 


177. Questions 


I. (a) Qui a des yeux bleus? A.: M., ma voisine de 
: droite a des yeux bleus. 
(b) Qui est ce qui a des joues roses? 
(c) Qui a des cheveux blonds? 
(d) Qui est ce qui a des robes grises? 
(e) Qui a des manteaux gris? 
(f) Qui est ce qui a des chapeaux ronds? 
2. (a) Qui est ce qui a des yeux gris? 
(b) Qui a des joues pales ? 
(c) Qui est ce qui a des cheveux noirs ? 
(d) Qui a des robes bleues ou brunes? 
(e) Qui est ce qui a-des manteaux bleus ou bruns? 
(f) Qui a des chapeaux plats? 


'BEGINNER’S FRENCH 87 


3. (a) Qui mange des gateaux deélicieux au dessert? 
(b) Qui est ce qui mange des figues séches au dessert ? 
(c) Qui mange des raisins doux au dessert? 

(d) Qui est ce qui mange des fruits murs au dessert? 


4. Qu’est ce que votre voisine de droite a? A.: M., elle 
a des yeux bleus, des... 

5. Qu’a votre voisine de gauche? 

6. Que mangez vous au dessert? 


178. Grammar Drill 


1. Some-tea, green tea, good tea, English tea, bad tea, 
she pours no tea; some mustard, good mustard, French 
mustard, fresh mustard; we have no mustard; some bread, 
good bread, French bread, bad bread, white bread, fresh 
bread; you have no bread. 

2. Some eyes, large eyes, brown eyes, beautiful eyes; 
some dresses, blue dresses, fine dresses ; some hats, black hats, 
beautiful hats, round hats; she has no hats. 

3. Some figs, good figs, fresh figs, delicious figs, bad 
figs, dry figs, fine figs, ripe figs; some cakes and grapes, 
delicious cakes and grapes. 


179. Translation . 


(a) 1. We enter the’ store. 2: My sisters choose gray 
hats and cloaks and you choose black dresses and hats. 
3. Our neighbor on the left is prettier than your neighbor 
on the right. 4. She has rosy cheeks. 5. She is also 
younger. 6. She blushes more quickly. 7. She has large 
brown eyes. 8. They are very sweet. 9. These girls have 
fair hair? and those girls have black hair.? 10. Those ladies 
are choosing round hats and these ladies are asking for? . 
flat hats. | 

2 Supply zzzo. 2 Use the plural. 3 Omit. 


8s BEGINNER’S FRENCH — 


(6b) 1. Our hostess had pale cheeks and gray hair.’ 
2. At each meal, the boarders used to eat excellent fish, 
fresh vegetables and good meat. 3. Yes, I was also eating 
dry bread. 4. The maid servants used to pour fresh water 
in our glasses and bad tea in our cups. 5. At dessert,? we 
had ripe figs, white grapes and sweet fruit 6. We had | 
no coffee. ; 


180. Reading Lesson 


TROIS EXCELLENTS MEDECINS 

Quelques docteurs éminents de la capitale entouraient 
le lit de mort de Dumoulin, le plus célebre médecin de son 
temps. 

A leurs expressions de douleur et de regret, il répond: 

« Messieurs, je laisse derriére moi trois grands médecins.» 

Chacun, espérant entendre prononcer son nom, presse le 
mourant de préciser. 

Dumoulin murmure avec effort: « L’eau, l’exercice et la 
diéte.» 


EIGHTEENTH LESSON 


Rules 


Review §§ 50, I'71, 173. 

181. Beaucoup de pain, much bread. 
Beaucoup d’amis, many friends. 
Peu de viande, little meat. 
Peu de crayons, few pencils. 

Such words as beaucoup, peu, etc., are called adverbs of 
quantity in French. They always require the preposition 
de (without the article unless it is used in English) before. 
the noun or nouns that they modify. 

1 Use the plural, 2 Supply Zhe. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 89 

182. Avez vous beaucoup de livres? J’en ai; j’en ai 
beaucoup; j’en ai cent; je n’en ai pas. Have you books? 
I have some; I have many; I have a hundred; I have none. 

1. When a noun is understood after some, a noun of 
quantity or measure, an adverb of quantity, or a. number, 
it is expressed in French in the form of the pronoun en 


(of it, of them) immediately placed before the verb. 
2. None is translated by n’en (verb) pas. 


183. Le verrou, the bolt; les verrous, the bolts. 
Le bijou, the jewel; les bijoux, the jewels. 
Le joujou, the toy; les joujoux, the toys. 


Nouns ending in -ou form their plural according to the 
general rule except half a dozen which take x. 


184. Imperfect of étre (to be). 


.. jétais, 1 was, I used to be 


tu étais 
il or elle était 


nous étions 
vous étiez 
ils or elles étaient 


185. Vocabulary 


l’oncle, the uncle. 
loiseau (m.), the bird. 
le joujou, the toy. 

le bijou, the jewel. 

le jeu, the game. 

la famille, the family. 
la tante, the aunt. 

la niéce, the ntece. 

la fille, the daughter. 
nombreu-x, -se, numerous, large. 
heureu-x, -se, happy. 
joyeu-x, -se, joyful. . 





mais, 


beaucoup, much, many, a great 
deal. 

tant, so much, so many. 

autant, as much, as many. 

peu, little, few. 

moins, less, fewer. 

plus, more. 

assez, enough. 

trop, too much, too many. 

combien, how much, how many. 

que, than, as (when following an- 
other as or so or same). 

but. 


90 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


186. Text 


1. Votre famille était trés nombreuse. 

2. Vous_aviez beaucoup d’oncles et de tantes. 

3. Vous _aviez autant de neveux que de niéces, 
mais moins de cousines que de cousins. 

4. Vos fils n’étaient pas joyeux: ils_avaient 
beaucoup d’oiseaux, mais peu de joujoux et de 
jeux; ils n’en_avaient pas assez. 

5. Vos filles étaient_heureuses: elles_avaient 
beaucoup plus de bijoux, de chapeaux et de robes 
que leurs_amies ; elles_en_avaient trop. 


187. Transposition 


1. Replace votre in the first sentence by the other pos- 
sessive adjectives singular. Ex.: Ma (ta...) famille... 

2. Replace vos in the first clause of sentences 4 and 5 
by the other possessive ao and eh cde Ex;; 
4. Mon (ton...) fils.. 

3. Conjugate the sentences 2, 3, 4 and 5 in the imper- 
fect. - Ex.: 2. Javais.:... Ta avais:. 

4. Replace the imperfect by the prisent: Ex.: 1. Votre 
famille est... 

5. Drop the adverbs of quantity, the comparisons, the 
word mais and the negations. Ex.: 2. Vous aviez des 
oncles et des... 


188. Questions 


1. Ou’ est ce qui était nombreux? A.: M., votre fa- 
mille. . 
- en | a) Qui avait beaucoup d’oncles? 
(b) Qui est ce qui avait beaucoup de tantes? 


BEGINNER’S FRENCII : gt 


3. (a) Qui avait autant de neveux que de nieces? 
(b) Qui est ce qui avait moins de cousines que de 
cousins ? 
4. (a) Qui n’était pas joyeux? 
(b) Qui est ce qui avait beaucoup d’oiseaux? 
(c) Qui avait peu de joujoux? 
(d) Qui est ce qui avait peu de jeux? 
(e) Qui n’avait pas assez de joujoux? 
(f) Qui est ce qui n’avait pas assez de jeux? 
5. (a) Qui est ce qui était heureux? 
(b) Qui avait beaucoup plus de bijoux que ses amies? 
(c) Qui est ce qui avait beaucoup plus de chapeaux 
“que ses amies? 
(d) Qui avait beaucoup plus de robes que ses amies? 
(e) Qui est ce qui avait trop de bijoux? 
(f) Qui avait trop de chapeaux? 
(g) Qui est ce qui avait trop de robes? 


Use the present indicative and the pronoun en whenever | 
it is placed between parentheses. 


6. Ma famille est nombreuse, n’est ce pas? A.: Oui, M., 
elle est trés nombreuse. 
7. (a) Combien d’oncles est ce que j’ai? A.: M., vous 
en avez beaucoup. . 
(b) Combien de tantes est ce que j’ai? (en) 
8. (a) Est ce que j’ai autant de neveux que de niéces? 
(en) ) 
(b) Est ce que j’ai moins de cousines que de cou- 
sins? (en) 
9. (a) Mes fils ne sont ils pas joyeux? 
(b) Combien d’oiseaux ont ils? (en) 
(c) Combien de joujoux ont ils? (en) 
(d) Combien de jeux ont ils? (en) 
(e) Ont ils assez de joujoux? (en) 
(f) Est ce qu’ils ont assez de jeux? (en) 


92 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


10. (a) Mes filles sont heureuses, n’est ce pas? 

(6) Ont elles beaucoup plus de bijoux que leurs 
amies? (en) 

(c) Est ce qu’elles ont beaucoup plus de chapeaux 
que leurs amies? (en) 

(d) Elles ont beaucoup plus de robes que leurs amies, 
n’est ce pas? (en) 

(e) Ont elles trop de bijoux? (en) 

(7) Elles ont trop de chapeaux, n’est ce pas? (en) . 

(g) Est ce qu’elles ont trop de robes? (en) 


189. Grammar Drill 


1. Many families, too many friends, few sons, so many 
daughters, more cousins ; we have no nieces. 

2. How many toys? many jewels, fewer games, as many 
birds ; they have no books. 

3. More curtains, fewer cloaks, many dresses, too many 
hats; she has no boxes. 

4. Much paper, many pencils, too many pens, more 
pupils, how many books? we have no knives. 

5. Too much salt, meat enough,’ little beer,-much bread, 
less pepper; we eat no fruit. 

6. Little coffee, how much milk? so much tea, more 
grapes than figs, as much wine as water; you don’t see any 
tables. 


190. Translation 


(a) 1. Was his family large? 2. How many sons had 
he? 3. He had many. 4. But he had fewer sons than 
daughters. 5. How many -nephews had your masters? 
6. They had few, but they had many nieces. 7. Had you 
many friends in this town? 8. I had many. g. I had 

1 Say: enough meat. 


BEGINNERS FRENCH 93 


twenty. 10. You had as many as your brother. 11. He had 
none. 12. Were you numerous? 13. We were ten. ; 

(b) 1. Our neighbor’s nieces are not joyful. 2. They 
have not enough dresses, cloaks and hats. 3. Their friends 
have fewer and are happy. 4. My cousins are happy. 
5. [They have so many birds, books and games! 6. They 
have much more than their little friends. 7. These children 
have too many toys and those children have none. 


NINETEENTH LESSON 


ner Rules 
Review §§ 40, 85, 98. 
191. Un verre d’eau, a glass of water. 
Une livre de bonbons, one pound of candy. 
Nouns of quantity and measure require the preposition 
de (without the article unless it is also expressed in English) 
before the noun or nouns that they modify. 


192. Indicative present of préférer (to prefer). 


je préféere, I prefer nous préférons 
tu préferes. vous préférez 
‘il or elle préfére ils or elles préférent 


Imperfect: je préférais, etc. 

Some verbs of the first conjugation have an é before 
the last syllable of the infinitive; that é is replaced by an é 
before the mute endings e, es, e. 

193. Indicative present of mener (to lead, to take). 


_je mene, J lead, I take nous menons 
-. tu’meénes vous menez 
il or elle méne ils or elles ménent 


Imperfect: je menais, J was leading, taking, etc. 


Q4 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


Some verbs of the first conjugation have an unaccented 
e before the last syllable of the infinitive; it is replaced by 
an é whenever the next syllable is mute. 


194. 1. Indicative present of appeler (to call). 


j appelle, J call nous appelons 
tu appelles vous appelez 
il or elle appelle ils or elles appellent 


Imperfect: j’appelais, J was calling. 
2. Indicative present of jeter (to throw). 


je jette, J throw nous jetons 
tu jettes ‘vous jetez 
il or elle jette ils or elles jettent 


Imperfect: je jetais, J was throwing, etc. 

Verbs ending in -eler and -eter double the 1 or the t, 
instead of replacing the unaccented e by an 6, before a silent 
syllable. Cf. in English, to impel, impelled; to pet, petted. 





195. Vocabulary 
le désir, the wish. la douzaine, the dozen. 
le cocher, the coachman. la limonade, the lemonade. 
le théatre, the theater. préparer, to prepare. 
la mére, the mother. cédey, to yield. _ 
l'invitée (f.), the guest. préférer, to prefer. 
la demoiselle, the young lady. mener, to lead, to take. 
lassiettée (f.), the plateful. appeler, to call. 
la fraise, the strawberry. généralement, generally, 
pour, for. 
196. Text 


Ma mére céde a mes désirs. 

Mon frére appelle un cocher. 

Je méne mes_amies au parc ou au théatre. 
4. La servante doit préparer pour mes_invitées 

une tasse de thé ou-un verre de limonade. 


WwW NO we 


BEGINNER’S FRENCH. 95 


5. Ces demoiselles préférent généralement une 
assiettée de fraises, une douzaine de bonbons et 
un verre d’eau fraiche. 


197. Transposition 


1. Conjugate every sentence in the present of the in- 
dicative. Ex.: 1. Je céde aux désirs de ma fille. Tu cédes 
aux désirs de ta... 

2. Replace the present by the imperfect. Ex.: 1. Ma 
mere cédait a... 

3. Use the three interrogative forms except in sentence 3 
(see 86. 2). Ex.: 1. (a@) Ma mére céde-t-elle a...? 
(b) Est ce que ma mére céde a... (c) Ma mere céde a 

, n'est ce pas? 

198. Questions 


I. Qui céde a vos désirs? A.: M., ma mére céde a. 

2. Qui est ce qui appelle un cocher? 

3. Qui méne ses amies au parc ou au théatre? 

4. Qui est ce qui doit préparer pour vos invitées tne 

tasse de thé ou un verre de limonade? 

5. (a) Qui préfére généralement une assiettée de fraises ? 

(6) Qui est ce qui préfére genéralement une douzaine 
de bonbons? 

(c) Qui préfére généralement un verre d’eau fraiche? 


A quoi madame? votre mére céde-t-elle? 
Qui monsieur? votre frére appelle-t-il? 
Ou menez vous vos amies? 
g. Qu’est ce que la servante doit préparer pour vos in- 
vitées ? 
10. Qu’est ce que ces demoiselles préférent généralement ? 


agit 5 


1 We use monsieur, madame, mademoiselle or their plurals as a mark 
of politeness before the adjective votre or vos followed by a noun express- 
ing a member of the family. 


96 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


199. Grammar Drill 


Replace the dashes by the preposition de. 

1. Un verre — vin, une tasse — lait, une douzaine — 
fruits, une assiettée — raisins. | 

2. Deux douzaines — amis, quatre assiettées — gateaux, 
cing tasses — thé, trois verres — eau. 

3. Beaucoup — légumes, moins — pain, plus — fraises, 
assez — limonade, trop — bonbons. 

4. He prefers, do we prefer? they prefer. 

5. I am leading, do you lead? she is not leading. 

6. We call, does she call? I am calling. 

7. You are throwing, do they throw? he is throwing. 

8. I am yielding, do we yield? they do not yield. 


200. Translation 


1. What do you prefer? 2. Do you prefer a cup of 
coffee or a glass of wine? 3. We prefer a cup of chocolate 
or tea and a glass of water. 4. We yield to your wishes. 
5. You are our guests. 6. We have good fresh, water. 
7. Whom are you calling? 8. I am calling the maid serv- 
ant.. g. She is preparing the lemonade for our friends. 
10. We are going down to the dining room. I1. You enter 
first. 12. These young ladies are seated near the windows. 
13. They generally speak of their dresses, hats,? cloaks and 
jewels. 14. These ladies prefer round hats, gray cloaks and 
brown dresses ; those ladies prefer flat hats, blue cloaks and 
black dresses. 15. You notice on the table many plates, two 
dozen (of) glasses and cups and four or five platefuls of 
cakes, candies and fruit.* 16. Does your sister prefer straw- 
berries or grapes? 17. She prefers strawberries. 18. Our 
brothers are calling three coachmen. 19. We are taking our 
guests to the park. 20. I prefer the theater, but I yield to 
the wishes of my sister and my friends. ae 

1 Supply the. *% Supply of their before every noun. * Use the plural. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


97 


TWENTIETH LESSON 


Rules 


201. 1. Danser (to dance). 


FUTURE 
je danserai, 
I shall or will dance 
tu danseras 
il or elle dansera 
nous danserons 
vous danserez 
ils or elles danseront 
2. Rougir (to blush). 
_ je rougirai, etc., 
I shall or will blush 
3. Tendre (to extend). 
je tendrai, etc., 
I shall or will extend 
4. Recevoir (to receive). 
je recevrai, etc., 
I shall or will receive 


The endings of the future 


singular 


CONDITIONAL 

je danserais, + 
I should or would dance 

tu danserais 
il or elle danserait- 
nous danserions 
vous danseriez 
ils or elles danseraient 


je rougirais, etc., 
I should or would blush 


je tendrais, etc., 
I should or would extend 


je recevrais, etc., 
I should or would receive 


The endings of the conditional‘ are: 


singular | 


are: 

-al | -ons 
-as plural -ez * 
-a pee -ont 
-ais | -ions 
-ais plural -iez 
-ait | L -aient 


1 It will be noticed that abe imperfect and the conditional have the 


same endings. 
the conditional to the infinitive. 


Those of the imperfect are added to the root and those of 


98 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


The future and the conditional of any regular verb are 
formed by adding ee the above endings to the in- 
finitive. 

Note. Drop the final e of the infinitive of the third 
conjugation and -oi of the five verbs ending in -evoir be- 
fore adding the terminations. 


202. 1. Avoir (to have). 


FUTURE sale lab 
j aural, j aurais, 
I shall or will have ° I should or would have 
tu auras tu aurais — 
il or elle aura il or elle aurait 
nous aurons . nous aurions 
vous aurez | vous auriez 
ils or elles auront ils or elles auraient 
2. Etre (to be). ¢ 
je serai, je serais, _ 
I shall or will be I should or would be 
tu seras tu serais 
il or elle sera il or elle serait 
nous s¢rons nous serions 
vous serez vous seriez 
ils or elles seront _ ils or elles seraient 


The future and the conditional of avoir and étre are 
formed irregularly. 


203. Préférer (to prefer). 


je préférerai, je préférerais, 
I shall or will prefer I should or would prefer 
tu préféreras tu préférerais 
il or elle préférera il or elle préférerait 
nous préférerons nous préférerions 
vous préférerez vous préféreriez 


ils or elles préféreront ils or elles préféreraient 


BEGINNERS FRENCH 99 


In the future and the conditional of verbs of the first 
conjugation having an é before the last syllable of the in- 
finitive there is no change in the spelling. (Cf. 192.) 


204. 1. Mener (to /ead, take). 


FUTURE CONDITIONAL 
je ménerai, je ménerais, 
I shall or will lead I should or would lead 
tu méneras tu ménerais 
il or elle ménera il or elle ménerait 
nous ménerons nous ménerions 
vous ménerez vous méneriez 


ils or elles méneront ils or elles méneraient 


2. Appeler (to call). 


j appellerai, etc., j’appellerais, etc., 
I shall or will call I should or would call 
3. Jeter (to throw). 
je jetterai, 7 je jetterais, 
I shall or will throw I should or would throw 4 


Rules 193, 194 are applied also in the future and the con- | 
ditional. | 


205. 1. Acheter (to buy). 


INDICATIVE PRESENT 


j/achete, J buy nous achetons 

tu achétes ‘vous achetez 

il or elle achéte ils or elles achétent 
IMPERFECT 


j’achetais, J was buying 


FUTURE CONDITIONAL 
j’acheterai, J shall buy j'acheterais, J should buy 


100 BEGINNERS FRENCH 


2. Geler -(to freeze). 


INDICATIVE PRESENT FUTURE 
il géle, it freezes il gélera, it will freeze 
IMPERFECT CONDITIONAL 
il gelait, 1t was freezing il gélerait, it would freeze 


The verbs acheter, geler and a few others follow rule 
193 instead of 104, 1.¢., the unaccented e preceding the 
last syllable of the infinitive becomes é€ before a mute vowel 
and the t or the 1 is not doubled. 


206. Lundi, samedi, le 14 mars. 
On Monday, on Saturday, on March 14. 


The preposition*on is omitted in French before dates. 


207. Une demi douzaine, half a dozen. 
Une douzaine et demie, a dozen and a half. 
Quatre livres et demie, four pounds and a half. 
Demi agrees only when it follows the noun. However, 
according to the decree of the Minister of Public Instruction 
(February, 1901), the agreement of demi, when preceding - 
a noun, will no longer be considered a mistake. 


208. Vocabulary 


l’anniversaire (m.,, the anniver- | la confusion, the confusion. 
sary. aimable, amiable, kind. 

le panier, the basket. demi, -e, half. 2 

le bonbon, the candy. célébrer, to celebrate. 

le biscuit, the biscuit. répéter, to repeat. 

le plaisir, the pleasure. régner, to reign. 

le cri, the cry. jeter, to throw, to utter. 

lordre (m.), the order. — acheter, to buy. 

la naissance, the birth. jouer, to play. 

la livre, the pound. amener, to bring. 

la. douzaine, the dozen. bien, very. 

la demi douzaine, the half-dozen. | plusieurs, several. 





BEGINNER'S FRENCH >, i ae OE 
209. Text 5° $309 | ° Boe Ae 8 ey? 

1. Lundi, je célébrerai mon_anniversaire de 
naissance. 

2. Notre servante achétera plusieurs paniers 
de fruits, quatre livres.et demie de bonbons et 
une douzaine de boites de biscuits. . 

3. Mes fréres seront bien_aimables; ils_amé- 
neront une demi douzaine d’amis. 

4. Nous_aurons beaucoup de plaisir; nous 
jouerons, nous danserons, nous jetterons des cris. 

5. La confusion régnera dans la maison. 

6. Vous répéterez mes_ordres 4 la servante. 


210. Transposition 


1. Conjugate every sentence (except the fifth) in the 
future. Ex.: 1. Lundi, je célébrerai mon...; lundi, tu 
célébreras ton... 2. J’achéterai...; tu acheteras... 

2. Replace the future 

(a) by the present of the indicative. Ex.: 1. Je cé- 
lébre mon. 

(b) by the cincierieck of the indicative. Ex.: 1. Lundi, 
je célébrais mon. 

(c) by the conditional. ix: ¥: Lundi je célébrerais 
mon... 


211. Questions 


I. Quand célébrerez vous votre anniversaire de nais- 
sance? A.: Je célébrerai.. 
2. (a) Combien de paniers de fruits votre servante 
achetera-t-elle ? 
(b) Combien de livres de bonbons achétera-t-elle? - 
(c) Combien de boites de biscuits achétera-t-elle? 


102 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


3. Pourquoi vos fréres seront ils bien aimables? 
4. (a) Qu’est ce que vous aurez? 
(b) Jouerez vous? 
(c) Danserez vous? 
_ (d) Que jetterez vous? 
. Ou régnera la confusion? 
. Qu’est ce que je répéterai a la servante? 


. Que célébrerez vous lundi? A.: Je célébrerai mon... 
. Qu’est ce que la servante acheétera? 
. (a) Qui sera bien aimable? 
(b) Qui améneront ils? 
10. (a) Qui aura beaucoup de plaisir? 
(b) Qui est ce qui jouera? 
(c) Qui dansera? 
(d) Qui est ce qui jettera des cris? 
11. Qu’est ce qui régnera dans la maison? 
12. A qui répéterai je vos ordres? 


iO CONT Qu 


212. Grammar Drill 


1. A cup of chocolate, a glass of water, a plateful of 
olives. 

2. A pound of candies, half a pound of bread, two pounds 
and a half of tea, a basket of fruit. 

3. Three glasses of red wine, four baskets of fresh bis- 
cuits, five boxes of ripe strawberries. 

4. A dozen’ friends, half a dozen* young ladies, two 
dozens and a half boxes of flowers. 

5. Little pleasure, too many cries, more lemonade; I have 
no wish. 

6. I repeat, do you repeat? we were repeating, they will 
not repeat, I should repeat. . 3 

7. He is throwing, do we throw? I was throwing, shall 
you throw? she would not throw. 

1 Supply of. 2 Say: a half dozen of, 


BEGINNERS FRENCH | Neer sc 


8. We do not buy, are they buying ? I used to buy, who 
will buy? you would buy. 


g. You* celebrate, does she celebrate? we are celebrat- 
ing, he was not celebrating, shall we celebrate? they would 
not celebrate. 


1o. Are you calling? I am not calling, who was calling? 
you shall not call, would she call? 


213. Translation 


1. We shall celebrate on Monday the birthday of my 
brother. 2. How many guests will you have? 3. We have 
many guests when we celebrate that anniversary. 4. My 
brother will be the host and I shall be the hostess. 5. We 
shall receive our little friends in the immense dining room. 
6. My cousin generally’ brings several friends. 7. Will 
you utter cries? 8. We shall utter no cries. 9. But con- 
fusion? and pleasure? will reign in the house. 10. The 
guests will play or dance to the sound of the instruments. 
11. They will have a great deal of pleasure. 12. I shall 
buy a dozen baskets of fruit. 13. I shall choose ripe fruit. 
14. Our mother will be kind. 15. She will yield to my 
brother’s wishes. 16. And we shall also’ buy six pounds 
and a half of biscuits and a half dozen boxes of candies. 
17. I prefer candies? to cakes.?_ 18. We shall have no cakes. 
19. The maid servants will pour lemonade in the glasses and 
tea in the cups of the guests. 20. I yield to your wishes. 
21. I shall repeat your orders. 22. You are very kind. 


1 See 118. 2. 2 Supply she. 


104, BEGINNERS FRENCH 


/ 


TWENTY-FIRST LESSON 


GENERAL REVIEW 


Review especially §§ 64, 137, 150, 162, 163, 182. 
214. Vocabulary 


le boulevard, the boulevard. 
Vhabitant, the inhabitant. 
lair (m.), the air. 

le beurre, the butter. © 
l’espace (m.), the space. 

le bosquet, the grove. 
l’animal (m.), the animal. 
l'éléphant (m.), the elephant. 
le lion, the lion. 

le tigre, the tiger. 

le serpent, the snake. 

le singe, the monkey. 

la campagne, the country. 
l’allée (f£.), the lane. 

la ménagerie, the menagerie. 





une centaine, (about a) hundred. 

nombreu-x, -se, numerous. 

magnifique, magnificent. 

exquis, -e, exquisite. 

charmant, -e, charming, pleasant. 

sauvage, wild. 

enorme, enormous. 

superbe, superb. 

féroce, ferocious. 

vilain, -e, ugly. 

tout, -e, tous, toutes, all, every, 
any. 

il y a, there is or there are. 

il y avait, there was or there were. 

il y aura, there will be. 


il y aurait, there would be. 


215. Text 


1. Dans toute ville, il y a de nombreux boule- 
vards, des magasins magnifiques, de trés beaux 
théatres, beaucoup d’habitants, et ainsi de suite. 

2. A la campagne, il y a de bonvair, des 
fruits délicieux, de jolies fleurs, du lait exquis, du 
beurre et du fromage frais, beaucoup d’espace, 
mais peu d’habitants. 

3. Dans chaque pare, il y a de longues_allées, 
de petits lacs bleus, de beaux_oiseaux, d’immenses 
pelouses, des bosquets tharmants, des centaines 
d’arbres, etc. 3 


BEGINNERS FRENCH — 105 


4. Dans_une ménagerie, il y a des_animaux 
sauvages, d’énormes_éléphants, des lions superbes, 
des tigres féroces, de longs serpents, de vilains 
singes, etc. 7 | 
216. Transposition 


N.B. Repeat the expression il y a before every noun in 
all the changes. 

1. Drop the adjectives and the nouns. and adverbs of 
quantity and replace mais by et. Ex.: 1. Dans toute ville, 
il y a des boulevards, il y a des magasins, il y a... 

2. Replace the present | 

(a) by the imperfect. Ex.: 1. Dans toute ville, il y 
avait de ... 

(b) by the future. Ex.: 1. Dans toute ville, il y aura 
de nombreux boulevards, il y aura des... 

(c) by the conditional. Ex.: 1. Dans toute ville, il y 
aurait de nombreux boulevards, il y aurait 
desis, 

217. Questions 


1. (a) Dans toute ville, y a-t-il de nombreux boulevards? 
A.: Oui, M., il y a de nombreux boulevards or 
Hy enac 
(b) Est ce qu'il y a des magasins magnifiques ? 
(c) Il y ade trés beaux théatres, n’est ce pas? 
(d) Y a-t-il beaucoup d’habitants ? 
2. (a) A la campagne, est ce qu’il y a de bon air? 
‘(b) Il y a des fruits délicieux, n’est ce pas? 
(c) Y a-t-il de jolies fleurs a la campagne? 
(d) Est ce qu’il y a du lait exquis? 
(e) Y a-t-il du beurre et du fromage frais? 
(f) It y a beaucoup d’espace, n’est ce pas? 
(g) Est ce qu'il y a peu d’habitants? 


1 Both answers should be required throughout. 


106 BEGINNER’S FRENCH 


3. (a) Dans chaque parc, il y a de nombreuses allées, 
n’est ce pas? 
(b) Y a-t-il de petits lacs Bieta ®: 
(c) Y a-t-il de beaux oiseaux? 
(d) Est ce qu'il y a d’immenses pelouses ? 
(e) Il y a des bosquets charmants, n’est ce pas? 
(f) Il y a des centaines d’arbres, n’est ce pas? 

4. (a) Dans une ménagerie, n’y a-t-il pas des! animaux 
sauvages? A.: Si, M., il y a des animaux 
sativages, or il y en a. 

(b) Est ce qu'il n’y a pas d’énormes éléphants ? 
(c) N’y a-t-il pas des lions superbes? 

(d) Est ce qu’il n’y a pas des tigres féroces? 
(e) N’y a-t-il pas de longs serpents? 

(f) Est ce qu’il n’y a pas de vilains singes? 


5. Dans toute ville, qu’y a-t-il? A.: M., il y a de nom- 
breux boulevards, il y a des.. 


6. A la campagne, qu’est ce qu’il y a? 
7. Dans chaque parc, qu’est ce qu’il y a? 
-8. Dans une ménagerie, qu’y a-t-il? 


(Negative answers.) 


9g. Y a-t-il peu de boulevards dans les villes? Non, M., 
il n’y a pas peu de boulevards, il y a de nombreux boule- 
vards, or il n’y en a pas peu, il y en a beaucoup. 

10. Est ce qu’il y a beaucoup d’espace et d’air dans les 
villes? 
11. Est ce qu’il y a des théatres a la campagne? 
12. A la campagne, y a-t-il beaucoup d’habitants ? 


1 This is a rhetorical question in which the meaning is not really 
negative. Therefore we use des, not de, 


_ BEGINNER'S FRENCH 107 


218. Grammar Drill 


1. Some air, good air, fresh air, much air; there is no air, 

2. Some stores, large stores, French stores, numerous 
stores, hundreds of stores; there are no stores. 

3. Some animals, fine animals, wild animals, few animals, 
a dozen animals; there were no animals. 

4. Some space, too much space; there is no space. 

5. Some lakes, small lakes, blue lakes, small blue lakes, 
pleasant lakes, numerous lakes, so many lakes; I notice no 
lakes. 

6. Some flowers, beautiful flowers, exquisite flowers, red 
flowers, boxes of flowers; I do not buy any flowers. 

7. There is, is there? there is not; there are, are there? 
there are not. 

8. There was, was there? there was not; there were, were 
there? there were not. : 

g. There will be, there would be; would ‘there be? will 
there be? there will not be, there would not be. 


219. Translation 


1. In the schools of this city there are numerous class 
rooms and vast anterooms. 2. There are in our class room 
many desks and benches, high windows, long blackboards, 
immense maps, but few pupils. 3. There are in a large city 
magnificent avenues and streets, numerous schools and 
churches, immense hotels, high buildings and hundreds of 
strangers. 4. There are in the dining room of this hotel 
numerous tables, pretty chairs and many waiters. 5. At the 
windows, there are blue shades and yellow curtains. 
6. There were on our table clean plates and glasses, fresh 
cream and milk, delicious radishes, exquisite figs and grapes, 
many beautiful flowers, and so forth. 7. There will be in 
the menagerie of the park fine lanes, small groves, and many 


108 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


animals: tigers, elephants, lions, monkeys, snakes, etc. 8. In 
the country there would be numerous birds, large lakes, 
high trees, and more air and space than in the cities. 


TWENTY-SECOND LESSON 


Rules 

Review §§ 41, 116. 

220. Ces bijoux sont beaux: celui ci est celui de ma 
tante, celui lA est celui de ma cousine. These jewels are 
fine: this one is that of my aunt, that one is my cousin’s. 

Voici de jolies fraises: celles qui sont dans ce panier sont 
plus mires que celles que nous avons dans notre jardin. 
Here are pretty strawberries: those which are in this basket 
are riper than those which we have in our garden. 


1. Demonstrative pronouns. 


SINGULAR PLURAL 
MASCULINE FEMININE MASCULINE FEMININE 
that, those 


celui ll ceu celles 
ba z: the one, the ones 


celui ci celle ci ceux Ci celles ci this, these 
celui la celle la ceux la cellesla_ that, those 


Note. Ci ard la are not used when the pronouns are 
followed by the preposition of or a relative pronoun. 

2. The relative pronouns which, that are always ex- ~ 
pressed in French and are translated by qui when subject 
and que (qu’) when direct object. 


221. C’est mon frére. He is my brother. 
Ce sont mes fréres. They are my brothers. 
C’est celui de mon oncle. Jt is my uncle’s. 
Ce sont ceux de mon oncle. They are my uncle’s. 
C’est le plus grand. He (it) is the largest. 
Ce sont les plus grands. They are the largest. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 109 


He 1s, she is, it is, and they are are translated by e’est 
and ce sont when the attribute is a noun, a pronoun or a 
superlative. 

222. Voici son frére: c’est le meilleur homme du monde. 

Here ts his brother: he is the best man in the world. 

In is translated by de after a superlative. 

223. Lequel de ces enfants est votre cousin? 

Which one of these children 1s your cousin? 
Laquelle de ces jeunes filles est votre cousine? 
Which one of these young ladies is your cousin? 

Which, which one, interrogative pronoun, is translated by 

lequel, laquelle, lesquels, lesquelles. 


224. Vocabulary 





le fauteuil, the armchair. vendre, to sell. 
le salon, the parlor. a louer, for rent, to let. 
le jardin, the garden. a vendre, for sale. 
la chambre, the room. voici, here is, here are. 
confortable, comfortable. voila, there 1s, there are (when 
occuper, to occupy. pointing to the person or ob- 
louer, to rent, to let. ject). 

225. Text 


1. Voici de jolis fauteuils; celui ci est celui de 
mon pére, celui la est celui de ma mére; c’est le 
plus confortable du salon. 

2. Voila de belles chambres: celle ci est celle 
de ma sceur, celle 14 est celle qui est_a louer; 
c’est la plus, belle de la maison. 3 

3. Voici de beaux jardins; ceux de droite sont 
ceux de mes neveux, ceux de gauche sont ceux 
que mon frére loue; ce sont les plus grands de 
la rue. 


110 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


4. Voila de jolies maisons; celles ci sont celles 
qui sont_a vendre, celles 14 sont celles que 
nos_amis occupent; ce sont les plus charmantes 
de la ville. : 


226. Transposition 


The first clause of every sentence must not be altered. 

1. Put in the plural singular pronouns, adjectives and 
verbal forms, and vice versa. Ex.: 1. Voici de jolis fau- 
teuils: ceux ci sont... 


2. Replace the present by the imperfect. 


3. Use the interrogative forms. Ex.: 1. (a) Voici... ; 
celui ci est ce celui de mon pére? (b) Est ce que celui ci 
est...? (c) Celui ci est..., n’est ce pas? 


227. Questions 


I. (a) Lequel de ces fauteuils est celui de monsieur 
votre pere? A.: M., celui ci est... 
(b) Quel est celui de madame votre mere? 
(c) Est il confortable? 


2. (a) Laquelle de ces chambres est celle de mademoi- 
selle votre sceur? 
(b) Quelle est celle qui est a louer? 
(c) Est elle belle? 


3. (a) Lesquels de ces jardins sont ceux de messieurs 
vos neveux? 
‘ (b) Quels sont ceux que monsieur votre frére loue? 
(c) Sont ils grands? 
4. (a) Lesquelles de ces maisons sont celles qui sont a 
vendre ? : 
~ (b) Quelles sont celles que vos amis occupent? 
(c) Sont elles charmantes? 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH Il] 


228. Grammar Drill 


Replace the dashes by the proper demonstrative adjective 
or pronoun. 


1. Voici des chapeaux: — de ma cousine est — qui est 
sur la table ; — qui sont sur la chaise sont — que je. choisis. 
2. Voila des robes: — la est — de sa sceur, — ci est — 


que — demoiselle achéte. Préférez vous — ci ou — la? 
3. Les oiseaux que vous apercevez sont — de — enfant; 
— de mon frére sont dans sa chambre. Je préfére — cia 
— la. , 
4. Voici des fraises: — ci sont plus fraiches que == quit 
sont dans — panier ; — sont les meilleures. 


229. Translation 


I. Here are the friends (fem.) of my daughters. 2. I 
prefer these to those. 3. Those on the right are more cheer- 
ful than those on the left. 4. Which one of these young 
ladies is the prettiest? 5. The one who has.a blue dress and 
a gray hat. 6. She is the sister of the stranger who occupies 
that house. 7. She is the most amiable girl in the parlor. 
8. Who are these children? 9. They are my niece’s.’ Io. 
Which one do you prefer? 11. The one who is uttering 
cries is the one whom? we prefer. 12. Those who are seated 
on the bench are not diligent. 13. There are pretty flowers 
and many vegetables in the gardens that we see. 14. Are 
these the ones which are to let? 15. This one is for sale, 
that one is my neighbor’s. 16. It is the largest in the 

‘ street. 


1 Say: those of my niece. 2 gue. 8 apercevoir. 


II2 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


TWENTY-THIRD LESSON 


Rules 
Review §§ 68, 173, 220. 


230. 1. Quel livre? quelle maison? 
What book? what house? 


Which? or what? modifying a noun or used as attribute, 
is an interrogative adjective and is translated as above. 


. 2. qui? be 
qui est ce qui? a 
(de) qui? whom? (object of a preposition). 
: qui? 


qui eat oe tna’ whom? (direct object). 


3. qu’est ce qui? what? (subject). 


que? oa: ; 
ai'est oe que? what? (direct object). 
(de) quoi? what? (object of a preposition). 
4. SINGULAR 
MASCULINE FEMININE 
lequel ? laquelle? which one? 
duquel? de laquelle? of or from which one? 
auquel? a laquelle? to or at which one? - 
PLURAL 
MASCULINE FEMININE 
lesquels? lesquelles ? which ones? 
desquels ? desquelles ? of or from which ones? 
auxquels ? auxquelles? to or at which ones? 


The above list contains the interrogative adjectives (1) 
and the interrogative pronouns (2, 3, 4). 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 113 


31. List of relative pronouns: 

I. qui, who, which, that (subject). 
(de) qui, whom (object of a preposition). 
que, whom, which, that (direct object). 


Z, SINGULAR 
MASCULINE FEMININE 
lequel laquelle which, who 
duquel (dont) de laquelle (dont) of or from.which, whom 
auquel a laquelle to or at which, whom 
| PLURAL 
MASCULINE FEMININE 
lesquels lesquelles which, who 
desquels (dont) desquelles (dont) of or from which, whom 
auxquels auxquelles to or at which, whom 


Lequel, laquelle, lesquels, lesquelles (subject or direct 
object) are seldom used; they sometimes replace qui or que 
to avoid a double meaning. Duquel, etc., auquel, etc., are of 
constant use. 


232. 1. Le monsieur dont (de qui, duquel) je parle. The 
gentleman of whom I am speaking. 

2. Le monsieur dans la maison de qui (duquel) j’habite. 
The gentleman in whose house I live. 

The relative pronoun of whom or whose has three dif- 
ferent translations: de qui, duquel, etc., dont; the relative 
pronoun of which has two: duquel, etc., dont. 

Notice that dont is used only at the very beginning of a 
relative clause. If a preposition begins the relative clause 
(see example 2), dont cannot be used. 


233. A qui est ce livre? Whose book is this? 


A qui sont ces livres? Whose books are those? 
Such expressions are idiomatic and cannot be translated 
literally. Whose book is this? must Re replaced by: To 
whom is this book? etc. 


[14 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


234. Parler to speak; parlé, spoken. 
rougir, to blush; rougi, blushed. 
perdre, to lose; perdu, Jost. 
recevoir, to receive ; recu, received. 
avoir, to have; eu, had. 
etre, to be; été, been. 

Past participles of regular verbs are formed by replacing 
respectively -er, -ir, -re of the infinitive by -é, -i, -u; of the 
verbs ending in -evoir by replacing -evoir by -u.. The ¢ of 
those ending in -cevoir takes then a cedilla: ¢. 

Note. The past participles of avoir and étre are irreg- 
ular. 

235- Past indefinite: 

J’ai (tu-as, etc.) parlé, rougi, perdu, recu, eu, été. 
I have spoken, blushed, lost, received, had, been. 


Pluperfect. 
J’avais (tu avais, etc.) parlé, rougi, perdu, recu, eu, été. 
I had spoken, blushed, lost, received, had, been. 
Compound tenses are formed exactly as in English. 


236. Vocabulary 


le voisinage, the neighborhood. il est question de, it is a question 
la question, the question. of. 
demeurer, to reside. avec, with. 

237. Text 


1. Il est question du bal auquel nous_avons_as- 
sisté. 

2. La demoiselle avec qui (avec laquelle) 
vous_avez dansé est trés jolie. 

3. Cest une jeune fille dans le voisinage de 
laquelle (de qui) ma famille a demeuré. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH IIS 


4. Ces_étrangers sont ceux dont (desquels, de 
qui) l’hotesse a parlé. 

5. Les fauteuils sur lesquels nous sommesvassis 
sont tres confortables. 


238. Transposition 


1. Conjugate every sentence. Ex.: 1. Il est question 
...j’ai assisté. 2. La demoiselle...j’ai dansé... 3.C’est... 
oy demeuré. 4. Ces étrangers...j’ai parlé. 5. Le fauteuil 

. .je suis assis. 

2. Replace the: singular by is plural (except “le voisi- 
nage’’) and vice versa. FEx.: 1. Il est question des bals 
auxquels j’ai assisté. 

3. Replace the present by the imperfect and the past in- 
definite by the pluperfect. Ex.: 1. Il était question. ..nous 
avions... 

4. Use the interrogative forms. 

5. Use the negative form in the principal clauses. 


239. Questions 
(Negative answers. ) 


1. Est ce quil est question du bal auquel vous avez 
assisté? A.: Non, M., il n’est pas...nous avons... 

2. La demoiselle avec laquelle j’ai dansé, est elle trés jolie? 

3. Est ce une jeune fille dans le voisinage de am votre 
famille a demeuré? 

4. Est ce que ces étrangers sont ceux desquels l’hotesse 
a parlé? 

5. Les fauteuils sur lesquels vous étes assis, sont ils trés 
confortables ? 


6. De quoi est il question? A.; M., il est... 
7. Qui est trés jolie? 


II0.\°- BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


8. Qui est cette demoiselle? 
9g. Qui sont ces étrangers? | 
10. Comment sont les fauteuils sur lesquels vous étes 
assis? 
| 240. Grammar Drill 


1. (a) Which book did you’ receive? (b) Of what book 
did you speak? 

2. (a) Who is this gentleman? (b) Of whom are you 
speaking ?? (c) To whom did he sell his house? (d) Whom 
did you notice? 

3. (a) What is*on the table? (b) What did you sell? 
(c) Of what did they speak? 

4. (a) Which of these teachers is your friend’s? (b) Of 
which of these teachers did you speak? (c) Which‘ of 
these teachers did you obey? (d) Which of these teachers 
did you like? 

5. (a) The book which is on the table of the parlor is 
not the one that I have bought. (b) The gentleman of 
whom we are speaking,” is a stranger. (c) The lady in 
whose garden® we have been, is very pretty. (d) The child 
to whom you have spoken, is her son. (¢) The garden in 
which we have been, is the largest in the neighborheod. 

6.. Whose toy is this? Whose are these games? Whose 
birds are those? 


241. Translation 


(a) 1. Who are these gentlemen to whom you held® out 
your’ hand? 2. They are those who were at the balls at 
which I was present. 3. They are those in whose neighbor- 
hood your brother lived. 4. Of what did you speak ?é 
5. We spoke® of the trees which are growing in the garden 

1 Replace did you, did they, etc., by have you, have they, etc. 
2 Say: is it [a] question. 3 Supply there. 4 Supply #o. 
& Say: in the garden of whom. ® Use the past indefinite. 7 the. 


BEGINNERS FRENCH 117 


in which we were. 6. Whose flowers are these? 7. They 
are those of the children of the hostess. 8. Which would 
you prefer? 9. These or those? The red or the white? 
to. I should prefer those near which you are standing. 
11. I prefer these. 12. Of which do you speak? 13. Those 
of which I speak are the ones which are near the wall, far 
from the bench on which you are seated. 14. They are very 
beautiful. 15. They are the most beautiful in the whole* 
garden. 

(b) 1. The family in whose house we lived’ rent® rooms. 
2. Those, the windows of which you see,* are the ones which 
are to let. 3. Here are those of which I spoke. 4. This one 
is that of a stranger whose friend my nephew is.®> 5. Which 
one would you rent? 6. I should probably choose this. 
7. From the windows of the room in which we are, we see 
the country. 8. It has also a stove, a table, chairs and arm- 
chairs, white shades and curtains. 9. It is the most cheerful 
_ in the whole? neighborhood. to. The chair on which I am 
seated, is comfortable. 11. Those on which you are, are 
green and yellow. 12. They are not pretty colors. 

1 Use the past indefinite. e 
2 Say: of all the... 3 Use the singular. 


4 Say: Those of which you see the windows. 
5 Say: of whom my nephew is the friend. 


118 BEGINNER’S FRENCH 


TWENTY-FOURTH LESSON 





Rules : 
242. SINGULAR PLURAL 
MASCULINE FEMININE MASCULINE FEMININE 

mine le mien lamienne les miens les miennes 
yours le tien latienne lestiens _les tiennes 
his, hers, its le sien lasienne lessiens les siennes 
ours le notre la notre les notres 
yours le votre _—ila votre les vOtres 
theirs le leur la leur les leurs 


243- Le fauteuil que j’ai acheté, the armchair which I 
bought. 

Les fauteuils que j’ai achetés, the armchairs which I 
bought. 

La chambre que j’ai occupée, the room that I occupied. 

Les chambres que j’ai occupées, the rooms that I occupied. 

Any past participle conjugated with avoir agrees with its 
preceding direct object. Therefore it does not agree when 
there is no direct object or when it follows the past participle. 


Z 244. Vocabulary 
le besoin, the need. préférable, preferable. 
la dentelle, the lace. rapporter, to bring back. 
agréable, pleasant. avoir besoin de, to be in need of. 


ne...plus, no longer, no more. 


245. Text 


1. Cette chambre est celle que mon frére a 
choisie; elle est plus_agréable que la mienne; c’est 
la plus_agréable de l’hotel. 


2. Ce fauteuil est celui que ma sceur a recu; il 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH I19 


est meilleur et plus beau que le mien; crest le 
meilleur et, le plus beau du salon. 


3. J'ai apergu les rideaux que mon_lamie a 
achetés; ils sont préférables aux miens. 

4. Voici les dentelles que ma tante a rapportées 
du magasin; elle n’a plus besoin des miennes. 


246. Transposition 


1. Replace mon, ma by the other possessive adjectives and 
le mien, la mienne, les miens, les miennes by the other pos- 
sessive pronouns. Ex.: 1. Cette chambre...ton frére...; 
elle est...la tienne... 

2. Replace the singular by the plural and vice versa (the 
last noun of sentences I and 2 must remain singular). 

3. Replace the present by the imperfect and the past in- 
definite by the pluperfect. Ex.: 1. Cette chambre était celle 
que mon frére avait choisie. .. | 


247. Questions 


Y I. (a) Quelle chambre monsieur votre frére a-t-il choi- 
sie? A.: M., cette chambre est celle que... 
(b) Est elle plus agréable que la votre? 
(c) Est ce la plus agréable de hotel? 

. (a) Quel fauteuil mademoiselle votre sceur a-t-elle 
(b) Est il meilleur que le votre? 7 o> regu? 
(c) Est il plus beau que le votre? 

(d) Est ce le meilleur du salon? 
(e) Est ce le plus beau du salon? 
J 3. (a) Quels rideaux avez vous apercus? 
(b) Sont ils préférables aux votres? 

/ *# (a) Ow sont les dentelles que madame votre tante a 

rapportées du magasin? 

(b) A-t-elle encore besoin des votres? 


\ 


120 BEGINNERS FRENCH 


( Negative and affirmative answers. ) 

5. (a) Cette chambre est celle que vous avez choisie? 
A.: Non, M., ce n’est pas celle que j’ai choisie, 
c’est celle que mon frére a choisie. 

(b) La votre est elle plus agréable que la sienne? 
(c) La votre est ce la plus agréable de I’hotel? 

6. (a) Ce fauteuil est ce celui que vous avez requ? 
(b) Le votre est il meilleur que le sien? 
(c) Le votre est il plus beau que le sien? 
(d) Le votre est ce le meilleur du salon? 
(e) Le votre est ce le plus beau du salon? 

7. Vos rideaux sont ils préférables a ceux que votre 

amie a achetés? 


248. Grammar Drill 


1. This pen is mine, that one is yours. 

2.. That notebook is hers, this one is mine. 
This bird is theirs, that one is ours: 
That armchair is yours, this one is mine. 
These gardens are his, those are theirs. 
Those laces are hers, these are ours. 
These toys are yours, those are mine. 


Oe 


249. Translation 


1. Where is the room which you rented?! 2. It is near 
yours. 3. Mine is pleasanter than yours. 4. It is the 
most pleasant in the whole house. 5. These are the ones 
which my parents chose.t 6. They are preferable to mine 
and yours. 7. They are the largest in the hotel. 8. Whose 
chairs are these? 9. Those on which we are seated are 
mine. 10. There is the one which I received! from my 
aunt. 11. You donot need hers. 12. It is the most com- 
fortable in the whole room. 13. Where are the hats which 


1 Use the past indefinite, 


BEGINNER’S FRENCH 121 


your sister brought! back from the store? 14. Here is hers, 
there is mine. 15. Which is the prettier? 16. Hers is 
prettier than yours. 17. It is more expensive than mine. 
18. It was the most expensive in the store. 19. She also 
bought? some pencils. 20. I do not need yours any longer.. 


250. Reading Lesson 


“UNE MEPRISE 

Un jour, un paysan portait un panier de poires au 
chateau d’un grand seigneur. [1 arrive au chateau et sur 
l’escalier il rencontre deux singes, habillés comme des enfants. 

Le paysan Ote respectueusement son chapeau. Les singes 
approchent du panier —ce sont des animaux gourmands — 
et dévorent une grande partie des poires. 

Ensuite le paysan monte chez le maitre du chateau. 

« Monseigneur, voici les poires que vous avez comman- 
dées.» 

«Mais pourquoi n’as tu pas rempli ton panier? II est a 

moitié vide.» 

« Il était plein, monseigneur, répond le brave homme, mais 
sur l’escalier j’ai rencontré vos: deux fils. Ces messieurs ont 
trouvé mes poires a leur gotit et je n’ai pas osé protester.» 


TWENTY-FIFTH LESSON 


Rules 
251. Ceci est bon, cela est mauvais. This 1s good, that 
is bad. ) 
C’est bon. This or that is good. 
This and that, opposed to each other, are respectively 


1 Use the past indefinite. 


122 BEGINNERS FRENCH 


translated by ceci and cela when representing something 
just named or pointed to. Ce is vague and appears as sub- 
ject only before the verb étre. 


252. 1. Ce\qui est bon est cher. What is good is ex- 
pensive. 

Ce que j’apercgois est beau. What I see is fine. 

2. J’ai ce dont vous avez besoin. I have what you are 
in need of. 

3. Voila ce a quoi vous visez. That is what you aim at. 

1. What, relative pronoun, meaning that which, 1s 
translated by ce qui when a subject and ce que when a 
direct object. : 

2. Dont is the only possible translation of of which, of 
what, when its antecedent that is translated by ce. 

3. A French preposition always \precedes the inter- 
rogative or relative pronoun which it governs. 

4. Which or what is translated by quoi. when object 
of any preposition but of (see 2 above) if its antecedent 
that is translated by ce. 

253- Est ce bon? Js that good? 

In questions, ce is placed after the’ verb as if it were 
a personal pronoun (see 19). 

254. Past future of parler, rougir, perdre, recevoir. 

J’aurai (tu auras, etc.) parlé, rougi, perdu, recu, 
I shall have spoken, etc. 

Past conditional of the same. 

J’aurais (tu aurais, etc.) parlé, rougi, perdu, recu. 
I should have spoken, etc. ’ 
Compound tenses are formed exactly as in English. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 123 


255. Vocabulary 


le marché, the bargain. mautvais, -e, bad, poor. 
la qualité, the quality. tout, all, everything. 
l’expérience (f.), the experience. manquer de, to lack. 
la pratique, the practice. viser, to aim. 

cher, chéres dear, expensive. bon marché, cheap. 





meilleur marché, cheaper. 


a 


256. Text 


Ceci est cher, cela est bon marché. 

Ce qui est de mauvaise qualité est généra- 
lement meilleur marché que ce qui est de bonne 
qualité. 

3. Tout ce que vous_avez acheté est bon 
marché, mais mauvais. 

4. La pratique est ce dont vous manquez. 

5. L’expérience est ce A quoi je vise. 


257. Transposition 


1. Replace respectively the present indicative and the 
past indefinite _ 
(a) by the imperfect and the sedan Exicd. ‘Ceci 
était cher, cela.. 
(b) by the future and ‘dis past future. Ex.: 1. Ceci 
sera... : 
(c) by the conditional and the past conditional. Ex.: 
Ceci serait... 
2. Conjugate the relative clauses of sentences 3, 4 and 5. 
Ex.: 3. Tout ce que j’ai acheté est... Tout ce que tu as 
acheté est... 


3. Use one of the interrogative forms. Fx.: 1. Ceci est 
il cher ?>.Cela. 34? 


124 BEGINNERS FRENCH 


258. Questions 


I. (a) Qu’est ce qui est cher? 
(b) Qu’est ce qui est bon marché? 
2. Qu’est ce qui est généralement meilleur marché que 
ce qui est de bonne qualité? 
3. (a) Qu’est ce qui est bon marché? 
(6) Qu’est ce qui est mauvais? 
4. De quoi est ce que je manque? 
5. A quoi visez vous? 
(Negative and affirmative answers. ) 
6. (a) Ceci est il bon marché? A.: Non, M., ceci n’est 
pas bon marché, ceci est cher. 
(b) Cela est il cher? 
7. Ce qui est de mauvaise qualité est il généralement 
plus cher que ce qui est de bonne qualité? 
8. (a) Est ce que tout ce que j’ai acheté est cher? 
(b) Tout ce que j’ai acheté est il bon? 
g. Est ce que j’ai beaucoup de pratique? 
10. Avez vous beaucoup d’expérience? ~ 


259. Grammar Drill 


1. This is bad, that is good. That is cheap, this is ex- 
pensive. That is beautiful. 

2. What is bad is cheap. What is sad is not interesting. 

3. What you hear is pleasant. What I notice is ex- 
pensive. 

4. He asks for’ what-he is in need of.2 You have what 
your friends aim at.® 

260. Translation 


1. Our brothers have many qualities. 2. But every- 
thing* they buy is of poor quality. 3. They do not buy what 
1 Omit. 2 Say: that of which. 
8 Say: that at which. # that which. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 125 


is expensive. 4. And what is cheap is generally of poor 
quality. 5. Experience is what they are in need of. 6. 
Practice is what they must aim at. 7. Do you have what 
they lack? 8. Yes, we generally ask for what is expensive. 
g. Every day, I repeat to my sister: 10. This is cheaper 
than that. 11. That is good, this is bad. 12. All that is? 
bad is generally cheap. 13. Everything that is‘ good is 
expensive. 14. We do not need what is cheap. 15. I do 
not examine what is of poor quality. 16. I buy what is 
expensive. 17. That is generally of good quality. 18. Ex- 
perience is not what we are in'‘need of. 1g. Practice is 
not what we must aim at. 20. We have what you are in 
need of. 21. We have what you must aim at. 


TWENTY-SIXTH LESSON 


Rules | 

Review §§ 138, 152, 181, 201. 

261. Vous réussirez si vous étes diligent. You will suc- 
ceed if you are (will be) industrious. 

Vous réussiriez si vous étiez diligent. You would suc- 
ceed if you were (should be) industrious. 

The verb of a clause beginning with si (if) is never put 
in the future or in the conditional. If the future or the 
conditional is used in English, replace them respectively in 
French by the present or the imperfect indicative. 

262. Vous regretterez le temps perdu quand vous ‘serez 
grand. When you are old, you will regret the time you 
have wasted. 

The verb of a clause beginning with the conjunction 
quand must be put in the future when that of the principal 
clause is in the future or expresses futurity. 

1 Supply which before zs. 


126 BEGINNER’S FRENCH 


263. 1. Present indicative of nettoyer (to clean). 


je nettoie, / clean nous nettoyons 

tu nettoies vous nettoyez 

il or elle nettoie ils or elles nettoient 
2. Imperfect. | 


je nettoyais, J was cleaning. 


3. Future. 
je nettoierai, / shall clean. 


4. Conditional. 
je nettoierais, J should clean. 
In verbs ending in -yer, the y becomes i before an e mute 
(cf. in English to tie, tying). 
In verbs ending in -ayer, the y may be kept. 


264. List of indefinite adjectives and pronouns. 


chaque, each, every. tout, all, everything. 

chacun, -e, each one, every one. tout le monde, everybody. 
aucun, -e (with ne), no, none, | on, one, people, they. 

quelque, some, a few. [nobody. | personne (m., with ne), nobody 





quelqu’un, somebody. rien (m.), nothing. 
quelques uns, some (pron.). nul, none (only as subject). 
quelque chose (m.), something. nul, -le, no. 

quiconque, whoever. tel, -le, such. 

tout, -e, tous, toutes, all, whole. certain, -e, some. 


265. Personne ne parle. Nobody speaks. 
Je ne parle a personne. J speak to nobody. 
Rien ne bouge. Nothing moves. 
Je n’ai rien. J have nothing. 
The verb of the clause in which the indefinite words 
rien, aucun, nul, personne are used, is preceded by ne but 
not followed by pas. 


266. J’ai quelque chose de bon. J have something good. 
Je n’ai rien de bon. J have nothing good. 


BEGINNER’S FRENCH 127 


Quelque chose and rien, modified by an adjective, re- 
quire the preposition de immediately after them (cf. the Latin 
nthi bont). 


267. 1. On parle francais ici. French is spoken here 
(one does speak French here). 

2. Ici Yon parle francais. Here French is spoken. 

3. Parle-t-on frangais ici? Js French spoken here? 


1. On (one, people, they) is always singular and used 
only as subject. 

2. L’ is sometimes added before on for sake of euphony. 

3. In questions, on is placed after the verb as if it were 
a personal pronoun. 


Notice that the Englisk: p passive voice is often replaced 
by the French active. 


268. Vocabulary 


le chemin de fer, the railroad. regarder, to look at. 

le voyage, the trip. remarquer, to notice. 

le voyageur, the passenger. sembler, to seem. 

le soir, the evening. arriver, to arrive. 

le sommeil, the sleep. essayer (de),’ to try CH). 
_ le wagon lit, the sleeping car. tomber, to fall. 

le doute, the doubt. trouver, to find. 

le repos, the rest. faire, to do. 

la portiére, the car window. avoir sommeil, to be sleepy. 

la campagne, the country. rarement, seldom. 

la destination, the destination. par, through. 

intéressant, -e, interesting. sans, without. 

court, -e, short. encore, still, yet. 

obscur, -e, dark. quand, when. 

content, -e (de),’ pleased (to). si, if. 

profond, -e, deep. pourquoi? why? 

voyager, to travel. ; parce que, because. 





en chemin de fer, by rail. 


1 The preposition between parentheses is the one required by the 
preceding word when an infinitive depends upon it. 


128 : BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


269. Text 


1. Quand_on voyage en chemin de fer, on re- 
garde par la portiére, mais l’on remarque rare- 
ment quelque chose d’intéressant. 

2. Un tel voyage semble court 4 certains voya- 
geurs et long a d'autres. 

3. Le soir, personne n’apercoit plus rien dans 
la campagne obscure. 

4. Si quelqu’'un a sommeil, il entre dans le 
wagon lit. 

5. Tout le monde essaie de trouver un peu 
de repos, mais aucun des voyageurs ne tombe 
dans_un profond sommeil. 

6. Sans nul doute, chacun est content d’ar- 
river a destination. 


270. Transposition 
1. Replace the present 
(a) by the imperfect; 
(b) by the future (keep the present in the clause be- 
ginning with si) ; . 
(c) by the conditional (use the imperfect in the clause 
beginning with si). 
2. Use the interrogative forms. 


271. Questions 


I. (a) Quand on voyage en chemin de fer, par ow re- 
garde-t-on? 
(b) Que remarque-t-on rarement? 
2. (a) Un tel voyage semble-t-il court 4 tout le monde? 
(b) Semble-t-il long a d’autres? 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 129 


3. (a) Apergoit on encore quelque chose, le soir, dans 
la campagne? 
(b) Pourquoi n’apercoit on plus rien? 
4. Si quelqu’un a sommeil, ott entre-t-il ? 
5. (a) Qui essaie de trouver un peu de repos? 
(b) Tous les voyageurs tombent ils dans un profond 
sommeil ? 
6. Sans nul doute; ot chacun est il content d’arriver ? 
Use quiconque in answers to questions 7 (a and bp) 
and Io. 
7. (a) Qui regarde par la portiére? A.: M., quiconque 
voyage..., regarde... 
(b) Qui est ce qui remarque rarement quelque chose 
d’intéressant ? | 
8. (a) A qui un tel voyage semble-t-il court? 
—(b) A qui semble-t-il long? 
9. Qu’apercoit on, le soir, dans la campagne obscure? 
10. Qui entre dans le wagon lit? 


II. (a) Qui essaie de trouver un peu de repos? 
(b) Qui est ce qui tombe dans un profond sommeil? 


12. Qui est content, sans aucun doute, d’arriver a destina- 


272. Grammar Drill 


1. Each trip, each traveler, every evening, every city. 

2. Any’ car window, any rest, any city, any doubt. 

ee Some? trips, some books, some ladies, some evenings. 

4. All travelers,’ the whole* trip, all car windows,* the 
whole* city. . 

5. Such a® doubt, such a railroad, such a lady. 


1 Use aucun and nul. 2 Use quelques and certains. 
8 Supply sre after ai, 4 Say: allthe... 5 Say: asuch... 


130 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


6. Something beautiful; nothing sad; one hears the bell; 
somebody tries to enter; some of your friends are entering ; 
nobody looks out of the car window. 

7. 1 notice everything; you notice nothing; they perceive 
nobody ; whoever is sleepy tries to find some rest ; everybody 
falls; none of the ladies seems pleased; each one is sad. 


273. Translation 


1. Do you seldom! travel by rail? 2. Yes, such a trip 
is not interesting and seems long. 3. When you are seated 
near the car window, do you not notice anything beautiful? 
4. Without any doubt, I perceive villages, trees, houses, etc. 
5. But one seldom perceives anything pleasant in the 
country. 6. When we? arrive near a city, everybody tries 
to look out of the car window. 7. They? examine the build- 
ings, the avenues, the parks, etc. 8. It seems fine to some of 
the travelers and gloomy to others. 9g. In*® the evening, 
every one is sleepy. 10. They? enter the sleeping car. 
11. We also’ enter. 12. We try to perceive something. 
13. If somebody looks out of the car window in* the even- 
ing, he will not notice anything any longer. 14. Everything 
is dark and sad in the country. 15. Will everybody. fall 
into a deep sleep? 16. No, without any doubt, nobody will 
find any rest. 17. At last we? arrive. 18. None of the 
travelers is sorry to* arrive at his* destination. 19. Every 
lady seems pleased. 20. Some travelers find such a trip 
long, others find* it* short. 


1 See 118.2. 2 Say: one (see 267.1). *% Omit. * &. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 131 


TWENTY-SEVENTH LESSON 


Rules 


Review §§ 138, 182, 193, 235, 252. 
274. Preterit or past definite. 


parler (to speak) 


je parlai, J spoke 

tu parlas 

il or elle parla 

nous parlames 

vous parlates 

ils or elles parlérent 


perdre (fo lose) 
je perdis, J lost 
tu perdis 
il or elle perdit 
nous perdimes 
vous perdites 
ils or elles perdirent 


rougir (to blush) 


je rougis, J blushed 
tu rougis 

il or elle rougit 

nous rougimes 

vous rougites 

ils or elles rougirent 


recevoir (to receive) 


je recus, I received 
tu recus 

il or elle recut 
nous rectimes 

vous rectites 

ils or elles recurent 


The preterit, or past definite, 
(1) of the first conjugation is formed by peniacits -er 
of the infinitive by: 


| -ai ( -ames 
singular | -as plural | -ates 
<4 -érent 


(2) of the second and third conjugations by replacing 
respectively the endings -ir and -re by: 
[ -is ( -imes 
singular { -is plural { -ites 


. ! . 
\ -it  -irent 


132 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


( 3) of verbs ending in -evoir by replacing -evoir by: 


-us | -times 
singular 4} -us plural -tites 
-ut -urent 


Note. The ¢ of verbs ending in -cevoir takes a cedilla 
before u. 


275. Preterit or past definite. 


étre (to be) avoir (to have) 
je fus, J was jeus, J had 

tu fus tu eus 

il or elle fut il or elle eut 
nous fames nous etimes 

vous fttes vous etites 

ils or elles furent ils or elles eurent 


_ They are irregular. 


276. 1. Je parlais, J was speaking, I used to speak, I did 
speak. 
. Je parlai, J spoke (once). 
. J'ai parlé, J spoke, I have spoken. . 
. The imperfect is especially used in description. 
. The preterit is especially used in narration. 
. The past indefinite is especially used in conversation. 


i) 


Wh & W 


277- Je vous choisis. J choose you. 
Je Vai choisi. I have chosen him. 
Je vous parle. J speak to you. 
Je lui ai parlé. I have spoken to him. 
Il nous a parlé. He has spoken to us. 
Il leur a parlé. He has spoken to them. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 133 


Personal pronouns used as objects. 


(2) As object of the 


(1) As direct object: Sreroaiion ts 


me ) = me = to me 
you - te x to you 
Fae es to his 
him, 1t = le - as 
; lui = 4 to her 
her, it = la ‘ 
to wt 
Us = nous ey to us 
you = vous = to you 
them = les | leur = fo them 
) sn ay 





All personal pronouns, direct objects or objects of the 
preposition to, are placed IMMEDIATELY before the verb in 
simple tenses, and IMMEDIATELY before the auxiliary in 
compound tenses. ! 


Notes. 1. The preposition to must not be expressed in 
French since it is included in the personal pronoun. 

2. Me, te, le, la become m’, t’, I’ before a verbal form 
beginning with a vowel or h mute. 


278. J’y demeure. J live there. 


There, representing a place just mentioned, is translated 
_ by y, which follows rule 277. 


279. Un bel homme. JA handsome man. 
Un bel abricotier. A beautiful apricot tree. 


Some French adjectives have a double form for the mas- 
culine singular. Beau is used when the modified noun be- 
gins with a consonant or an h formerly aspirate, bel when it 
begins with a vowel or a mute h. 


134 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


280. Vocabulary 





l'homme, the man. emmener, to take along. 
l’ainé, the elder (eldest) son. dérober, to steal. 
le cadet, the younger (youngest) | donner, to give. 

son. enlever, to take away. 
le pére de famille, the head of | adresser a) to ask (somebody a 

the family. poser a_ t quesiton). 
labricot (m.), the apricot. conseiller a (de), to advise (to). 
l’abricotier (m.), the apricot tree. | éviter (de), to avoid (to). 
le lendemain, the next day. défendre a (de), fo forbid (to). 
la question, the question. cueillir, to gather, pick. 
suivant, -e, following. aussit6t, tmmediately. 

281. Text 


1. Un_-homme qui avait deux fils, leur défendit 
de manger les fruits d’un bel_abricotier qui était - 
dans le jardin. 

2. Un jour, l’ainé y emmena le cadet et lui 
conseilla de cueillir des_abricots. 

3. Celui ci l’écouta: illen déroba, en mangea 
et en donna a son frére qui en mangea aussi. __ 
4. Le lendemain, le pére de famille remarqua 

qu’on_avait_enlevé des fruits de son_arbre. 

5. Il_appela l’ainé aussitot et lui adressa (posa) 
les questions suivantes: “As tu évité de faire ce 
que je t’ai défendu? As tu dérobé des_abricots?” 


(A suivre.) 


282. Transposition 


1. You are the elder son. Repeat the story with the 
necessary changes. Ex.: 1. Notre péere nous défendit... 
2. Un jour j’y emmenai mon frére... 


BEGINNERS FRENCH 135 


2. You are the younger son. Repeat the story with the 
necessary changes. 

3. There are four sons (les deux ainés et les deux cadets). 
Repeat the story with the necessary changes. Ex.: 1. Un 
homme qui avait quatre fils, leur défendit... 2. Un jour les 
deux ainés... ea 

4. Replace the past tenses by (a) the present, and the 
pluperfect by the past indefinite, (b) the future. (No 
change in the direct discourse.) Ex.:1. Un homme quia... 


283. Questions 


(The pronouns placed between parentheses after the ques- 
tions are to be used in the answers.) 
I. (a2) Qui avait deux fils? (en) 
(b) Que leur défendit il? 
(c) Ot était ce bel abricotier? 
2. (a) Qui l’ainé emmena-t-il, un jour, dans le jar- 
din? (y) 
(b) Que lui conseilla-t-il? 
3. (a) Le cadet l’écouta-t-il? 
(b) Déroba-t-il des abricots? (en) 
(c) En mangea-t-il? 
(d) A qui en donna-t-il? 
(e) Le frére en mangea-t-il? 
4. Qu’est ce que le pére de famille remarqua le lendemain? 
5: (a) Qui appela-t-il aussitdot? 
(b) Quelles questions lui posa-t-il ? 


284. Grammar Drill 


I. Replace the dashes by the proper French personal pro- 
noun object: (a) by me or to me, (b) by you* or to you*, 
(c) by him or to him, (d) by her or to her, (e) by us or to 
us, (f) by you or to you, (g) by them or to them. 


136 ‘BEGINNER’S FRENCH 


Il—appela. Is — paeeenks Ils — regurent. Il — 
adressa cette question. 

2. I ate! it,? we ate them, he ate it, did you eat it? they 
ate them. 

He punished' me, you punished us, did she punish you? 
I punished them, they punished her. 

Did she heart me? we heard them, you heard us, did they 
hear them? I heard you. 

I perceived" her, did you perceive him? they perceived 
us, we perceived them, did she perceive you? 

They had! it, did you have them? we had some. 

I was,! was he? you were, were you? they were. 


285. Translation 


1. A man had* a garden. 2. In his garden there were?’ 
two beautiful apricot trees. 3. That-man was* the* head of 
a family. 4. He had* only two sons. 5. One day, the 
parents took’ them along into the garden. 6. When they 
arrived’ near the apricot trees, they forbade’ them to take 
away the fruit® of those trees. 7. You must avoid those 
trees or we shall punish you. 8. The next day, they 
noticed’ that some one was stealing their apricots. 9. At 
once they called’ their sons. 10. They asked? them many 
questions. 11. What have we forbidden you to do? 12. 
Who has stolen our apricots? 13. Who has eaten them? 
14. Who advised® you to pick them? 15. Who is blush- 
ing? the elder or the younger son? 16. We took® our 
friends along into the garden. 17. They perceived® the 
fruit. 18. They advised® us to pick some. 19. We listened® 
to them. 20. We stole® some. 21. We have given some 
to our friends. 22. I have eaten some, he has eaten some, 
they have eaten some, we have eaten some. 


1 Use the preterit. 4 Replace by a or omit. 
2 Suppose /¢ is masculine. - 5 Use the plural. 
8 Use the imperfect indic, 6 Use the past indefinite. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 137 


TWENTY-EIGHTH LESSON. 





Rules 
Review §§ 243, 274, 276, 277, 278. 
286. | 
F 1st part Personal pronouns direct Verb or 2d part Past participie 
Subject ne i AO objects or objects of fo, = auxiliary ih fe Honeonde 
i oe A } nit 
je me 
tu te 
il 
verb 
elle le ( (past 
ne hh, yen. A pas ¥F 
on la ay participle) 
auxiliary ) 
nous nous 
vous vous 
ils 
les leur 
elles 


When two personal pronoun objects must be placed be- 
fore the same verb or auxiliary, it is simply a question of 
importance. Therefore, the first and second persons precede 
the third. When both pronouns belong to the third person, 
the direct object comes first, i.e., precedes the personal pro- 
noun object of to. En always comes after y and both must 
follow any personal pronoun. 


287. Cueillir (to gather, to pick). 
+Infinitive :* -cueillir 


1 To facilitate the study of irregular verbs such as cued/lir, French 
grammarians consider as primitive tenses those marked above with a ft. 
a. For the formation of the future and the conditional, see 201. 
6. The present participle is supposed to form three derived tenses : 
(2) the plural of the present indicative, (4) the imperfect indica- 
tive, and (c) the present of the subjunctive by replacing the 


138 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


+Present participle: 
_ TPast participle: 
+Present indicative: 


Imperfect indicative: 
+Preterit 

Past indefinite: 

Future: 

Conditional : 

Imperative : 

Present subjunctive: 


Imperfect subjunctive: 


288. J’en ai cueilli. 


cueillant? 

cueilli 

je cueille nous cueillons 
tu cueilles vous cueillez 


il or elle cueille ils or elles cueillent 
je cueillais 

je cueillis 

j’ai cueilli 

je cueillerai 

je cueillerais 

cueille, cueillons, cueillez 

que je cueille 

que je cueillisse 


I have gathered some. 


Je n’en ai pas volé. J have not stolen any. 


Nous en avons mangé. We have eaten some. 


En is never the direct object. Therefore past participles, 
conjugated with avoir, never agree with it (see 243). 


ending -ant respectively (a) by -ons, -ez, -ent; (4) by -ais, -ais, 
-ait, -ions, -iez, -aient ; (c) by -e, -es, -e, -ions, -iez, -ent. 

The endings of the present subj. of verbs in -evoir are: -oive, 
-Oives, -Oive, -evions, -eviez, -divent. 

c. The past participle forms all compound tenses 5 with the help of 
avoir and étre as in English. (See 235, 305.) 

d. The present indicative forms the imperative by dropping the per- 
sonal pronouns of the corresponding persons and the final s of 
the 2d person singular in the 1st conjugation. 

¢. An easy mechanical way to get the rst person singular of the im- 
perfect of the subjunctive is to add -se to the 2d person singular 
of the preterit: tu parlas, que je parlasse; tu rougis, que je 
rougisse ; tu perdis, que je perdisse; tu recus, que je recusse. 


1 All irregularities in various tenses will be printed in heavy type 


throughout. 


id / 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 139 


289. Vocabulary 


exemplaire, exemplary. infliger a, to inflict upon. 
inutile (de), useless (to). désobéir a, to disobey. 
répliquer, to reply. répondre a, to answer. 
refuser (de), to refuse. alors, then. 

ajouter, to add.‘ cependant, however. 





290. Text (Suite et Fin) 


1. Son fils lui répondit: “Mon frére en_a 
cueilli, enLa mangé, m’en_a donné et j’en_ai aussi 
mangé.” fi 

2. Alors le pére appela le cadet et lui de- 
manda: “Pourquoi m’as tu désobéi? Pourquoi 
as tu dérobé des_abricots?” | 

3. Celui ci lui répliqua: “Vous nous Il’aviez 
défendu, mais mon frére me l’a conseillé. 

4. Je lai écouté; cependant je n’en_ai cueilli 
que quelques_uns; je n’en_al mangé que deux ou 
trois. Je lui en_ai donné autant: il ne les_a pas 
refusés et il les_a mangés.” | 

5. IllestLinutile d’ajouter que leur pére leur 
infligea une punition exemplaire. 

e 


291. Transposition 


I. You are the elder son. Repeat the story with the 
necessary changes. (No change in the direct discourse.) 
Ex.: 1. Je lui répondis: ... 

2. You are the younger son. Repeat the story with the 
necessary changes. (None in the-direct discourse.) Ex.: 
1. Mon frére lui répondit: ... 


3. There are four sons (les deux ainés et les deux 


140 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


cadets). Repeat the story with the necessary changes. (Use 
the plural in the direct discourse.) Ex.: 1. Ses fils lui... 

4. Replace the preterit and the present by (a) the future, 
(b) the conditional. (No changes in the direct discourse.) 


292. Questions 


I. (a) Que lui répondit son fils? 
(b) Le cadet a-t-i] cueilli des abricots? (en) 
(c) En a-t-il mangé? 
(d) En a-t-il donné a son frére? (lui) 
(e) Celui ci en a-t-il mangé aussi? 
2. (a) Qui le pére appela-t-il alors? 
(b) Que lui demanda-t-il? 
(c) Le cadet lui a-t-il désobéi? 
(d) A-t-il dérobé des abricots? (en) 
3. (a) Qu’est ce que le cadet lui répliqua? 
(b) Est ce que leur pére leur avait défendu de cueillii 
des abricots? (le) | 
(c) Qui a conseillé au cadet d’en cueillir? (le lui) 
4. (a) Le cadet a-t-il écouté l’ainé? (le) 
(b) A-t-il cueilli cependant beaucoup d’abricots? (en) 
(c) Combien en a-t-il mangé? 
(d) Combien en a-t-il donné a son frére? (lui) 
(e) Les a-t-il refusés? 
(f) Les a-t-il mangés? 
5. Qu’est il inutile d’ajouter? 


293. Grammar Drill 


1. I give it to you, they give them to us, he was giving it 
to him, we gave’ them to them, will he give it to him? he will 
not give it to him, he will give it to you. 

I speak to him about it,? he spoke’ to me about it, has he 
spoken to you* about it? we shall speak to them about it. 

1 Use the preterit. 2 Translate by en. 


BEGINNER’S FRENCH I4I 


They will take you (along) there, were they taking him 
there? I do not take them there, we have taken her there. 

I forbid him to do it,’ were we forbidding them to do 
it?? he would not forbid you to do it.? 

2. I gather apricots, do you gather them? we gather 
some, they were gathering some, will they gather any? she 
will not gather any, you would not gather any. 


294. Translation 


1. Then the younger son added:* 2. My brother took‘ 
his friends along into our garden. 3. He advised* them to 
pick and to eat apricots. 4. I repeated* this to him: - 
5. “Our father has forbidden us to do it.”?. 6. He did not 
listen*to me. 7. He answered* me: 8. You® will gather 
fruit. 9. You will give some to me. 10. You will eat some. 
11. You will also give some to my friends or I shall inflict 
upon you an exemplary punishment. 12. Then I did not 
refuse* to doit. 13. I have disobeyed you. 14. However, we 
have not stolen many. 15. My brother has gathered half 
a dozen. 16. I have gathered as many. 17. His friends 
were asking us for some.® 18. I have given them one. 
19. They refused* it at once. 20. My brother has given 
them three. 21. They did not refuse them. 22. They 

have eaten them. 23. I blush for my behavior. 24. It is 
“useless to punish me. 


205. Reading Lesson 
UNE JOYEUSE HARANGUE 


Un roi de France visitait son royaume. Un jour, il arriva 
aux portes d’une petite ville ot il fut regu par le curé, accom- 
pagné de toute la population. 

Or, ce curé était un original. Quand il arriva auprés du 


1 Say: I forbid it to him. % Preterit. ° Use the 2d person singular. 
? See note 1 above. 4 Past indef. © Say: some to us. 


142 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


roi, il le salua trés humblement et lui dit: « Sire, je n’ai pas 
intention de vous faire un long discours; mais, a l’occasion 
de votre visite, j’ai composé une petite chanson que je désire 
vous chanter.» 

Et il entonna aussitot une chanson dans laquelle il souhai- 
tait au monarque la bienvenue et un long régne. 

Le roi applaudit et cria: « Bis! Bis! » 

Le prétre répéta sa chanson avec encore plus de gaieté 
et d’enthousiasme. 

Pour lui témoigner sa satisfaction, le roi lui donna dix 
louis. 3 

Celui ci, en les recevant, cria a son tour: « Bis! Bis! 
sire.» ; 

Le roi, charmé de l’esprit du curé, doubla la somme. 


TWENTY-NINTH LESSON 


Rules 


Review §§ 40. 2; 243; p. 13 (hyphen); note d, bottom 
of p. 138. - 

296. Montrez-moi ce livre. Show me this book. 

Montrez-le-lui. Show it to him. 
Montrez-le-nous. Show it to us. 
Montre-m’en un. Show me one. 
Montres-en un. Show one. 

1. Personal pronouns, direct objects or objects of to, are 
placed after the verb in the same order as in English when 
it is in the imperative affirmative. When the imperative is - 
negative, follow 277 and 286. 

2. When placed after the verb, the personal pronouns, 
direct objects or objects of to, are translated as in table 277, 
except moi and toi instead of me, te. However, moi and toi 
become m’ and t’ before en or y. 


BEGINNERS FRENCH 143 


3. The second person singular of the imperative of the 
first conjugation ends with s before en or y. 


297. Envoyer (to send). (Review 263.) 


Infin. : envoyer 
Pres. part. : envoyant 
Past part.: envoyé — 
Pres. ind. : j envoie nous envoyons 
tu envoies vous envoyez 
il or elle envoie __ ils or elles envoient 
Imperf. ind.: _j’envoyais 
Preterit: , j’envoyai 


Past indefinite: j’ai envoyé 


Future: j enverrai 

Conditional : j enverrais 

Imperative : envoie, envoyons, envoyez 
Pres. subj.: que j’envoie 


Imperf. subj.: que j’envoyasse 


298. J’y ajouterai quelque chose, J shall add something 
to 1t. 
Y means also to it, to them (things). 


299. Vocabulary 


la route, the road. envoyer, to send. 

Vaise (f.), the ease. emporter, to carry away. 
ladresse (f.), the address. deviner, to guess. 

la permission, the permission. désirer, to desire. 
Yexpression (f.), the expression. | recommander, to recommend. 
la gratitude, the gratitude. réfléchir a, to reflect upon. 
sur, -e, sure. salir, to soil. 

montrer, to show. rendre, to return, give back. 
garder, to keep. plutdt, rather. 





a votre aise, leisurely. 


144 BEGINNERS FRENCH 


300. Text 


Montrez-moi les livres que vous_avez trou- 


vés sur la route. 
2. Examinez-les a votre aise mais ne les salis- 


sez pas. 

3. Ce sont ceux que mon frére a perdus, j’en 
suis sir. Réfléchissez-y bien: ne les gardez pas; 
rendez-les-lui. 

4. Donnez-moi son_adresse; je les lui enverrai; 
ou plutot emportez-les et envoyez-les-lui. 

5. Recevez l’expression de ma profonde grati- 
tude et de la sienne. 


301. Transposition 


1. Use the singular everywhere. 
2. Use the first person plural of the imperative in 2 and 3. 


302. Questions 


For the answers, translate the sentences between paren- 
theses. If there is no senterice, see 300. 
1. (a) Devinez ce que j’ai trouvé? (You have found 
some books. ) 
(b) Deyinez ot: je les ai trouvés? (You have found 
them on the road.) : 
(c) Est. ce que je dois vous montrer les livres que 
j'ai trouvés? (Show them to me.) : 
2. Me donnez vous la permission de les examiner a mon 
aise? (Examine them at your ease.) 
3. Que me recommandez vous? (Do not soil sain} 
4. (a) Est cet.ceux que-votre frére a perdus? 
1 Used for sake of euphony instead of sont ce. 


BEGINNERS FRENCH 145 


(b) En étes vous bien stir? 

(c) Doisyje bien y réfléchir? (Yes, do reflect 
upon it.) 

(d) Est ce que je dois les garder? (Do not keep 
them. ) 

(e) Est ce que je dois les rendre a votre frére? (Re- 
turn them to him.) 


5. (a) Désirez-vous son adresse? (Give it to me.) 
(b) Les lui enverrez vous? 
(c) Est ce que je dois les emporter? (Take them 
away.) | 
(d) Dois-je les lui envoyer? (Send them to him.) 
6. Etes-vous content? (Yes, sir, receive the expres- 
sion...) | 


303. Grammar Drill 


1. Show it, do not show it, show them, do not show 
them, show some, do not show any, show me, do not show 
' me, show it to me, do not show it to me, show them to us, 
do not show them to us, let us show it, let us not show it, 
let us show them to him, let us not show them to him. 

Keep it, do not keep it, keep them, do not keep them, keep 
some, do not keep any, let us keep them, let us not keep them. 

Soil it, do not soil it, soil them, do not soil them, let us- 
soil it, let us not soil it, let us soil them, let us not soil them. 

Give it back, give it back to me, give some back, do not 
give them back to him, let us give some back to them. 

2. I am sending it to them there, do you send it to them 
there? I was not sending them to you there, they sent some 
to me there, she has not sent it to him, will you send them 
to us there? he will not send any to you there, we would send 
some to them there, send it to me, let us not send it to 
them. 


146 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


304. Translation 


1. Somebody has lost his books opposite your house. 
2. Did you find'them? 3. We found? some on the road. 
4. Show them to me. 5. Let us not show them to him. 
6. They are? not yours. 7. Are you sure of it? 8. Give 
them back to me or rather send them to me. g. Let us not 
give them back to him. to. And we shall not send them to 
him. 11. If you do not return them to me, you will receive 
an exemplary punishment. 12. Let us keep them. 13. I shall 
speak to your uncle about it. 14. We forbid you to do it.® 
15. He will inflict upon you a good punishment. 16. Let us 
reflect upon it. 17. Let us show those books to him. 18. Let 
us examine them leisurely. 19. You are soiling them. 
20. Let us not soil them. 21. Let us not return them to him. 
22. They are his. 23. What is the address of your parents? 
24. Give it to us. 25. We shall send them to you there. 
26. Give them to me rather. 27. I shall take them away. 
28. Take them away. 29. My gratitude is very deep. 30. 
Receive the expression of it. 


THIRTIETH LESSON 
Rules 
305. Etre envoyé, puni, perdu, regu (to be sent, punished, 


lost, received). 
PRESENT INDICATIVE 


je suis envoyé(e) puni(e) 
tu es envoyé(e) puni(e) 
il est envoyeé puni 
elle est envoyée punie 
t Past indefinite. 2 C’est or ce sont according to the new decree. 


8 We forbid it to you. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 147 


PRESENT INDICATIVE (Continued) 


nous sommes envoyés (ées) punis (ies) 
vous étes envoyeé (€ée, és, ées) puni (ie, is, ies) 
ils sont envoyes . punis 
elles sont envoyées punies 
je suis perdu(e) recu(e) 
tu es perdu(e) recu(e) 
il est perdu requ 
elle est perdue recue 
nous sommes perdus (ues) recus (ues) 
vous étes perdu (ue, us, ues) regu (ue, us, ues) 
ils sont ~ - perdus recus 
elles sont perdues recues 
IMPERFECT INDICATIVE 
jétais _ envoyé(e), puni(e), perdu(e), recu(e), ete. 
' : PRETERIT 
je fus envoyé(e), puni(e), perdu(e), recu(e), etc. 


PAST INDEFINITE 
j'ai été envoyé(e), puni(e), perdu(e), recu(e), ete. 
FUTURE 
| je serai  envoyé(e), puni(e), perdu(e), recu(e), etc. 
CONDITIONAL 
je serais envoyé(e), puni(e), perdu(e), recu(e), etc. 
Past participles, conjugated with étre, agree in gender 
and number with the subject of the clause. 


306: Je suis allé(e). J have gone. 
Elle est revenue. She has come back. 
‘Vous étes sorti (ie, is, ies). You have gone out. 


The following past participles, conjugated with to have in 
English, are conjugated with étre (to be) in French. Apply 
305. The French considers the state, not the action, 


148 BEGINNERS FRENCH 





allé, -e, gone. tombé, -e, fallen. 
arrivé, -e, arrived. venu, -e, come. 
entré, -e, entered. revenu, -e, come back. 
parti, -e, departed. ’ _devenu, -e, become. 
resté, -e, remained. mort, -e, died. 
sorti, -e, gone out. né, -e, born. 
307. 
Infin. : couvrir faire pleuvoir? 
(to cover) (todo,make) (to rain) 
Pres. part.: couvrant faisant pleuvant 
Past part.: couvert fait plu 
Pres. ind.: je couvre je fais ‘ 
tu couvres tu fais 
-il-or elle couvre il or elle fait ; 
“ . il pleut 
nous couvrons nous faisons 
vous couvrez vous faites 
ils or elles couvrent ils or elles font ; 
Imperf. ind.: je couvrais je faisais il pleuvait 
Preterit : je couvris je fis il plut 
Past indef.: j’ai couvert _ jai fait il a plu 
Future : je couvrirai je ferai il pleuvra 
Condit. : je couvrirais je ferais il pleuvrait 
Imperative: couvre fais 
couvrons faisons (none) 
couvrez faites 
Pres. subj.: que je couvre que je fasse* qu'il pleuve 


Imperf. subj.:que je couvrisse que je fisse qu'il plit 
308. La rue est couverte de boue. The street is covered 
with mud. 


1 It is irregular throughout. 
2 Irregular persons of verbs, ending in -o#7, cannot be especially marked 
because there is no model on which to base a distinction. 


BEGINNERS FRENCH 149 


1. The partitive article (du, de la, de 1’, des) is omitted 
_after the preposition de to avoid the repetition of the same 
word. , 

2. After some past participles (covered, dressed, adorned, 
etc.), with is translated by de. 


309. Vocabulary 


le temps, the weather. 
le vent, the wind. 

le froid, the cold. 
Vhiver (m.), the winter. 
le silence, the silence. 
la boue, the mud. 

la neige, the snow. 

la terre, the ground. 

la nature, the nature. ~ 
la feuille, the leaf. 
calme, calm. 

mort, -e, dead, 





plein, -e, full, filled. 
revenu, -e, come back. 


‘geler, to freeze. 


troubler, to disturb. 

dépouiller, to strip. 

couvrir, to cover. 

pleuvoir, to rain. 

faire du vent (impers.), to be 
windy. 

quel temps fait il? how is the 
weather? 


310. Text 


1 Il pleut; il fait du vent; les rues sont 


pleines de boue. 


2. Il géle; le froid est revenu; la neige couvre 


la terre. 


3. En_hiver, la nature tombe dans_un profond 


sommeil. 


4. Tout est calme et triste: rien ne trouble le 


silence de la campagne. 


5. Les jardins sont dépouillés, les feuilles sont 
tombées, les fleurs sont mortes. 


150 BEGINNERS FRENCH 


311. Transposition 


1. Replace respectively the present and the past indefinite 
(a) by the imperfect and the pltiperfect, (b) by the future 
and the past future, (c) by the conditional and the past con- 
ditional. 

2. Use the interrogative forms. 


312. Questions 


I. {a) Quel temps fait il? 

(b) Pleut il? 

(c) Est ce qu’il fait du vent? 

(d) De quoi les rues sont elles pleines? 
2. (a) Est ce qu'il géle? 

(b) Qu’est ce qui est revenu? 

(c) Qu’est ce qui couvre la terre? 
3. En hiver, dans quoi la nature tombe-t-elle ? 
4. (a) Qu’est ce qui est calme? 

(b) Qu’est ce qui est triste? 

(c) Qu’est ce qui trouble le silence de la campagne? 
5. (a) Qu’est ce qui est dépouillé? 

(b) Qu’est ce qui est tombé? 

(c) Qu’est ce qui est mort? 


313. Grammar Drill 


1. She is sent, we are lost (m.), were you being lost (f. 
pl.) ? they were sent (m.), I have been sent (f.), they had 
been lost (m.), will she be lost? we should be sent (m.). 

2. I have gone (m.), she has gone, have they gone (m.) ? 
we have gone out (f.), have you gone out (m. pl.) ? he has 
come, they have come (m.), have we arrived (m.)? she has 
_ arrived. 

3. I am covering, they cover, were you covering? We 


, 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 151 


covered, she has covered, they had covered, you* will cover, 
we would cover, let us cover. 

4. He makes, she was making, are you making? they 
made (pret.), he has made, shall we make? they make, I had 
made, let us make, you would make, do not make. 

5. It was raining, will it rain, it rained (pret.), has it 
rained? it would rain, it is raining. 


314. Translation 


1. Winter! and cold? have come back. 2, The cold is strip- 
ping our gardens and our parks. 3. Leaves* have fallen and 
cover the ground. 4. Flowers' are dead. 5. Everything is 
dead. 6: Silence’ reigns over? nature.1 7. How is the 
weather? 8. It has rained and it is raining. 9. The streets 
are covered with mud. to. It has been windy and it is 
ewindy. 11. When did your sister come® back from the 
country? 12. She came* back on* Tuesday. 13. It had 
rained. 14. She has fallen. 15. She was covered with mud. 
16. I am very sorry for® it. 17. How will the weather be 
this winter? 18. It will be windy. 19. If it is windy, it will 
rain. 20: It has frozen, it is freezing, and it will freeze. 
21. Snow’ has fallen, snow’ is falling, snow’ will fall. 22. 
It will cover everything with its white cloak. 23. Nature? 
_ will fall into a deep sleep. 24. Birds' will not disturb it. 
25. The streets will be quiet and gloomy. 26. They will 
also be filled with snow. 

1 Supply Zhe. 2 Replace by iz. 3 Past indefinite. 
£ Omit. _& Replace by of. : 


152 BEGINNERS FRENCH 


THIRTY-FIRST LESSON 


Rules 
Review §§ 107, 117, 192, 305, 306. 
315. moi, J; me nous, we; us 
toi, you* vous, you 
lui, he; him eux, they; them 
elle, she; her elles, they; them 


1. Elle et moi, nous sommes toujours en retard. She ond 
I are always late. 


2. Lui a raison, moi j’ai tort. He is right, I am wrong. 
3. C'est moi qui ai parlé. Jt is I who spoke. 


4. Il parle de moi, de lui; avec elle, avec eux; pour moi; 
pour vous. He speaks of me, of him; with her, with them; 
for me, for you. | 


The above personal pronouns are used: 


1. In a compound subject. Notice that when there are 
several subjects of different persons, one of them being of 
the first or the second person, they are all summed up before 
the verb by nous or vous. 


2. When the subjects are emphatically opposed to one 
another. 

Then the emphatic forms moi, toi, nous, vous are fol- 
lowed by the ordinary forms je, tu, nous, vous. Lui, elle, 
eux, elles are not followed by il, elle, ils, elles. 


3. When attribute of the verb étre; also when the pro- 
noun subject is separated from its verb by any other word 
but ne or a conjunctive pronoun (see 277). 


4. When object of any preposition but to, 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


2926. 
Infin. : hair? 
(to hate) 
Pres. part.: haissant 
Past part.: hai 
Pres. ind.: je hais 
tu hais 
il ; 
elle ait 


nous haissons 
vous haissez 

ils | 
elles 
je haissais 


haissent 


Imperf. ind. : 


Preterit : je hais 
Past indef.: j’ai hai 
Future: je hairai 
Condit. : je hairais 
Imperat. : hais 
3 haissons 
haissez 


que je haisse 
que je haisse 


Pres. subj.: 
Impf. subj.: 





£53 
partir falloir 
(to depart) (to be necessary, must) 
partant | 
parti fallu 
je pars 
tu pars 


il . ‘ 

elle part _il faut 
nous partons 

vous partez 


ils 
elles fecvent 


je partais il fallait 
je partis il fallut 
je suis parti(e) il a fallu 
je partirai il faudra 
je partirais il faudrait 
pars 
partons 
partez : 
que je parte qu'il faille 
que je partisse qu’il fallit 


317. Vocabulary 


le climat, the climate. 

l'accord (m.), the agreement. 
Veté (m.), the summer. 

le chant, the song. 

la saison, the season. 

la recherche, the search. 

la pitié, the pity. 

désagréable, disagreeable. 
clément, -e, clement, mild. 


muet, -te, mute. 

devenu, -e, become. 

embellir, to beautify. 

hair, to hate. 

partir, to depart, go away. 
falloir, to be necessary, must. 
étre d’accord, to agree. 

avoir pitié de, to have pity on. 
presque, almost. 





rester, to remain. 


5 | hair is regular. It isgiven here to show where the dizresis is not used, 


154 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


318. Text 


1. L’hiver est_arrivé; c'est la plus désagréable 
des quatre saisons. | 

2. Mes fréres ne sont pas d’accord avec moi: 
eux préférent l’hiver aux_autres saisons; moi, je 
le hais. 

3. Presque tous les_oiseaux sont partis a la 
recherche d’un climat plus clément. | 

4. Ceux qui sont restés avec nous sont deve- 
nus muets. | 

5. Il faut avoir pitié d’eux. 

6. Car ce sont_eux qui, en_été, embellissent 
nos jardins et nous réjouissent par leurs chants. 


319. Transposition 


1. Replace respectively the present and the past indefi- 
nite 
(a) by the imperfect and the pluperfect ; 
(6) by the future and the past future; 
(c) by the conditional and the past conditional. 


320. Questions 


I. (a) Quelle saison est arrivée? 
(b) Laquelle des quatre saisons est la plus désagré- 
able? 
2. (a) Qui n’est pas d’accord avec vous? 
(b) Préférent ils ’hiver aux autres saisons? (le) 
‘(c) Haissez vous Vhiver? (le) 
3. (a) Qu’est ce qui est parti? 
(b) A la recherche de quoi sont ils partis? 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 155 


4. Que sont devenus (what became of) ceux qui sont 
restés avec nous ? 
5. Faut il avoir pitié d’eux? (en) 
6. (a) Qu’est ce qui embellit nos jardins en été? (les) 
(b) Qu’est ce qui nous réjouit en été? 
(c) Par quoi nous réjouissent ils? 


321. Grammar Drill 


1. He and I (we) have come; she and you (you) agree; 
they and we (we) hate winter; he, has gone out, J have 
entered ; they (m.) succeed, we do not succeed; it is J who 
have done it; it is he who has come; for me, for you, for 
him, for them (m.), with her, with us, with them (f.), with 
thee. ; 

2. They hate, we were hating, will he hate? is he hating? 
they hated (pret.), let us hate, we should hate. 

3. They were departing (going away), they (f.) had 
departed, you departed (pret.), will she depart? do not de- 
part, they would depart, we (m.) have departed, let us 
depart. 

4. It will be necessary, has it been necessary? it was 
necessary (pret.), would it be necessary? it used to be nec- 
essary, is it necessary? 


322. Translation 


1. I introduce my friends to you. 2. They’ remained? 
in* the country fort two months and we remained? there 
only fort one week. 3. When did you come? back, gentle- 
men? 4. We arrived? on Monday and he returned on 
Tuesday. 5. What disagreeable weather, is it not? 6. Is 
the weather more pleasant in* the country? 7. Do you 


1 Use the, emphatic forms for the subjects initalics. ? Past indefinite. . 
3 Replace by az. 4 Omit or replace by during (pendant). 


156 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


hate winter?? 8. We hate it. 9. J prefer it to sum- 
mer.* 10. It is also the season that our parents and we 
prefer. 11. You do not agree with us and with them. 
12. Why do you prefer summer?? 13. Our climate is not 
mild in winter. 14. It is windy, it rains, it freezes, snow? 
falls. 15. I‘pity you. 16. One must? pity me. 17. For I 
hate cold.*_ 18. We shall be in* the country in summer. 
1g. It will not rain, it will not be cold. 20. The streets will 
not be full of mud. 21. They will be clean. 22. Birds? 
will not be mute. 23. They will have become joyful. 24. 
Their songs will rejoice us. 25. The gardens will be full 
of flowers. 26. The trees will be covered with leaves. 27. 
Flowers’ and leaves’ will beautify. the whole country. 


THIRTY-SECOND LESSON 


Rules 


Review §§ 75, 139, 207. 
323. Quelle heure est il? What time is it? 


Il est 3 heures _ It is 3 o'clock 
Il est 3 heures et 5 minutes or 3 heures 5 3.05 
Il est 3 heures et Io minutes or 3 heures Io 3.10 
Il est 3 heures et quart or 3 heures 15 3.15 
Il est 3 heures et’20 minutes or 3 heures 20 3.20 
Il est 3 heures et 25 minutes or 3 heures 25 3.25 
Il est 3 heures et demie or 3 heures 30 3.30 
Tl est 4 heures moins 25 minutes or moins 25 3.35 
Il est 4 heures moins 20 minutes or moins 20 3.40 
Il est 4 heures moins un quart or moins 15 3.45 
Il est 4 heures moins 10 minutes or moins 10 3.50 
Il est 4 heures moins 5 minutes or moins 5 3.55 
_ Il est 4 heures 4.00 


1 Supply “He. 2 Say: it is necessary. 8 Replace by az. 


324. 
Infin. : 


Pres. part.: 
Past part.: 
Pres. ind.: 


Imperf. ind. : 
Preterit : 

Past indef. : 
Future: 
Condit. : 
Imperative: 
Pres. subj.: 
Imperf. subj.: 


le dimanche, Sunday. 

le déjeuner, the breakfast. 

le service, the service. 

le fidéle, the faithful. 

le quart, the quarter. 

les vétements (m. pl.), the clothes. 
Vheure (f.), o'clock, time. 

la volée, the flight. 

la messe, the mass. 

la coutume, the custom. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 157 


aller 

(to go) 
allant 
allé 
je vais 
tu vas 
il or elle va 
nous allons 
vous allez 


ils or elles vont > 


jallais 

jallai 

je suis allé(e) 
j irai 

j irais 

va, allons, allez 
que j/aille 

que j’allasse 


It is, of the time of the day, is translated by il est. 


mettre 
(to put) 
mettant 
mis 
je mets 
tu mets 
il or elle met 
nous mettons 
vous mettez 
ils or elles mettent 
je mettais 
je mis 
j’ai mis 
je mettrai 
je mettrais 
mets, mettons, mettez 
que je mette 
que je misse 


325., Vocabulary 





déjeuner, to breakfast. 
aller, to go. 
commencer, to begin. 
inviter (a), to invite (to). 
| sonner a toute volée, to ring a 
full peal. 
mettre, to put, to put on. 
de coutume, usual, usually. 
de bonne heure, early. 
tard, late. 
aprés, after, 


158 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


326. Text 


1. Chaque dimanche, je mets mes plus beaux 
vetements. 

2. Je déjeune a huit_heures un quart, beau- 
coup plus tard que de coutume. 

3. Aprés le déjeuner, je vais a l’église. 

4. Le service commence a dix_heures et demie. 

5. Jarrive a la porte de l’église 4 dix_heures 
vingt. | 

6. Les cloches sonnent a toute volée et invitent 
les fidéles 4 assister 4 la messe. 

7. Jentre dans léglise. 


327. Transposition 


1. Conjugate sentences I, 2, 3, 5 and 7 in the present. 

2. Replace the present (a) by the future, (b) by the 
past indefinite, (c) by the conditional, (d) by the preterit, 
(e) by the imperfect. 

3. Use the interrogative forms. 


328. Questions 


I. (a) Que mettez vous chaque dimanche? 
(b) Quand mettez vous vos plus beaux vétements? 
(les) 
2. (a) Déjeunez vous de bonne heure? (negative) 
(b) Est ce que vous déjeunez tard? 
(c) Quelle heure est il quand vous déjeunez le di- 
manche? 3 
3. (a) Ot allez vous aprés le déjeuner? 
(b) Allez vous a léglise aprés le déjeuner? (y) 
4. Quelle heure est il quand le service commence? 


BEGINNERS FRENCH 159 


5. (a) Ot arrivez vous? 
(b) Arrivez vous a la porte de l’église? (y) 
(c) Quelle heure est il quand vous y arrivez? 
6. (a) Que font les cloches? 
(b) Comment sonnent elles? 
(c) Qui invitent elles? 
(d) A quoi les invitent elles? 
7. (a) Ot entrez vous? 
(b) Est ce que vous entrez eas léglise? (y) 


329. Grammar Drill 


1. What time is it? It is half past 5, it is 20 minutes 
to 2, it is a quarter past I1, it is 5 minutes to 9, it is 10 
minutes: past 7, it is not half past I0, it is 25 minutes to 9, 
it is a quarter past 8. 

2. We go, were you going? he went (pret.), she had 
gone, are they going? I shall go, let us go, would they go? 
we have gone, we went (pret.), do not go, he is going. 

3. You are putting, they will put, have they put? we 
shall put, had you put? she was putting, you* would put, 
let us put. — 


330. Translation 


1. Do you go to church? on Sunday? 2. We go there 
every Sunday. 3. Everybody puts on his fine clothes. 
4. My family breakfast? usually at 8 o’clock. 5. We shall 
breakfast much later. 6. After breakfast,’ we shall put on 
our finest clothes. 7. Will you go to church? 8. Where 
is your church? 9g. It is in the neighborhood. 10. Do you 
hear those bells? 11. They are the bells of our church. 
12. They ring a full peal. 13. They are calling us. 14. Let 
us obey them. 15. They invite us to be present at (the) 
service. 16, Let us be present there, let us go there. 17. At 


1 Supply ze. 2 Use the singular. 


160 


what time will the service 
at the door at 11 o'clock. 
mence later, at a quarter 
at church’ at half past 11. 


begin? 

19. But the service will com- 
after II. 
21. Enter there. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


18. The faithful arrive 


20. You will arrive 


THIRTY-THIRD LESSON 
Rules 


Review §§ 181, 262, 324. 


331- Infin. : 
Present part. : 
Past part. : 
Pres. ind. : 
je vois, I see 
tu vois 
il or elle voit 
Imperf. ind. : 
Preterit : 
Past indef.: 
Future: 
Condit. : 
Imperat. : 
Pres. subj.: 
Imperf. subj.: + 


voir (to see) 
voyant 
vu(e) 


nous voyons 
vous voyez 

ils or elles voient 
je voyais 

je vis 

j'ai vu 

je verrai 

je verrais 

vois, voyons, voyez 
que je voie 

que je visse 


332. Vocabulary 


le ministre, 

le pasteur, 

le pupitre, the desk. 

les assistants (m. pl.), the per- 
sons present. 

le commencement, the beginning. 


: the minister. 





le sermon, the sermon. 

Dieu, God. - 

l’auditoire (m.), the’ congrega- 
tion. 

l’orgue (m.), the organ. 

l’organiste, the organist. 


1 Supply ¢e. 


BEGINNER’S FRENCH 161 





le sujet, the subject. voir, to see. 

la personne, the person. mal, badly. 

la cérémonie, the ceremony. directement, directly. 

la ferveur, the fervor. devant, before, in front of. 

la bonté, the kindness. pendant, during, for. 

l’attention (f.), the attention. avec, with, 

la musique, the music. sur, about. 

jouer de, to play (an instru- | depuis, since, from. 

ment). jusqu’a, until, to. 

retourner, to go back. chez, at, to, in the house of. 

chanter, to sing. chez moi (toi, lui, elle, nous, 

prier, to pray. vous, eux, elles), at, to, in my 

finir, to finish. (your, his, her, our, your, 

étre fini(e), to be over. their) house, at home, home. 
333. Text ; 


1. Je vois beaucoup de personnes assises sur 
les bancs et le ministre devant son pupitre. 

2. Pendant la cérémonie, les assistants chan- 
tent avec_expression et prient avec ferveur. 

3. Le pasteur fait un long sermon sur la bonté 
de Dieu et l’auditoire l’écoute avec la plus grande 
attention depuis le commencement jusqu’a la fin. 

4. J’entends aussi de bonne musique: l’organiste 
joue trés bien de lorgue. | 

5. Quand le service est fini, je retourne direc- 
tement chez moi. 


334. Transposition 


1. Conjugate in the present sentences I, 2, the last clause 
of 3 and 5 and the first clause of 4. 

2. Replace the present (a) by the imperfect, (b) by the 
past indefinite, (c) by the future, (d) by the preterit, (e) by 
the conditional. 

3. Use the interrogative forms. 


162 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


335- Questions , 


I. (a) Qui voyez vous dans l’église? (y) 
(6) Les personnes que vous y voyez, sont elles debout 
ou assises ? 
(c) Le ministre est il debout ou assis? 
(d) Devant quoi est il debout ? 


2. (a) Pendant la cérémonie, que font les assistants? 
(b) Comment chantent ils? 
(c) Comment prient ils? 
3. (a) Qu’est ce que le pasteur fait? 
(6) Son sermon est il long ou court? 
(c) Quel en est le sujet? 
(d) Que fait l’auditoire pendant le sermon? 
(e) Ecoute-t-il le pasteur avec peu d’attention? (le) 


4. (a) Entendez vous aussi de bonne musique? (en) 
(b) Qui joue de lorgue? (en) 
(c) En joue-t-il bien ou mal? 
5. (a) Le service fini, o1 retournez vous? 
(b) Est ce que vous retournez directement chez 
vous? (y) 


336. Grammar Drill 


1. What time was it? it was a quarter to 4, it was Io 
minutes past 2, was it 25 minutes past 6? it was half past 3, 
what time will it be? it will be 20 minutes to 5, it will be 
a quarter past 9. 

2. I go, you went (pret.), was he going? they will go, 
she has gone, go, shall we ane you would go, they (f.) had 
gone, let us go. 

3. He is seeing, have you seen? we used to see, do you 
see? let us see, he will see, you had seen, would they see? 
we saw (pret.), we shall see, see, they used to see. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 163 


337. Translation 


1. What are we going to' do? 2. Let us enter the 
church, 3. You will see there many strangers. 4. The 
ceremony has begun.” 5. Here is the pew? of my family. 
6. The sermon of the minister is very long. 7. He has been 
speaking for* one hour. 8. He is speaking about* the kind- 
ness of God. 9. We listen to him attentively. to. The con- 
gregation is seated during the sermon. 11. What shall we 
do during the service? 12. We shall sing with the other 
persons present. 13. Your sisters sing with expression. 
14. I hear them very well. 15. You do not pray with the 
greatest fervor. 16. I have been praying for® one hour. 
17. | am also listening to the organ. 18. The organists 
of this city do not play well. 19. You will hear some good 
music when you are present at (the) service in my church. 
20. When the service is over, shall we return to your house? 
21. We shall return directly there. 22. We have remained 
from the beginning to the end. 


338. Reading Lesson 


LA PETITE MENDIANTE 


C'est la petite mendiante 

Qui vous demande un peu de pain. 
Donnez a la pauvre innocente, 
Donnez, donnez, car elle a faim. 
Ne rejetez point ma priere, 

Votre coeur vous dira pourquoi. 
J’ai six ans, je n’ai plus de mére, 
J’ai faim, ayez pitié de moi. 


1 Omit. 2 Say: bench. 38 Say: he speaks since. 
* Replace by: of. 5 Ct. note 3 above. 


104 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


Hier, c’était féte au village, 

A moi personne n’a songé; 
Chacun dansait sous le feuillage, 
Hélas! et je n’ai pas mangé. 
Pardonnez-moi, si je demande, 
Je ne demande que du pain. 

Du pain, je ne suis pas gourmande. 
Ah! ne me grondez pas, j’ai faim. 


N’allez pas croire que j’ignore 

Que dans ce monde il faut souffrir; 
Mais je suis si petite encore, 

Ah! ne me laissez pas mourir. 
Donnez a la pauvre petite, 

Et pour vous comme elle priera! 
Elle a faim; donnez, donnez vite, 
Donnez, quelqu’un vous le rendra. 


Si ma plainte vous importune, 
Eh bien! je vais rire et chanter; 
De l’aspect de mon infortune 
Je ne dois pas vous attrister. 
Quand je pleure, l’on me rejette, 
Chacun me dit: Eloigne-toi. 
Ecoutez donc ma chansonnette, 
Je chante, ayez pitié de moi. 


BoucHER DE PERTHES. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


THIRTY-FOURTH LESSON 


Rules 


165 


Review note b, bottom of p. 137; §§ 139, 306, 324, 331. 


339. Infin.: 
Pres. part. : 
Past part. : 
Pres. ind. : 


Imperf. ind.: 
Preterit : 

Past indef. : 
Future: , 
Condit. : 
Imperat. : 
Pres. subj.: 
Imperf. subj.: 


prendre (to take) 


prenant 
pris 

je prends © 
tu prends 


il or elle prend 


nous prenons 
vous prenez 


ils or elles prennent 


je prenais 
je pris 

j’ai pris 

je prendrai 
je prendrais 


prends, prenons, prenez 


que je prenne 
que je prisse 


340. Vocabulary © 


le spectacle, the spectacle, show. 

le billet, the ticket. 

le guichet, the ticket office. 

le haut, the top. 

lescalier (m.), the staircase. 

la représentation, the perform- 
ance. 

la place, the seat. 

‘louvreuse, the (female) usher. 





la salle, the auditorium. 

la scéne, the stage. 

lespéce (f.), the kind, sort. 
monter, to go up, climb. 
prendre, to take. 
quelquefois, sometimes. 
jamais, ever, never. 


déja, already. 


toujours, always. 


en retard, late (person). 


166 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


341. Text 


1. Nous_allions quelquefois au spectacle. 

2. La représentation commengait généralement 
a huit_heures. 

3. Nous n’étions jamais en retard. 

4. Nous_arrivions a la porte du théatre 4 
huit_heures moins_un quart. | 

5. Nous_achetions nos billets au guichet et 
nous choisissions toujours de bonnes places. 

6. Nous montions et au haut de l’escalier une 
ouvreuse prenait nos billets. 

7. Nous_entrions et nous yoyious la salle et 
la scene. 

8. Il y avait déja beaucoup de personnes dans 
la salle. (4 suivre.) 


342.» Transposition 


1. Conjugate sentences I, 3, 4: 5, 7 and the first clause 
of 6 in the imperfect of the indicative. 

2. Replace the imperfect (a) by the present, (b) by the 
conditional, (c) by the pluperfect, (d) by the future, (e) by 
the preterit. 

3. Use the interrogative forms. 


343. Questions 


1. (a) Ou alliez vous? 
(b) Alliez vous trés souvent au spectacle? (y) 
2. Quelle heure était il quand la représentation com- 
mengait ? 
3. (a) Etiez vous généralement de bonne heure? 
(b) Etiez vous jamais en retard? 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 167 


4. (a) Ow arriviez vous? . 
(b) A quelle heure y arriviez vous? 
5. (a) Qu’est ce que vous achetiez? 
(b) Ou achetiez vous vos billets? (les) 
(c) Quelle espéce de places choisissiez vous toujours ? 
(en) | 
6. (a) Est ce que vous montiez l’escalier? (le) 
(b) Qwest ce qu’une ouvreuse prenait au haut de 
l’escalier ? 
7. (a) Entriez vous? 
(b) Voyiez vous la salle? (la) 
(c) Est ce que vous voyiez la scene? (la) 
(d) Voyiez vous la salle et la scéne? (les) 


8. (a) Qu’est ce qu'il y avait dans la salle? 
(b) Y en avait il déja beaucoup? 


344. Grammar Drill 


1. I see, they saw (pret.), you* used to see, shall they 
see? did he see (pret.) ? they have seen, do not see, would 
he see? she had seen, we were seeing, I shall have seen, they 
would have seen. 3 

2. He is taking, were we taking? they took (pret.), are 
you taking? I had taken, she was taking, he has taken, they . 
will take, let us take, we shall have taken, did you take 
(pret.) ? you had taken, I shall take, would you* take? you 
would have taken, do not take. 


345. Translation 


1. My family used to go to the theater when we were 
residing in the city in winter. 2. We seldom go there when 
we are in the country. 3. At what time did the perform- 
ances begin? 4. They used to begin at 8 o’clock. 5. But 
many persons were already arriving at the doors of the 


168 - BEGINNERS FRENCH 


theater at 7.30. 6. Did you use to buy your tickets at the 
ticket office? 7. I never used to buy them there. 8. They 
are too expensive there. 9. My brother used always to 
choose our seats. 10. He used always to buy good 
ones.t 11. When you have bought your ticket, what do you 
do? 12. I climb the numerous staircases with the other 
persons. 13. There are many female* ushers. 14. They are 
waiting for you at the top of the staircases. 15. You give 
them your tickets. 16. They take them. 17. They also take 
your hat and your overcoat. 18. Then they lead you to the 
seats which you have chosen. 19. Many people enter the 
auditorium. 20. Nobody is late. 21. Where is the stage? 
22. I do not see it. 23. It is opposite you. 24. We have 
the best seats in the whole auditorium. 


THIRTY-FIFTH LESSON 


Rules 


346. Ici l’on parle francais. French is spoken here. 

Son pére le punit. He has been punished by his father. 

Instead of the passive voice, the French often use the 
active voice with the name of the agent as subject and with 
on (see 267) as subject if no agent is specified. 

347- Quand allez vous a l’église? When do you go to 
church? 

Je prends mon parapluie lorsqu’il pleut (quand il pleut). 
I take my umbrella when (whenever) it rains. 

When is translated by quand when it begins an inter- 
rogative clause. Otherwise, it is translated by quand or 
lorsque (lorsqu’ before a vowel). 


1 Omit and use ex before the verb. 2 Omit. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH - 169 


348. Infin.: 
Pres. part.: 
Past part.: 
Pres. ind.: 


Imperf. ind. : 
Preterit : 
Past indef. : 
Future: 
Condit. : 
Imperat. : 
Pres. subj.: 
Imperf. subj.: 


plaire (to please) 
plaisant 

plu 

je plais 

tu plais 

il or elle plait 
nous plaisons 
vous plaisez 

ils or elles plaisent 


je plaisais _ 

je plus 

jai plu 

je plairai 

je plairais 

plais, plaisons, plaisez 
que je plaise 

que je plusse 


349. Vocabulary 


le coup, the blow, time, rap. 
l’acteur, the actor. . 


Vartiste (m. and f.), the artist. ° 


le public, the public. . 

le décor, the scenery. 

le vaudeville, the vaudeville. 
le mélodrame, the melodrama. 
Yopéra (m.), the opera. 

le restaurant, the restaurant. 
la comédie, the comedy. 

la tragédie, the tragedy. 

la piéce, the play. 





précis, -e, precise, sharp. 
grand, -e, grand. 
comique, comic, light. 
‘frapper, to strike, rap. 
pleurer, to weep. 
souper, to.take supper. 
lever, to raise. 
représenter, to represent. 
applaudir, to applaud. 
plaire, a, to please. 
tantot, —, sometimes, —. 
lorsque, when. 


ensuite, afterwards. 


170 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


350. Text (Suite et Fin) 


1. A huit_heures précises, on frappait trois 
coups et on levait le rideau. 

2, Nous voyions sur la scéne les__acteurs, 

les_actrices et les décors. 

3. Tantot les_artistes jouaient une comédie ou 
un vaudeville, tantot ils représentaient une tragé- 
die ou un mélodrame; tantot ils chantaient 
des_airs de grand opéra ou d’opéra comique. 

4. Nous préférions la comédie. 

5. Si la piéce plaisait, nous_applaudissions. 

6. Lorsque le sujet était triste, le public pleu- 
rait. 

7. Quand la représentation était finie, nous_al- 
lions souper au restaurant. 


351. Transposition 


1. Conjugate in the imperfect sentences 2, 4, and the last 
clauses of 5, 6, 7. 

2. Replace the imperfect (a) by the preterit, (b) by the 
future (use the present after si), (c) by the present, (d) by 
the past indefinite, (e¢) by the conditional (keep the im- 
perfect after si). 

3. Use the interrogative forms. 


352. Questions 


1. (a) Combien de coups frappait on? (en) 
(b) Quand frappait on trois coups? (les) 
(c) Que faisait on ensuite? 

2. (a) Qui voyiez vous sur la scéne? (y) 
(6b) Que voyiez vous sur la scéne? (y) 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 171 


(c) Est ce que vous voyiez les acteurs, les actrices et 
les décors sur la scéne? (les y) 
3. (a) Tantdot, que jouaient les artistes? 
(b) Tantot, qu’est ce quils représentaient ? 
(c) Tantot, que chantaient ils? 
4. Que préfériez vous, le vaudeville, la comédie, la tra- 
gédie, le mélodrame, le grand opéra ou l’opéra comique? 
5. Si la piece était bonne, que faisiez vous? 
6. Lorsque le sujet était triste, que faisait le public? 
7. (a) Quand la représentation était terminée, ot: alliez 
vous ? 
(b) Pourquoi y alliez vous? 


353. Grammar Drill 


1. I take, you have not taken, you* were taking, had we 
taken? do they take? they took (pret.), let us take, did we 
take (pret.) ? I shall not take, we should take, he will not 
have taken. 

2. I please’ him, we are pleasing them, were you pleasing 
me? they pleased (pret.) him, she had not pleased them, you 
will not please her, it pleases me, I shall have pleased them, 
should we please you? if you please,’ please him, they have 
pleased us. ) 


354. Translation 


1. It is exactly eight o’clock.* 2. The performance is 
going to* begin. 3. It will begin when you hear® three raps 
on the stage. 4. Do you hear them? 5. Look at the curtain. 
6. It is being raised.2 7. What do you see on the stage? 
8. I see pretty scenery there. 9. The artists are arriving. 
10. They enter sometimes through the doors, sometimes 
through the windows. 11. Will they represent a melodrama 


1 Plaire is an intransitive verb. % Say: Eight o’clock precise. 
2 Tf it pleases you. 4 Omit. 5 Future. 6 One is raising it. 


Res BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


or a comedy? 12. What are they going tot play? 13. The 
play that we shall see this evening is a vaudeville. 14. I, 
prefer tragedy. 15. / hate it. 16. When the actors and the 
actresses represent such a play, | weep during the whole per- 
formance. 17. This actress is very pretty, but she does not 
‘play well. 18. She does not speak with expression. 19. She 
does. not please me. 20. I shall not applaud her when she 
has finished. 21. Do the other artists please the public? 
22. Some please us, others do not (please us). 23. I shall 
take? you to the opera on’ Tuesday. 24. They sing there 
sometimes airs of grand opera, sometimes airs of comic opera. 
25. That will please you, I am sure (of it). 26. After the . 
performance, we shall take? you to the largest restaurant 
in the city. 27. We shall take supper there. 28. That will 
also please me. 


THIRTY-SIXTH LESSON 


Rules 


355. Je m’amuse. I enjoy myself. 

Vous amusez vous? Do you enjoy yourself (yourselves) ? 
Je ne m’amuse pas. J do not enjoy myself. 

Amusez-vous. Enjoy yourself (yourselves). 

Ne vous amusez pas. Do not enjoy yourself (yourselves). 


1. Many verbs which are not reflexive in English are 
reflexive in French. 


2. The rules concerning the place of personal pronouns 
objects must be applied (see 277, 278, 286, 206). 


1 Omit.  ? Replace by /ad. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 173 


356. Examples of conjugations of reflexive verbs. 


I. s’amuser , 2. se réjouir 

(to enjoy one’s self) (to rejoice) 

PRESENT INDICATIVE 
je m’amuse je me réjouis 
tu t’amuses tu te réjouis 
il or elle s’amuse il or elle se réjouit 
nous nous amusons nous nous réjouissons 
vous vous amusez vous vous réjouissez 
ils or elles s’amusent ils or elles se réjouissent 
. IMPERFECT INDICATIVE 
je m’amusais je me réjouissais 
PRETERIT 
je m’amusai je me réjouis 
FUTURE 
je m’amuserai je me réjouirai 
CONDITIONAL 
je m’amuserais je me réjouirais 
IMPERATIVE 
amuse-toi réjouis-toi 
amusons-nous réjouissons-nous 
amusez-vous réjouissez-vous 
PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE 
que je m’amuse que je me réjouisse 
IMPERFECT SUBJ UNCTIVE 

que je m’amusasse que je me réjouisse 
3. se rendre - 4. se décevoir 


(to surrender or betake one’s self) (to deceive one’s self) 
PRESENT INDICATIVE 
je me rends je me décois 
tu te rends tu te décois 
il or elle se rend il or elle se décoit 


174 BEGINNERS FRENCH 


nous nous rendons nous nous décevons 
vous vous rendez . vous vous décevez 
ils or elles se rendent ils or elles se décoivent 
IMPERFECT INDICATIVE 
je me rendais je me décevais 
PRETERIT 
je me rendis | je me décus 
FUTURE 
je me rendrai je me décevrai 
CONDITIONAL 
je me rendrais je me décevrais 
; IMPERATIVE 
rends-toi - décois-toi 
rendons-nous décevons-nous 
rendez-vous décevez-vous 


PRESENT SUBJ UNCTIVE 
que je me rende que je me-décoive 


IMPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE 
que je me rendisse que je me décusse 


357. sortir (to go out). (Cf. partir, 316.) 


Pres. Part.: sortant 
- Past part.: sorti 

Pres. ind.: 

je sors nous sortons 

tu sors vous sortez 

il or elle sort __ ils or elles sortent 
Imperf. ind. : -je sortais 
Preterit : je sortis 
Past indef. : je suis sorti(e) 
Future: je sortirai 


Condit. : je sortirais 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 175 


Imperat. : 
Pres. subj. : 
Imperf. subj. : 


sors, sortons, sortez 
que je sorte 
que je sortisse 


358. Vocabulary 


le trottoir, the sidewalk. 

la promenade, the walk. 
sortir, to go out. 

se hater (de), to hasten (to). 
shabiller, to dress (up). 


s’acheminer, to direct one’s steps. 
se réjouir (de), to rejoice (to). 





se rendre, to betake one’s self. 

se plaire (a), to take delight 
(in). 

faire une promenade, to take a 
walk. 

lentement, slowly. 

vers, towards. 


en route, on the way. 


350. Text 


1. Je me hate de mrhabiller. Wel eee 
2. Je me réjouis de faire une bonne prome- 
nade. 
3. Je sors de la maison, je descends l’escalier 
et j/arrive sur le trottoir. 
4. Je m’achemine lentement vers la ville et je 
me rends au parc. 
5. En route, je me plais a regarder les mai- 
sons, les_hotels, les_églises, les_écoles, les théa- 


tres, etc. (A suivre.) 


360. Transposition. 


. Conjugate every sentence in the present. 

. Use the third person singular of the imperfect. 

. Use the first person plural of the preterit. 

. Use the second person singular of the future. 

. Use the first person singular of the conditional. 
. Use the interrogative forms. 


Aw BW DN 


4. 


5: 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


361. Questions 


Qui se hate de s’habiller? 

Qui se réjouit de faire une bonne promenade? (en) 
(a) Qui sort de la maison? (en) 

(b) Qui est ce qui descend l’escalier? (le) 

(c) Qui arrive sur le trottoir? (y) 

(a) Qui s’achemine lentement vers la ville? (y) 

(5) Qui est ce qui se rend au parc? (y) 

En route, qui se plait 4 regarder les maisons, les 


hotels, les églises, les écoles, les théatres, etc.? (les) 


10. 


Que vous hatez vous de faire? 

De quoi vous réjouissez vous? 

(a) D’ou sortez vous? | 

(b) Que descendez vous? 

(c) Ot arrivez vous? 

(a) Vers quoi vous acheminez vous? 

(6) Comment vous y acheminez vous? 

(c) Ot vous rendez vous? 

(a) En route, est ce que vous vous plaisez 4 regarder 
les maisons et les hdtels? (les) | 

(6) En route, vous plaisez vous a regarder les églises 
et les écoles? (les) 

(c) Qu’est ce que vous vous plaisez a faire en route? 


~ 


362. Grammar Drill 


1. Do you go out with me? we shall go out with you, 
she does not go out with us, I was not going out with them 
(m.), they went out with you, would you go out with her? 
Let us go out with them (f.), were they going out with you? 
We did not go out’ with her, they are going out with us, I 
should not go out with you*, go out with them (m.). 


1 Preterit. 


BEGINNER’S FRENCH 177 


2. I take delight, did we take’ delight? will they take 
delight ? we were taking delight, she would not take delight, 
let us take delight, you took* delight, they take delight. 


363. Translation 


1. Where do you go?? 2. Why do you dress up? 3. We 
are going to* take a walk in the park. 4. To what park will 
you go? 5. We shail go to the large park in front of our 
church. 6, Our neighbors are also going out of their house. 
7. They are directing their steps towards the country. 8. We 
shall direct ours towards the city. 9. We rejoice to go out. 
10. It has been freezing for* three hours. 11. The sidewalks 
are covered with snow. 12. Do not fall while’ going out. 
13. We shall go down the staircase slowly when we go out. 
14. What will you look at on the way? 15. We shall take 
delight in looking at everything that attracts® our attention: 
persons, buildings, birds, etc. 16. Will you go out this even- 
ing? 17. Where will you go?? 18. We shall go to the 
theater. 19. Take me along. 20. We should take you along 
with us, but... 21. I never go out in* the evening. 22. You: 
will go out in* the evening when you are taller. 23. Little 
girls? do not go out in® the evening. 24. That does not 
please me. 

1 Preterit. * Say: It freezes since. 


2 Say: betake yourselves. 5 Hx (followed by the pres. participle). 
3 Omit. 6 Future. 7 Supply she. 


178 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


THIRTY-SEVENTH LESSON 
Rules 


Review §§ 243, 305, 306. 

364. Je me suis amusé(e). J have enjoyed myself. 

Nous nous sommes amusés (ées). We have enjoyed our- 
selves. : 
1. The compound tenses of reflexive verbs are formed 
with the help of the auxiliary étre, never with the help of 
avoir. 

2. As @tre is used in this case instead of avoir, the past 
participles of reflexive verbs follow the rule of agreement 
of past participles conjugated with avoir. (See 243.) 


365. Compound tenses of reflexive verbs. 


PAST INDEFINITE 


je me suis amusé(e) réjoui(e) 

tu t’es amusé(e) réjoui(e) 

il s’est. amusé réjoui 

elle s’est amusée réjouie 

nous nous sommes amusés (é€es) réjouis (ies) 
vous vous étes amusé (ée, és, €es) réjoui (ie, is, ies) 
ils se sont amusés réjouis 

elles se sont amusées réjouies 
jemesuis . rendu(e) décu (e) 

tu t’es rendu(e) décu (e) 

il s’est rendu décu 

elle s’est rendue . décue 

nous nous sommes rendus (ues) décus (ues) 

vous vous étes rendu (ue, us, ues) décu (ue, us, ues) 
ils se sont rendus décus 


elles se sont rendues décues 


je me fus 
je m’étais 


je me serai 


je me serais 


que je me sois 


que je me fusse amusé(e) 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


PAST ANTERIOR™ 
amusé(e) réjoui(e) 
PLUPERFECT 
amusé(e) réjoui(e) 
PAST FUTURE 
amusé(e) réjoui(e) 


PAST CONDITIONAL — 


amusé(e) réjoui(e) 
PAST SUBJUNCTIVE 
amusé(e) réjoui(e) 


179 


rendu(e) décu(e) 


rendu(e) décu(e) 


rendu(e) décu(e) 
rendu(e) décu(e) 


rendu(e) décu(e) 


PLUPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE 


réjoui(e) 


366. venir (to come)’ sentir (to feel) 
Pres. part. venant’ . sentant 
Past part. : venu senti 
Pres. ind.: je viens je sens 
tu viens tu sens 
ee vient ne sent 


nous venons 


nous sentons 


vous venez vous sentez 
ils ; ils 
viennent sentent 

elles elles 
Impf. ind.:je venais je sentais 
Preterit: je vins je sentis 

tu vins 

il 5 

int 
elle ty 


nous vinmes 
vous vintes 


ils 
elles 


vinrent 


dégu(e) 


s’asseoir (0 sit down) 
s’asseyant 

s’étant assis(e) 

je m/assieds 

tu t’assieds 


s’assied 


rendu(e) 


il 
elle 
nous nous asseyons 
vous vous asseyez 
ils 
elles 
je m/asseyais 
je m/assis 


s’asseyent 


1 The past anterior (I had amused myself) is formed with the help of 
the preterit and is especially used after conjunctions of time like when, 
as soon as, after, if the verb of the principal clause is in the preterit. 


180 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


Pastindf.: je suis venu(e)j’ai senti je me suis assis(e) 
Future: je viendrai jesentirai je m/assiérai 
(also asseyerai) 
Condit.: je viendrais jesentirais je m’assiérais 
(also asseyerais) 
Imperat.: viens sens assieds-toi 
venons sentons asseyons-nous | 
venez sentez asseyeZz-vous 


Pres. subj.: que je vienne’ que je sente que je m’asseye 
Impf.subj.: que je vinsse quejesentisse que je m’assisse 


367. La ville a ses plaisirs. City life has its pleasures. 


Cette ville est belle: j’en admire les monuments. 


This 


city is beautiful: I admire its monuments. 


Its and their are translated 


(1) by son, sa, ses when the thing possessed is in the 
same clause as the thing which possesses ; 


(2) generally by en...le, la, 1’, les when they are in 


different clauses. 


368. Vocabulary 


l’étalage (m.), the display, show 
window. 

la vitrine, the window (of a 
shop). 

la chaussée, t%e causeway, street. 

la connaissance, the acquaintance. 

fatigué, -e, tired. 

pénétrer dans, to enter. 

traverser, to cross. _ 

admirer, to admire. 





manquer (de), to fail. 

saluer, to greet. 

rencontrer, to meet. 

s’arréter, to stop. 

se reposer, to rest. 

se diriger, to direct one’s steps. 
franchir, to cross. 

sentir, to feel. 

parvenir a, to reach. 

se mettre (a), to begin (to). 


s’asseoir, to sit down. 


1 The 1st and 2d persons plural are formed regularly; see note 4, p. 137. 
All the compounds of venir are conjugated like venir. 


BEGINNER’S FRENCH 181 


369. Text (Suite) 


1. Elle s’arréte aux vitrines des magasins et 
elle se met 4 en_admirer les_étalages. 

2. Elle ne manque pas de saluer les_amis et 
les connaissances qu'elle rencontre. 

3. Elle traverse la chaussée et elle se dirige 
vers le parc. | 

4. Elle y parvient; elle en franchit l’entrée et 
elle y péenéetre. . 

5. Elle se sent fatiguée; elle s’assied sur un 
banc et elle s’y repose. 


370. Transposition 


Conjugate every sentence in the present. 
Use the second person plural of the conditional. 
Use the third person plural of the preterit. 
Use the first person singular (feminine) of the past 
indefinite. 
5. Use the third person singular of the future. 
6. Use the second person singular of the imperfect. 
. 7. Use the interrogative forms. 


Spe 


71. Questions 


I. (a) Qui s’arréte aux vitrines des magasins? (y) 
(b) Qui est ce qui se met a en admirer les étalages? 
2. Qui ne manque pas de saluer ses amis et ses con- 
naissances? (les) 
3. (a) Qui est ce qui traverse la chaussée? (la) 
(b) Qui se dirige vers le parc? (y) 
4. (a) Qui est ce qui y parvient? 
(b) Qui en franchit l’entrée? (la) 
(c) Qui est ce qui y pénétre? 


182 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


5- (a) Qui se sent fatigué? 
(b) Qui est ce qui s’assied sur un banc? (y) 
(c) Qui s’y repose? 


6. (a) Devant quoi s’arréte-t-elle? 
(b) Que se met elle a admirer? 
7. (a) Qui salue-t-elle? 
(b) Est ce qu’elle salue les connaissances qu’elle ren- 
contre? (les) 
8. (a) Qu’est ce qu’élle traverse? 
(b) Vers quoi se dirige-t-elle? 
9. (a) Ou parvient elle? 
(b) Que franchit elle? 
(c) Dans quoi pénétre-t-elle? 
Io. (a) Comment se sent elle? 
(b) Que fait elle? 
(c) Ot se repose-t-elle ? 


372. Grammar Drill 


1. I have amused myself, she has rejoiced, we (m.) have 
betaken ourselves, they (f.) have deceived themselves, you 
(m.) had (pluperf.) amused yourselves, we (f.) shall have 
rejoiced, they (m.) would have betaken themselves, she 
would have deceived herself. 

2. She comes, were you coming? we came,’ you will come, 
they (f.) have come, they would not come, do not come. 

3. I reach? there, we shall reach there, she did not reach’ 
there, was she reaching there? we should not reach there, 
reach there. 

4. He will feel it (m.), are we feeling it? they would not 
feel it, you felt? it, feel it, you have not felt it. 

5. We sit down there, you sat down’ there, will you sit 


1 Preterit. 2 parvenir, conjugated like venir. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 183 


down there? we should not sit down there, were they sitting 
down there? let us not sit down there, they have sat down 
there. 


373. Translation 


1. Why does everybody stop on the sidewalk on the 
right? 2. There is the large store of which I have spoken 
to you. 3. All the ladies stop there and admire its displays. 
4. We shall cross the street and we shall stop there also. 
5. If you begin to look at every window that we shall see 
on our way, we shall never reach the park. 6. Ladies’ take 
delight in stopping in front of every show window. 7. If 
we meet some friends of yours,” shall we greet, them? 
8. We shall not fail to do so.* g. Do you see that gentle- 
man who is resting in an armchair on the sidewalk in front of 
the hotel? 10. Is he an acquaintance of yours?* 11. Yes, he 
is a good friend of mine.® 12. If he saw us, he would not 
fail to greet us.. 13. At what time shall we reach the park? 
14. If we hasten, we shall reach there in a quarter of an® 
hour. 15. When you feel tired, we shall sit down. 16. 
Here is the park towards which we direct our steps. 17. Shall 
we enter there? 18. Its entrance is superb. 19. Let us 
cross it. 20. I feel tired. 21. Here are some chairs. 22. 
Take one of them. 23. We shall sit down a few minutes. 
24. When we have rested, we shall go home. 


374. Reading Lesson 


ENIGMES 


1. Mon premier est un métal précieux, 
Mon second est un habitant des cieux 


Et mon tout est un fruit délicieux. 
(‘adueIQ) 
1 Supply “he. 2 Say: Some of your friends. 
8 Replace by #4. 4 Say: One of your acquaintances, 
5 Say: One of my good friends. © Omit. 


184 BEGINNERS FRENCH 


- 2. Cinq voyelles, une consonne, 
En frangais composent mon nom, 
Et je porte sur ma personne 
De quoi l’écrire sans crayon. 
(neasiQ) — 
3. Tout parait renversé chez moi. . 
Le laquais précéde le maitre, 
Le manant vient avant le roi, 
Le simple clerc avant le prétre; 
Le printemps vient apreés l’été. 
Noel avant la Trinité, 
C’en est assez pour me connaitre. 
(‘aireuuoraiq ) 
4. Quelqu’un propose dans une société l’énigme suivante: 
« Je ne suis pas ce que je suis, car si j’étais ce que je suis, 
je ne serais pas ce que je suis.» En voici la solution: C’est 
un valet qui n’est pas le maitre qu’il suit, car s’il était le 
maitre qu’il suit, il ne serait pas le valet. 


THIRTY-EIGHTH LESSON 


Rules 


375. 1. La plate bande, les plates bandes, the border, the 
borders. 


2. Un chef d’ceuvre, des chefs d’ceuvre, a masterpiece, 
some masterpieces. 


3. La contre allée, les contre allées, the side alley, the 
side alleys. 


1. When a compound noun is formed of two nouns or 
of a noun and an adjective, both words are put in the plural. 
2. When it is formed of two nouns connected by a 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 185 


preposition expressed or understood, the first one alone is 
put in the plural. | 

3. When it is formed of a noun and an invariable eed 
the noun alone is put in the plural. 

376. Je vois des enfants jouer dans le parc. J see children 
playing in the park. 

After verbs meaning to feel, to see, to hear, the English 
present participle is replaced by the infinitive in French. 


377- résoudre dire valoir 
(to solve, decide) (to say, tell) (to be worth) 
Pres. part.: résolvant disant valant 
Past part.:  résolu dit © valu 
Pres. ind.: je résous je dis je vaux 
tu résous — tu dis - tu vaux 
ale résout hg ea Ma 
nous résolvons nous disons nous valons 
vous résolvez vous dites vous valez 
reat trésolvent we  disent roe valent 
Imperf. ind.: je résolvais je disais je valais 
Preterit : je résolus je dis je valus 
Past indef.: j’ai résolu j'ai dit j’ai valu 
Future: je résoudrai _—_je dirai je vaudrai 
Condit. : je résoudrais je dirais je vaudrais 
-Imperat. : résous dis vaux 
résolvons disons valons 
résolvez dites — valez 


Pres, subj.: que je résolve que jedise que je vaille* 
Impf. subj.: que je résolusse que je disse que je valusse 


1 The 1st and 2d persons plural are formed regularly ; see note 4, p. 137. 


186 BEGINNERS FRENCH 


378. Vocabulary 





le chef d’ceuvre, the masterpiece. | délicieu-x, -se, delightful. 
le sculpteur, the sculptor. idéal, -e, ideal. 
léquipage (m.), the equipage. passer, to pass, spend. 
laprés midi (m. or f.), the after- | repasser, to repass. 
noon. se lever, to get up. 
la statue, the statue. se promener, to take a walk. 
Yautomobile (f.), the automobile. | résoudre (de), to decide (to). 
la bicyclette, the bicycle. dire, to say, tell. 
la peine, the trouble, the while. valoir, to be worth. 
célébre, celebrated. '| faire beau, to be fine (weather). 


379. Text (Suite) 


1. On se dit: il fait beau, il fait délicieux, il 
fait un temps idéal. 

2. On résout de passer l’aprés midi au parc. 

3. On_y apercoit de longues_avenues, de petits 
lacs et de belles statues, chefs d’ceuvre de sculp- 
teurs célébres. 

4. On_y voit de superbes_équipages, des bicy- 
clettes et des_automobiles passer et repasser. 

5. On se léve, on va et l'on vient, on se pro- 
méne et l’on se plait 4 admirer la nature. 

6. Cela en vaut la peine. 


380. Transposition 


1. Conjugate sentences 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 in the present. 

2. Use the first person plural of the imperfect, wherever 
it is possible. 

3. Use the second person plural of the future, wherever 
it is possible. 

4. Use the first person singular of the preterit, wherever 
it is possible. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 187 


5. Use the third person plural of the conditional, wher- 
ever it is possible. 

6. Use the second person plural (masculine) of the past 
indefinite, wherever it is possible. . 

7. Use the interrogative forms. 


381. Questions 


I. (a) Que se dit on? 
(b) Fait il beau? 
(c) Est ce qu'il fait délicieux? 
(d) Fait il un temps idéal? 

2. Ou résout on de passer l’aprés midi? (le) 

3. (a) Qu’est ce qu’on apercoit dans le parc? (y) 

(b) De qui ces statues sont elles les chefs d’ceuvre? 

4. (a@) Que voit on passer et repasser ? 

(b) Est ce qu’on voit beaucoup de bicyclettes passer 
et repasser? 

5. (a) Se léve-t-on? 

(6) Va-t-on et vient on? 
(c) Est ce que l’on se proméne? 
(d) Que se plait on a admirer? 

6. Cela en vaut il la peine? 

(Use les promeneurs instead of on as subject in the 

answers to questions beginning with qui.) 

7. (a) Qu’est ce que les promeneurs se disent? 

(b) Quel temps fait il? 

8. Qui résout de passer l’aprés midi aw parc? (Il’y) 

g. (a) Qui est ce qui apercoit de longues avenues? (en) 
(b) Qui est ce qui apercoit de petits lacs? (en) 
(c) Qui est ce qui apercoit de belles statues? (en) 
(d) Est cet des chefs d’ceuvre? (en) 

Io. (a) Qui voit de superbes équipages passer et re- 
passer? (en) 
1 See note p. 144. 


188 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


(b) Qui est ce qui voit des bicyclettes et des auto- 
mobiles? (en) 
II. (a) Qui se léve? 
(b) Qui est ce qui va et vient? 
(c) Qui se promeéne? 
(d) Qui est ce qui se plait a admirer la nature? (la) 
12. Qu’est ce qui vaut la peine d’étre admiré? 


382. Grammar Drill 


1. They have not decided (solved), I shall decide, were 
you deciding? they did not decide,t we decide, you would 
decide, does she decide? we decided,’ will you not decide? 


2. He says, she said,’ they did not say;' we shall say, 
do you say? would you say? they have said, have they said? 
I used to say, I did not use to say. Let us not tell, tell, tell 
me, tell her,” tell him,? do not tell her,? say to yourself. 


3. I am worth, is it® better ?* you are not worth, they were 
not worth, we were (pret.) worth, she has been worth, will 
it be* better ?* we would not be worth. 


383. Translation 


1. In summer, this long walk was delightful. 2. How 
was the weather? 3. We used to say that it was ideal. 
4. Did you seldom come to this park? 5. I have already 
told you that we used to come whenever® the weather was 
fine. 6. That was worth the while. 7. We had decided to 
spend all our afternoons in this park. 8. We used to come 
to® admire beautiful’ nature. 9. In front of what did you 
use to stop? ro. We used to stop in front of the statues 
which beautify the lawns. 11. The sculptors who (have) 

1 Use the preterit. 2 Supply #. 3 Supply worth. 


4 Use the adverb mieux. 5 Replace by when. 
& Omit. 7 Supply “re. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 189 


made them are famous. 12. We used to take delight in ad- 
miring these masterpieces. 13. They are worth admiring.’ 
14. Do you see those wide avenues? 15. When it was fine 
weather, one used to perceive automobiles and bicycles there. 
16. They were passing and repassing. 17. Tell me, did you 
use to take walks there? 18. When we reached? one of the 
entrances of the park, we felt? very tired. 19. We used 
to sit down on chairs for a quarter of an hour. 20. Then 
we-used to get up and direct our steps towards the large ° 
lake, near which we used to see many carriages going om 
coming slowly. 


THIRTY-NINTH LESSON 


Rules 


Review §§ 118, 267, 3390, 375. 

384. Je vais me promener. J am going to take a walk. 

2. Je m’amuse & regarder ns enfants. I enjoy watching 
the children. 

3. Je crains d’étre en retard. J am afraid I shall be late. 

4. J'ai la permission de sortir. J have permission to 
go out. 

5. Je suis prét & partir. J am ready to depart. 

6. Il est difficile de comprendre cela. Jt ts difficult to 
understand that. — 

C’est difficile a comprendre. That is difficult to under- 
stand. 

When two verbs having the same subject are used in the 
same clause, the second one depending on the first, the 
latter is put in the infinitive unless the first is the auxiliary 
verb étre or avoir. , 

1 Say: the trouble of being admired. ? Imperfect. 


190 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


1. The first verb may require no preposition before the 
second. 

2. It may require the preposition 4a. 

3. It may require the preposition de. Some require either. 

4. Nouns generally require the preposition de. 

5. Some adjectives require 4, some de. 

6. When an adjective is preceded by il est, it requires de 
before the following infinitive; if preceded by c’est, it re- 
quires 4. | 

No general rule (except for 6) can be given. Practice 
only will accustom students to use the proper preposition. 
The preposition to be used is found between parentheses 
after every verb in the special and general vocabularies. 


385. Infin.: craindre (to fear) 
Pres. part.: craignant 
Past part.: craint 
Pres. ind.: | 
je crains nous craignons 
tu crains vous craignez 
il or elle craint ils or elles craignent 
Imperf. ind. : je craignais 
Preterit : je craignis 
Past indef. : j’ai craint 
Future: je craindrai 
res oeh je craindrais 
Imperat. : crains, craignons, craignez 
Pres. subj.: "que je craigne 
Imperf. subj. : que je craignisse 


386. Vocabulary 


le parfum, the perfume. la contre allée, the side path. 
le soleil, the sun. la plate bande, the border. 
le parterre, the flower bed. la branche, the branch. 


le chemin, the road, way. marcher, to walk. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH IQI 


respirer, to breathe, inhale. prendre garde (de), to take care 
s’amuser (a), to enjoy. not (to). 

s’attarder (a), to stay late, tarry. | reprendre le chemin de, to go 
se coucher, to go to bed, set. back to. 

se divertir (a), to enjoy. voluptueusement, with delight. 
craindre (de), to fear. trop, too, too many. 





387. Text (Suite et Fin) 


1. On s’amuse a regarder les_enfants jouer sur 
les pelouses et dans les contre allées. 

2. On prend garde de marcher sur les plates 
bandes des parterres. 

3. On respire voluptueusement le parfum des 
fleurs. 

4. On se divertit 4 écouter les_oiseaux chanter 
sur les branches des_arbres. 

5. Mais le soleil se couche: il est sept_heures 
cinq. 

6. On reprend le chemin de la maison et l’on 
se hate, car on craint de s’étre trop_attardé. 


388. Transposition 


1. Conjugate every sentence (except 5) in the present. 

2. Use the third person singular of the future. 

3. Use the first person plural of the imperfect whenever 
possible. 

4. Use the second person singular of the conditional. 

5. Use the third person plural of the preterit (use the 
imperfect in the last clause of the fifth sentence). 

6. Use the first person plural (masculine) of the pluper- 
fect (use the imperfect in the last clause of the fifth sen- 
tence). 


192 BEGINNERS FRENCH 


389. Questions 


(Use les promeneurs instead of on as subject.) 
I. (a) Qui s’amuse a regarder les enfants? (les) 
(6) Ot ceux ci jouent ils? 
2. Qui prend garde de marcher sur les plates bandes des 
parterres? (y) 
3. (a) Qui respire le parfum des fleurs? (le) 
(b) Comment le respirent ils? 
4. (a) Qui est-ce qui se divertit a écouter les oiseaux? 
(les ) 
(b) Ot ceux ci chantent ils? 
5. (a) Qu’est ce qui se couche? 
(b) Quelle heure est il? 
6. (a) Qui reprend le chemin de la maison? (le) 
(b) Qui est ce qui se hate? 
(c) Que craignent ils? 


Que s’amuse-t-on a regarder? A.: M., on s ‘amuse. 
Que prend on garde de faire? 

Que respire-t-on voluptueusement ? 

A quoi se divertit on? 

(a) Qu’est ce que le soleil fait? 

(b) Est il sept heures cing? 

12. (a) Quel chemin reprend on? 

(b) Est ce que l’on se hate? 

(c) Pourquoi? 


_ 
eee Ne eee 


~ 


390. Grammar Drill 


1. We fear, they did not fear,? had he feared? we should 
fear, fear nothing, I shall fear, was she fearing? you have 
feared, he feared.* AS 

2. I take care not to fall; one would take care not to 

1 Use the preterit. 


_BEGINNER’S FRENCH 193 


look at; have they taken care not to do that? he took’ care 
not to walk; shall we take care not to cross? you were taking 
care not to talk; take care not to fall. 


391. Translation 


1. Where would your friends go if the weather was fine? - 
2. They would direct their steps towards the park. 3. They 
would not tarry to admire its entrance. 4. It is not worth 
looking at. 5. Would you go with them if the weather was 
ideal? 6. I do not say no. 7. We should take care not to 
cross the streets. 8. What would you fear? 9. We should 
fear to meet an. automobile. 10. How would you spend 
your time? 11. We should go and come in the side paths. 
12. We should look at the children playing on the lawns. 
13. Would your friends enjoy looking at them? 14. I am 
sure of it. 15. When my friends were? tired, they would 
take chairs and would sit down.» 16. What would you listen 
tor? 17. We should listen to the birds singing in the trees. 
18. They fear nothing, they fear nobody. 19. My friends 
and I would* also breathe with delight the sweet perfumes 
of the flowers of the borders. 20. Children should take 
care not to pick any nor to walk in the flower beds. 21. That 
is forbidden, 22. When the sun set,? we should go back at 
once to our homes. 23. Would your friends hasten? 24. 
They would not tarry. 25. Would they fear being punished ? 
26. I shall not tell yous 


1 Preterit. 2 Conditional. 3 Omit. 
4 Supply we, 5 Say: it to you. 


194 


BEGINNERS FRENCH , 


FORTIETH LESSON 


Rules 
Review note d, bottom of p. 138; §§ 296, 


355, 356, 384. 


392. En entrant. Jn (while, on, by) coming in. 


Aprés avoir diné. 


After dining. 


French prepositions require the infinitive except en 
which always requires the present participle as in English 
and aprés which always requires the past infinitive. 


303. Infin.:tenir’ 


Pres. part. : 
Past part. : 
Pres. ind.: 


Imperf. ind. : 


Preterit : 
Past indef. : 
Future: 
Condit. : 
Imperat. : 


Pres. subj.: 


(to hold) 
tenant 
tenu - 
je tiens 
tu tiens 
ne tient 
nous tenons 
vous tenez 
ils 
elles 
je tenais 
je tins 
j'ai tenu 
je tiendrai 
je tiendrais 
tiens 
tenons 
tenez 
que je tienne? 


Imperf. subj.: que je tinsse 


1 Tenir is throughout conjugated like venir, which see (366); s’entretenir 
and other compounds of ¢eir are conjugated like ¢emzr. 


2 The rst and 2d persons plural are formed regularly. 


8 It is irregular throughout. 


tiennent 


boire 


pouvoir (can, 


(to drink) may, to be able) 


buvant 
bu 

je bois 
tu bois 
il ; 

elle boit 


nous buvons 
vous buvez 
- boivent 
elles 

je buvais 

je bus 

jai bu 

je boirai 

je boirais 
bois 

buvons 
buvez 

que je boive? 
que. je busse 


pouvant 
pu 
je peux 

or je puis 
tu peux 
il 
elle {peut 
nous pouvons 
vous pouvez 


ils 

sae peuvent 
je pouvais 

je pus 

jai pu 

je pourrai 

je pourrais 


que je puisse* 
que je pusse 


BEGINNERS FRENCH 195 


394. Vocabulary 


lévénement (m.), the event. diner, to dine. 

le membre, the member. se régaler de, to regale one’s self 
le diner, the dinner. with, to have a feast of. 

la bibliothéque, the lbrary. s’entretenir de, to converse about. 
la faim, the hunger. boire, to drink. 

la soif, the thirst. pouvoir, can, may, be able. 
accoutumeé, -e, usual, avoir faim, to be hungry. 





avoir soif, to be thirsty. 


305. Text 


1. A lVheure du diner, rendez-vous 4a la salle a 
- manger. 

2. Asseyez-vous a votre place accoutumée. 

3. Si vous_avez faim, mangez; buvez, si 
vous_avez soif. | aus 

4. En mangeant, entretenez-vous des_événe- 
ments du jour avec les membres de votre famille. 
5. Au dessert, régalez-vous de gateaux et de 
fruits. 

6. Aprés_avoir diné, loved: vous. de table et 
dirigez-vous vers la bibliotheque. 


396. Transposition 


1. Use the negative form of the imperative. 
2. Use the second person singular of the imperative (af- 
firmative). 
3. Use the first person plural of the imperative (negative). 
4. Replace the imperative 
(a) by the imperfect in the second person plural; 
(b) by the preterit in the first person plural ; 
(c) by the past indefinite in the third person singular 
feminine ; 


196 | BEGINNERS FRENCH 


(d) by the pluperfect in the first person plural (mas- 
culine). 


307. Questions 


1. A l’heure du diner, ot est ce que je dois me rendre? 
A.: Rendez-vous a la... 
2. Ou m/assiérai je? 
3. (a) Si j’ai faim, que dois je faire? 
(b) Si j’ai soif, qu’est ce que je dois faire? - 
4. (a) En mangeant, avec qui est ce que je peux m’en- 
tretenir ? 
(b) De quoi puis je m’entretenir avec eux? 
5. Au dessert, de quoi me régalerai je? 
6. (a) Aprés avoir diné, qu’est ce que je ferai? 
'(b) Ou pourrai je aller? 
(In the answers to the following questions, use the first 
person plural of the present indicative.) 
7. AVheure du diner, qui se rend a la salle a manger? (y) 
8. Qui s’assied a sa place accoutumée? (y) 
9. (a) Qui mange s‘il a faim? 
(b) Qui est ce qui boit s’il a soif? 
10. (a) En mangeant, qui s’entretient avec les membres ~ 
de sa famille? 
(b) Qui est ce qui s’entretient des événements du 
jour avec eux? (en) 
1t. Au dessert, qui se régale de gateaux et de fruits? (en) 
12. (a) Aprés avoir diné, qui est ce qui se léve? 
(b) Qui se dirige vers la bibliothéque? 


398. Grammar Drill 


1. I converse with my friends ; did she converse’ with her 
friend? you will converse with his friends; we have con- 
versed with your friends; let us converse with our friends ; 


1 Use the preterit. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 197 


would they converse with their friends? we conversed? with 
them; you were conversing with your friend. 


2. You* drink milk; he will not drink tea; were we 
drinking wine? he has drunk good wine; we drank? fresh 
water ; they are drinking water, should we drink chocolate? 
let us drink when we are thirsty, are you drinking beer? 
they drank’ no coffee. 


3. We may, he could,’ will she be able? you have been 
able, I cannot, will you be able? she was? able, can they? 
you would be able, we were’ able, you were? not able. 


309. Translation 


. 1. After taking a long walk in the park, you returned? 
to your house. 2. Your friends wished? to* stop in front 
of the stores, but you said’ to them: “ We cannot stop, let us 
not tarry, let us hasten, we are already late.” 3. After enter- 
ing the house, you said* to them: “ Let us lay down our hats 
on the table of the anteroom and let us rest in the parlor 
while waiting for dinner time.” 4. Your sister came’ and 
said? to you: “ Did you not hear* the bell ringing? It is 
half past six, it is dinner time, come to- the dining room.” 
5. Your friends went® there with you and the other members 
of the family, who were? already seated in their usual seats, 
got! up and greeted’ them. 6. Your father said’ to every- 
body : “ Ladies and gentlemen, here are chairs, here are your 
seats, let us sit down.” 7. Everybody seemed? to® be hungry 
and thirsty. 8. You heard? your little brother saying to his 
neighbor: “ Are you not hungry? Are you not thirsty? 
You do not eat, you do not drink; you can have a feast; 
do not tell anybody,® but the maid has prepared a delicious 


1 Use the preterit. 2 Use the imperfect. 8 Omit. 
4 Use the past indefinite. ° See note 1 and say: betook themselves. 
: 6 Say: it to anybody. 


198 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


dessert; I have seen it; that is worth the while.” 9. You 
talked* with your guests while eating and you conversed? 
about what you had done and seen during your walk. 
10. That is a more interesting subject than the events of 
the day. 11. After the dessert, everybody will get up and 
direct his steps towards the library. 12. You will say to 
your friends: “‘ Choose the most comfortable armchairs, sit 
down and rest yourselves. I am sure that you feel tir 

13. They will answer yous “We can stay only half an hour, 
we must return home.” 


FORTY-FIRST LESSON 


Rules 
Review §§ 286, 307, 393. 
400. 
Infin. : ouvrir (fo open) lire (to read) 
Pres. part. : ouvrant lisant 
Past part.: ouvert lu 
Pres. ind.: j ouvre je lis 
tu ouvres tu lis 
il or elle ouvre il or elle lit 
nous ouvrons nous lisons 
vous ouvrez vous lisez 
ils or elles ouvrent~ _ils or elles lisent 
Imperf. ind. : j ouvrais je lisais 
Preterit : j’ouvris je lus 
Past indef. : j'ai ouvert jai lu 
Future: j ouvrirai je lirai 
Conditional : j ouvrirais je lirais 
Imperat. : ouvre, ouvrons, ouvrez lis, lisons, lisez 
Pres. subj.: que j’ouvre que je lise 
Imperf. subj.: que j’ouvrisse que je lusse 


1 Use the preterit. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH “199 


401. Vocabulary 





le journal, the newspaper. un...quelconque, any; some... 
le roman, the novel. or other. 
le morceau, the piece. exécuter, to play. 
le piano, the piano. se mettre a (noun), to sit down 
la soirée, the evening reception. at. 
favori, -te, favorite. parfois, sometimes. 

402. Text 


1, Asseyez-vous dans_un bon fauteuil et repo- 
S€Z-VOUSLY. 

2. Lisez le journal du soir. 

3. Cela fait, ouvrez un roman quelconque. 

4. Mettez-vous parfois ‘au piano et exécutez 
quelques_uns de vos morceaux favoris. _ 

5. Tantdt allez au théatre ou au bal. 

6 Tantdt rendez-vous 4 une soirée et diver- 
tissez-vouszy autant que vous pouvez. 


403. Transposition 


1. Use the first person plural of the imperative. 
2. Use the second person singular of the imperative. 
3. Replace the imperative 
(a) by the conditional in the first person singular ; 
(b) by the preterit in the third person singular ; 
(c) by the pluperfect in the second person plural 
(masculine). 


404. Questions 
I. (a) Ou m’assiérai je? A.: Asseyez-vous dans... 
(b) M’y reposerai je? 
2. Qu’est ce que je lirai? 


200 BEGINNERS FRENCH 


3. Cela fait, qu’est ce que j’ouvrirai? 
4. (a) Ou me mettrai je parfois? 
(b) Quels morceaux est ce que j’exécuterai? — 
5. Ou irai je le soir? : 
6. (a) Est ce que je me rendrai a une soirée? (y) 
(b) Est ce que je m’y divertirai? 
(In the answers to the following questions, use the third 
person plural of the future.) 
7. (a) Qui s’assiéra dans un bon fauteuil? (y) 
(b) Qui est ce qui s’y reposera? 
8. Qui lira le journal du soir? (le) 
g. Cela fait, qui est ce qui ouvrira un roman quelcon- 
que? (en) 
Io. (@) Qui se mettra parfois au piano? (y) 
(b) Qui exécutera quelques uns de ses morceaux 
favoris? (en) 
II. Qui ira tantot au théatre ou au bal? 
12. (a) Qui se rendra tantot a une soirée? (y) 
(6) Qui s’y divertira autant qu’il pourra? 


405. Grammar Drill 


1. I am reading, they have read, was she reading? we 
should not read, do you read? we read,’ you had not read, 
let us read, did he read ?? will she read? do not read, he will 
have read. 

2. We were opening, have they opened? you will not 
open, I have opened, they did not open,’ does he open? she 
had opened, I am opening, the door is open, they would 
open, let us not open, will she have opened? open, I would 
have opened. 

3. I could not, you may, shall we be able? they have 
been able, he cannot, they had not been able, will she be able? 
you were’ able, may we? I should be able, we were? not able. 
| 1 Use the preterit. 2 Use the imperfect, 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 201 


406. Translation 


1. After dining, my father got' up and said? to the 
other members of the family: “ Let us go to the library.” 
2. The maid quickly opened? the door. 3. We satt down in 
comfortable armchairs. 4. What did you do?? 5. Every 
evening, my father opens the newspapers and reads them 
from beginning to end. 6. That is his dessert. 7. My sister 
will probably read a novel. 8. Sometimes she says to me: 
‘Let us sit down at the piano, let us open it and (let us) 
play some piece or other.” 9g. If I do not feel too tired, I 
sit down at the piano with her and we play a few of them. 
10. Can your father? read when you play the® piano? 11. He | 
does not hear us. 12. That done, how do you spend your 
time? 13. After playing all our favorite pieces, we shall 
converse about the events of the day. 14. Do your brothers 
stay at home in* the evening? 15. No, they seldom stay 
there; they stay there when it rains. 16. Sometimes the 
elder says to the younger: “Let us go to the ball.” 17. 
Sometimes the younger will say to the elder: “ Let us go® 
to some theater or other.” 18. Do you and your sister® go 
out much? 19. Sometimes we must go® to an evening re- 
ception. 20. Sometimes we go to the theater. 21. Somce- 
times we are present at a ball. 22. Then I say to my sister: 
“Let us enjoy ourselves as much as we can.” 23. And we 
dance from the beginning to the end. 


. 407. Reading Lesson 
LA PETITE HIRONDELLE 


C’était sur la tourelle 
Du vieux clocher bruni. 
La petite hirondelle 
Etait au bord du nid. 


1 Use the past indefinite. 2 See note, p.95. %Supply of. * Omit. 
6 Replace by: betake ourselves. 6 Say: Your sister and you (315. 1). 


202 


BEGINNERS FRENCE 


« Courage, dit sa mére, 
Ouvre ton aile au vent, 
Ouvre-la tout entiére 
Et t’élance en avant.» 


Mais l’hirondelle hésite 

Et dit: « C’est bien profond; 
Mon aile est trop petite.» 

Sa mére lui répond: 


« Quand je me suis jetée 
Du haut de notre toit, 

Le bon Dieu m’a portée, 
Petite comme toi.» 


L’hirondelle légére 
Ouvre son aile au vent, . 
L’ouvre bien tout entiére, 
Et s’élance en avant. 


Elle vole, 6 surprise! 
Elle ne craint plus rien; 
Tout autour de l’église, 
Comme elle vole bien! 


Et sa mére avec elle 

De tout son coeur chantait 
Sa chanson d’hirondelle 
Au Dieu qui la portait. 


RAMBERT. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 203 


FORTY-SECOND LESSON 


Rules 
Review §§ 118, 201, 243, 261, 376, 3902. 
408. Infin.: atteindre (to attain) introduire (to intro- 
| (Cf. craindre, 385.) duce, put) 


Pres. part. : atteignant introduisant 
Past part.: atteint. introduit 
Pres. ind. : j'atteins j introduis 
tu atteins tu introduis 
il or elle atteint. il or elle introduit 
nous atteignons nous introduisons 
vous atteignez vous introduisez 
ils or elles atteignent ils or elles introduisent 
Imperf. ind.: j’atteignais j introduisais 
Preterit : j atteignis j introduisis 
Past indef.: —_j’ai atteint j'ai introduit 
Future: j atteindrai j introduirai 
Conditional: _j’atteindrais j introduirais 
Imperat. : atteins ; introduis 
atteignons introduisons 
atteignez _introduisez 
Pres. subj.: ~ que j’atteigne que j’introduise 
Imperf. subj.: que j’atteignisse que j’introduisisse 


409. Vocabulary 


le matin, the morning. introduire, to put. 

exemple (m.), the example. s’'avancer a tatons, to grope one’s 
le palier, the landing. way. 

le bouton, the button, the knob. doucement, gently, noiselessly. 
la chambre a coucher, the bed- | par exemple, for instance. 

la clé, the key. [room. | a tatons, gropingly. 

la serrure, the lock. 6 heures du soir, 6 o’clock P.m. 
tourner, to turn. 2 heures du matin, 2 o’clock A.m.° 
tirer, to take out. de quelle maniére? in what man- 
atteindre, to reach. vers, about, towards. [ner? 





204 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


410. Text 


. Si votre frére allait 4 un bal, par exemple, 
il rentrerait vers deux_heures du matin. 
2. Il monterait doucement lescalier. 
3. Illatteindrait le palier et s’avancerait a 
tatons vers la porte de sa chambre 4 coucher. 
4. Il tirerait la clé de sa poche et I’introduirait 
dans la serrure. 


5. Il tournerait la clé et le bouton et ouvrirait 
la porte. (A suivre.) 


- 411. Transposition 


1. Conjugate every sentence in the conditional. (Keep 
the imperfect in the clause beginning with ei) 2s St 
jallais..., je rentrerais. 

2. Replace the notdiiaue and the imperfect 

(a) by the present in the second person singular; 

(b) by the future in the third person plural (use 
the present after si) ; 

(c) by the past indefinite in the first person plural 
(masculine) ; 

(d) by the imperative in the second person plural. 
Ex.: 1. Si vous allez..., rentrez vers... 


3. Use the interrogative forms. 


412. Questions 
I. Qui rentrerait vers deux heures du matin s’il allait 
a un bal? A.: Mon frére rentrerait... 
2. Qui monterait doucement l’escalier? (le) 
3. (a) Qui est ce qui atteindrait le palier? (le) 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 205 


(b) Qui s’avancerait a tatons vers la porte de sa 
chambre a coucher? 
4. (a) Qui est ce qui tirerait la clé de sa poche? (l’en) 
(b) Qui Vintroduirait dans la serrure? (y) 
5. (a@) Qui tournerait la clé et le bouton? (les) 
(b) Qui est ce qui ouvrirait la porte? (la) 
(In the answers to the following questions, use the 
second person plural of the conditional.) 
6. Si nous allions a un bal, par exemple, a ue heure 
rentrerions nous? 
7. (a) Aprés étre rentrés, qu’est ce que nous ferions? 
(b) Comment le monterions nous? 
8. (a) Quest ce que nous atteindrions? 
(b) Vers quoi nous avancerions nous? 
(c) De quelle maniére nous avancerions nous? 
g. (a) Que tirerions nous de notre poche? (en) 
(6) Out Vintroduirions nous? 
10. (a) Que tournerions nous? 
(b) Qu’est ce que nous ouvririons? 


413. Grammar Drill 


1. They attained,’ you do not attain, had he attained? 
let us attain, I should not attain, did he attain?! I attain, was 
she attaining? you will attain, we have not attained, we 
shall have attained, you* used to attain. 


2. We were introducing, have we introduced? they are 
introducing, they had introduced, do not introduce, you did 
not introduce,’ he introduces, will they introduce? I intro- 
duced,* she would have introduced, you used to introduce. 


3. He opened,’ will you open? she has opened, ‘had they 
opened? we were opening, he does not open, shall we have 
opened ? you* would not have opened. 


1 Use the preterit. 


206 BEGINNERS FRENCH 


414. Translation 


1. Do your brothers go sometimes to a ball? 2. They 
seldom go there. 3. At what time: do they go out every 
evening? 4. They generally go out at 8 o'clock. 5. At 
what time do they come home? 6. They come home about 
half past one A.M. 7. They open the doors noiselessly, but I 
hear them going up the stairs. 8. Do they take you along? 
g. I very seldom go out with them. 10. What do they do 
when they reach the door? 11. Ont Monday, for instance, 
when we reached? the door, the elder took? the key of the 
house out of his pocket and gave? it to the younger, saying* 
to him: “‘ Open the door.’”’ 12. The latter took? it and put? 
it into the lock. 13. Then he turned? the key and the knob 
and opened? the door. 14. If I am with them, they do not 
go up the stairs noiselessly. 15. When we have reached the 
landing, we grope our way towards our bedrooms. 16. When 
I have found my door, I put the key into the lock. 17. Then 
I turn the key and the knob and I open my door. 18. I hear 
my brothers opening theirs when I am already in my 


- room. 


FORTY-THIRD LESSON 


Rules 


Review §§ 137, 234, 308, 364, 365. 
415. La bougie allumée. The candle (having been) 
lighted. 
La ville prise. The town (having been) taken. 
Past participles conjugated without any auxiliary must 
be treated as adjectives. 
1 Omit. 2 Use the past indefinite. 8 Supply wile (en). 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 207 


416. 
Infin. : dormir 
(to sleep) 
(Cf. sortir 357.) 
Pres. part.: dormant 
Past part.: dormi 
Pres. ind.: je dors 
| tu dors 
il | 
elle ape 


éteindre (to pourvoir! 
extinguish ) (to provide) 


(Cf. craindre 385 
or atteindre 408.) 


éteignant pourvoyant . 
_ éteint _ pourvu 

j éteins - Je pourvois 

tu éteins tu pourvois 


il 


teint il 5 
atle etein dite pourvoit 


nous dormons nous éteignons nous pourvoyons 


vous dormez 
ils dor- 
elles { ment 


Imperf. ind.: je dormais 
Preterit : je dormis 
Past indef.: j’ai dormi 
Future: je dormirai 
Condit. : je dormirais 
Imperat. : dors 
dormons 
dormez 


Pres. subj.: que je dorme 
Impf. subj.: que je dor- 
: misse 


vous éteignez vous pourvoyez 

as éteignent ” ourvoient 

voie 
Se elles § P 


elles 

j éteignais je pourvoyais 
j éteignis je pourvus | 
j'ai éteint jai pourvu 

j éteindrai je pourvoirai 
jéteindrais — je pourvoirais 
éteins pourvois 
éteignons pourvoyons 
éteignez pourvoyez 


que j’éteigne que je pourvoie 


que j’éteignisse que je pourvusse 


417. Vocabulary 


le bec de gaz, the gas burner. 


le mur, the wall. 


le perfectionnement, the improve- | l’allumette (f.), the match. 


ment. 
le lit, the bed. 
le lavabo, the washstand. 
le tapis, the carpet. 


la lampe, the lamp. 

la bougie, the wax candle. 
la lumiére, the light. 

la commode, the bureau. 





1 Is conjugated like voir (see 331), except in the preterit, future and 


conditional. 


208 BEGINNERS FRENCH 


la sorte, the kind. éclairer, to light up. 

la descente de lit, the bedside | orner de, to adorn with. 

la mousseline, the muslin. [rug. | tapisser de, to paper, hang with. 
moderne, modern. dormir sur les deux oreilles, to 
électrique, electric. sleep soundly. 

frotter, to rub, scratch, strike. éteindre, to extinguish. 

allumer, to light. a petites fleurs, with small fig 
presser, to press. ures. 





418. Text (Suite et Fin) 


1. Mes fréres prendraient une allumette, la 
frotteraient et allumeraient une lampe, une bougie 
ou un bec de gaz. 

2. Sila maison était pourvue des perfectionne- 
ments modernes, ils presseraient le bouton de la 
lumiére électrique et éclaireraient la chambre. 

3. Ils verraient le lit, le lavabo, la commode, 
un fauteuil, des chaises, une table, le tapis, la 
descente de lit, les fenétres ornées de rideaux de 
mousseline ou de dentelle et les murs tapissés 
d’un papier a petites fleurs. 

4. Ils_éteindraient la lumiére, se coucheraient 
et dormiraient sur les deux_oreilles. 


419. Transposition 


1. Conjugate every sentence in the conditional. (The 
first clause of the second sentence should not be altered.) 


2. Replace the conditional and the imperfect 
(a) by the present in the third person singular ; 
(b) by the imperfect in the second person plural; 
(c) by the future in the first person plural; 
(d) by the imperative in the first person plural. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 209 


(In c and d, use the present in the clause beginning 


with si.) 


3. Use the interrogative forms. 


I. (a) 
(b) 
(c) 

2. (a) 


(b) 
3. (a) 


(0) 


(c) 
4. (a) 
(dD) 
(c) 


420. Questions 


Vos fréres prendraient ils une allumette? (en) 

Est ce qu’ils la frotteraient? 

Allumeraient ils une lampe? (en) 

Si la maison était pourvue des perfectionnements 
moderfies, presseraient -ils le bouton de la lu- 
miére électrique? (le) 

Est ce qu’ils éclaireraient la chambre? (la) 

Verraient ils le lit, la commode, les chaises, etc. ? 
(les) 

De quelle espéce de rideaux les fenétres sont elles 
ornées ? 

De quelle sorte de papier les murs sont ils tapissés ? 

Est ce quils éteindraient la lumiére? (la) 

iprés l’avoir éteinte, se coucheraient ils? 

Comment dormiraient ils? 


(In the answers to the following questions, use the first 
person singular of the conditional.) 


5. (a) 
(dD) 
(c) 

6. (a) 


(0) 
7. (a) 
(b) 


8. (a) 
(0) 


Qu’est ce que vous prendriez? 

La frotteriez vous? 

Qu’est ce que vous allumeriez? 

Si la maison était pourvue des perfectionnements 
modernes, que presseriez vous? 

Qu’est ce que vous éclaireriez? 

Quels meubles verriez vous? 

Est ce que vous verriez aussi le tapis, la descente 
de lit, les rideaux, etc.? (les) 

Qu’est ce que vous éteindriez? 

Aprés avoir éteint la lumiére, que feriez vous? 


(c) Comment dormiriez vous? 


210 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


421. Grammar Drill 


1. You were sleeping, I have slept, do not sleep, will 
they have slept? we slept,’ will they sleep? I do not sleep, 
we had slept, have you* slept? I was not sleeping, does she 
sleep ? , 

2. She will have extinguished, shall we extinguish? he 
is not extinguishing, I extinguished,1 we extinguish, they 
would not have extinguished, were they extinguishing? 
I should not extinguish, let us extinguish, you had not ex- 
tinguished, have they extinguished? we extinguished.’ 


3. We provided,’ you will not provide, provide, have you* 
provided? you would have provided, he is providing, she did © 
not use to provide, I have provided, are you providing? will 
he provide? we used to provide, they provided.” 


422. Translation 


1. Why do you scratch a match? 2. I am going to light 
a gas burner. 3. I must light up the staircase. 4. Why do 
you not press the button of the electric light? 5. Our house 
is not yet provided with all the modern improvements. 
6. Do you see the staircase? 7. Take another match. 8. Put 
out that lamp. 9. We shall climb the stairs gropingly. Io. 
We at last reach the landing.. 11. Wait. I cannot find the 
door of my bedroom. 12. While waiting, you hear your 
friend putting the key into the lock, turning the key and the 
knob and opening a door. 13. He strikes a match and lights 
a wax candle. 14. Enter; we shall sleep in this room. 
15. You can see that I have chosen the largest in the house. 
16. Muslin curtains adorn the two windows. 17. Mine are 
adorned with lace curtains. 18. A blue paper with small 
figures covers the four walls. 19. Those of my bedroom 


1 Use the preterit. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 211 


are hung with a green paper with large figures. 20. Here 
are the two beds, the washstand and the bureau that my 
mother has given me. 21. This carpet and this bedside rug 
I (have) received’ from my aunt. 22. There are two arm- 
chairs and half a dozen chairs. 23. Sit down. 24. I| feel 
very tired. 25. Let us go to bed. 26. In what bed shall I 
sleep? 27. Take this one; I shall take that one. 28. Let us 
sleep. 29. Sleep soundly. 30. I shall put out the light when 
ae have gone’ to bed. 


423. Reading Lesson 


UNE SUPPRESSION SPIRITUELLE 
En 1640, Louis treize assiégeait la ville d’Arras que les 
_ Espagnols occupaient. Ceux ci firent graver sur une des 
portes : ; 
« Quand les Frangais prendront Arras, 
Les souris mangeront les rats.» 


La ville prise, un soldat francais effaca la lettre p du 
quatrieme mot et on laissa subsister l’inscription ainsi mo- 
difiée. 

-REPARTIE ROYALE 


Lors de la visite de Louis quatorze 4 Beaune, Sa Majesté 
gotta le vin que le maire de cette ville lui offrit et le trouva 
excellent. 

— Oh! Sire, dit le maire, il n’est pas comparable a celui 
que nous avons dans nos caves. 

—Et que vous gardez sans doute pour une meilleure 
occasion, lui repartit le roi. 


1 Supply chem. 2 Use the past future. 


212 


BEGINNERS FRENCH 


FORTY-FOURTH LESSON 


Rules 


Review §§ 118, 243, 356, 364, 365, 377. 

424. Ils se regardent, or on se regarde. 

They look at themselves, or they look at one another. 
Ils se regardent l’un l’autre, or réciproquement. 


They look at each other. 


Ils se regardent les uns les autres, or réciproquement. 


They look at one another. 


1. Beside reflexive verbs there are reciprocal verbs which 
are conjugated on the same model. 


2. The reciprocal verbs are used only in the plural except . 


when on is the subject. 


3. Each other, one another are then translated by nous, 


vous, se. 


4. To avoid a misunderstanding, l’un V’autre (two), les 
uns les autres (more than two) or réciproquement may be 


added. 


425. Vocabulary 


le tour, the turn. 

le retour, the return. 

l’oreiller (m.), the pillow. 

le traversin, the bolster. 

le matelas, the mattress. 

le drap, the sheet. 

le couvre pieds, the counterpane. 

le bonsoir, good evening, good 
night. 

la couverture, the blanket. 

double, double. 

baisser, to pull down. 





se déshabiller, to undress. 

se parler, to speak to one another. 

s’enfermer a double tour, to shut 
one’s self in by locking the door. 

s’endormir, to fall asleep. 

se dire bonsoir, to bid one an- 
other good night. 

promptement, quickly. 

immédiatement, immediately. 

comme, as. 

de retour de, on coming back 
from. 


BEGINNERS FRENCH 213 


426. Text 


1. De retour du bal, mes sceurs se sont_enfer- 
mées a double tour dans leur chambre. 


2. Apres_avoir baissé les stores, elles_ont_ouvert 
le lit. 


3. Alors ellesuont vu les oreillers, le traversin, 
le matelas, les draps, la couverture et le couvre 
pieds. 

4. Elles se sont promptement déshabillées. 

5. Aprés_avoir éteint la lumiére, elles se sont 
couchées. 


6. Elles ne se sont pas parlé comme de cou- 
tume. | 


7. Aprés s’étre dit bonsoir, elles se sont_immé:- 
diatement endormies. 


427. Transposition 


1. Replace the third person (a) by nous, (b) by vous. 
, 2. Replace the past indefinite 

(a) by the pluperfect in the first person plural (mas- 
culine) ; 

(b) by the past future in the aenana: person plural 
(feminine) ; 

(c) by the past conditional in the third person ic 
(masculine) ; 

(d) by the preterit in the second person plural ; 

(e) by the future in the first person plural ; 

(f) by the imperfect in the third person plural; 

(g) by the present in the second person plural; 

(h) by the imperative in the first person plural. 


6. 
9: 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


428. Questions 


(a) De retour du bal, qu’est ce que vos sceurs ont 
fait? A.: Elles se sont... 
(b) Comment se sont elles enfermées ? 


(a) Qu’est ce qu’elles ont baissé? 

(b) Qu’ont elles ouvert? 

(a) Qu’est ce qu’elles ont vu? 

(6) Ont elles vu le matelas et le traversin? (negative) 
(les): > ; 


Se sont elles lentement déshabillées ? 


. (a) Est ce qu’elles ont éteint la lumiére? (la) 


(b) Aprés lavoir éteinte, qu’ont elles fait? 
Se sont elles parlé comme de coutume? 


(a). Est ce qu’elles se sont dit bonsoir ? 
(b) Quand se sont elles endormies ? 


(In the answers to the following questions, use mon frére 
et moi, nous as subjects.) 


8. De retour du bal, qui s’est enfermé a double tour dans 
sa chambre? A.: Mon frére et moi, nous nous sommes en- 
fermés... 

g. (a) Qui a baissé les stores? (les) 


10 


(les) 


Il. 
12. 


13. 
T4. 


(6) Qui a ouvert le lit? (le) 
Qui a vu les oreillers, les draps, la couverture, etc. ? 


Qui s’est promptement déshabillé? 

(a) Qui a éteint la lumiére? (la) 
'(b) Alors, qui s’est couché? 

A qui n’avez vous pas parlé comme de coutume? 
(a) A qui avez vous dit bonsoir? 

(b) Qui s’est immédiatement endormi? 


BEGINNER’S FRENCH 215 - 


429. Grammar Drill 


t. We fell asleep, will they have fallen asleep? I am 
falling asleep, has-she fallen asleep? you* were falling asleep, 
fall asleep, they would fall asleep, 1 had not fallen asleep, 
will you fall asleep? let us not fall asleep, he would not have 
fallen asleep, we used to fall asleep. 

2. We shall bid one another good night, were you bid- 
ding one another good night? had they bidden one another 
good night? you bid one another good night, they will not 
have bidden one another good night, we have bidden one 
another good night, they bade one another good night, bid 
one another good night, we should bid one another good 
night, let us bid one another good night, would you not have 
bidden one another good night? : 


430. Translation 


1. Did? you go® to the ball? 2. Yes, my brother and I* 
went there and we enjoyed ourselves very® much.* 3. At 
what time did you go home? 4. It was’ 1 o’clock A. M. when 
we arrived at our house? 5. Did you light a lamp or a gas 
burner? 6. No, we groped our way towards the door of our 
bedroom. 7. Nobody heard us coming home. 8. Did you 
shut yourselves in by locking the door? 9. No, we did 
not shut ourselves in. 10. We fear nothing. 11. We sleep 
with® our door open. 12. On coming back from _ that 
ball, who lighted the candle? 13. My brother lighted it. 
14. Who pulled down the shades? 15. /* pulled them down. 
- 16, Who opened the bed? 17. He* opened it. 18. (It is 
also) I* (who) took the pillows and the counterpane and 


1 Use the preterit. 

2 Put every past tense in the past indefinite throughout this exercise. 
8 Replace by: detake yourselves. 4 See 315. 5 Omit. 

6 Supply ¢here. 7 Use the imperfect, 


“216 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


threw them on a chair. 19. He’ took the blanket and placed 
it on another chair. 20. It was? not cold. 21. We kept only 
the bolster, the sheets and the mattress. 22. While undress- 
ing, we spoke to each other. 23. We conversed about what* 
we had done, said and heard at the ball. 24. Who ex- 
tinguished the light? 25. /* extinguished it, for he* went to 
bed first. 26. After going to bed, we bade good night to 
each other. 27. We immediately fell asleep. 


431. Reading Lesson 


ACROSTICHE 
Pour comprendre cet acrostiche, le lecteur doit se rap- 
peler que le /ouis est une piéce d’or de 20 francs. Autrefois, 
il valait 24 livres. On l’appela lowis parce que la fabrication 
en fut commencée sous le régne du roi Louis treize. On 
suppose que l’acrostiche suivant fut fait sur Louis quatorze, 
par quelque solliciteur pauvre. 
Louis est un héros sans peur et sans reproche. 
On désire le voir. Aussitot qu’on l’approche, 
Un sentiment d’amour enflamme tous les coeurs ; 
Il ne trouve chez nous que des adorateurs ; 
Son image est partout, excepté dans ma poche. 


FORTY-FIFTH LESSON 


Rules 
Review §§ 118, 243, 277, 286, 375. 
432. Il se lave les mains. He washes his (own) hands. 
Il lui lave les mains. He washes his (somebody else’s) 
hands. 
Elle me lave les mains. She washes my hands. 
1 See 315. 2 Use the imperfect. 3 See 252. 1. * Supply the. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 217 


Before nouns expressing parts of the body, the possessive 
adjective is generally replaced in French by the definite 
article and the possession expressed by a corresponding per- 
sonal pronoun object. 


433- J’ai bien dormi; je me suis levé assez tard. J slept 
well; I got up rather late. . 

Adverbs are placed after the auxiliary in compound 
tenses. 

Exception. Adverbs especially expressing time and 
place and all adverbial phrases are placed after the past 
participles in compound tenses. 


434. Infin.: servir (to serve) vétir (to dress) 
(Cf. sortir, 357-) 
Pres. part. : servant vetant 
Past part.: servi vetu 
Pres. ind.: je sers je véts 
tu sers tu vets 
il or elle sert il or elle vét 
nous servons nous vetons 
vous servez> vous vétez 
ils or elles servent ils or elles vétent 
Imperf. ind.: je servais je vetais 
Preterit : je servis je véetis 
Past indef. : j’ai servi j'ai vétu 
Future: je servirai je vétirai 
Conditional: jeservirais - je. vétirais 
Imperat.: _—_—sers, servons, servez . véts, vétons, vétez 
Pres. subj.: que je serve que je véete 
Imperf. subj.:* que je servisse que je vétisse 


435. Vocabulary 


le bonjour, good day, good morn- | l’essuie main (m.), the towel 
ing. (especially for the hands). 
le champ, the field, la main, the hand, 


218 BEGINNER'S FRENCH © 


la dent, the tooth. s’aider (a), to help one another 





la serviette de toilette, the towel. (to). 
la hate, the haste. se servir, to make use. 
laver, to wash. se vétir, to dress (up). 
brosser, to brush. assez, rather, pretty. 
souhaiter, to wish, bid. ' profondément, soundly. 
s’éveiller, to awake. sur le champ, 

at once. 


se peigner, to comb one’s hair. tout de suite, 
ala hate, hastily. 


436. Text 


1. Mes sceurs ont profondément dormi et le 
lendemain elles se sont_éveillées assez tard. 

2. Elles se sont souhaité le bonjour et elles se 
sont levées sur le champ. 

3. Elles se sont lavé les mains et le visage et 
elles se sont brossé les dents. 

4. Elles se sont servies d’essuie mains et de 
serviettes de toilette. 

5. Elles se sont Pagers et se sont aidées 
lune l'autre. 

6. Enfin elles se sont vétues a la hate. 

7. Elles se sont rendues tout de suite a la 
salle a manger. 


437. Transposition 


1. Replace the third\person (a) by nous, (b) by vous. 
2. Replace the past indefinite 
(a) by the past conditional in the first person plural 
(feminine) ; 
(0) by the pluperfect in the second person plural 
(masculine) ; 


26, 
re 


(c) 
(d) 
(¢) 
(f) 
(g) 
(1) 


. (a) 


(b) 


(a) 
(0) 


. (a) 


(b) 
(¢) 


(a) 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH _ 219 


by the past future in the third person plural 
(masculine; more than two. See 424. 4); 
by the imperfect in the second person plural (mas- 
culine) ; | 
by the present in the first person plural (mas- 
culine) ; 
by the future in the third person plural (mascu- 
line) ; 
by the preterit in the first person plural (mas- 
culine) ; 
by the imperative in the second person plural 
(masculine). 


438. Questions 


Comment vos sceurs ont elles dormi? 

Le lendemain, se sont elles éveillées de bonne 
heure? 

Que se sont elles souhaité? 

Se sont elles levées sur le champ? 

Se sont elles lavé les mains? (les) 

Est ce qu’elles se sont lavé le visage? (le) 

Se sont elles brossé les dents? (les) 


De quoi se sont elles servies? 


Se sont elles peignées ? 


(b) Se sont elles aidées réciproquement ? 


Comment se sont elles vétues? 
Ou se sont elles rendues tout de suite? 


(In the answers to the following questions, use votre 
cousin et vous, vous as subjects. ) 


I. (a) Qui a profondément dormi? A.:_Votre frére et 


vous, vous... 


(b) Qui s’est éveillé assez tard le lendemain? 


2. (a) A qui avons nous souhaité le bonjour? (le) 


(b) Qui s’est levé sur le champ? 


220 ) BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


3. (a) Qui s’est lavé les mains? (les) 
(b) Qui s’est lavé le visage? (le) 
(c) Qui est ce qui s’est brossé les dents? (les) 
4. Qui s’est servi d’essuie mains et de serviettes de toi- 
lette? (en) 
5. Qui s’est peigné? 
6. Qui s’est vétu a la hate? 
7. Qui s’est rendu tout de suite a la salle 4 manger? (y) 


439. Grammar Drill 


1. I dress myself, will they dress themselves? she has 
dressed herself, dress yourself, they would have dressed 
themselves, she was dressing herself, you did not dress? 
yourselves, do we dress ourselves? you will not have dressed 
yourselves, we should not dress ourselves, had they not 
dressed themselves ? : 

2. I make use of pencils, we used to make use of them,? 
they did not make* use of them, will he make use of them? 
make use of them; they make use of paper, I should_make 
use of it, let us not make use of it, you have not made use 
of it, had she made use of it? we shall have made use of it, 
you* would have made use of it. 


440. Translation 


1. When my brother and I* awoke* the next day, we 
spoke to each other and we bade each other good morning. 
2. I asked him:* “ Did you sleep well?” 3. He answered 
me that he had slept soundly. 4. I said to him: “ You may 
still remain in® bed one or two hours.’ 5. Are you no longer 
sleepy? 6. I am going to get up.” 7. I got up at once. 

1 Use the preterit. 2 See 182. 3 See 315. I. 
* Put every past tense in the past indefinite. 5 Supply Zo. 
6 Say: at the. 7 Say: one hour or two, 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 221 


8. My brother asked me: “‘ What time is it?” 9. I answered 
him: “It is quarter past seven.” 10. I had awakened later 
than usual. 11. My brother got up with me. 12. I had 
already washed my hands and he had already washed his 
face when the waiter brought us towels. 13. We made use 
of them at once. 14. He had already dressed when we 
heard at last the bell for? the breakfast. 15. 1 said to him: 
“ Go’ to the dining room.” 16. Do not wait for me. 17. | 
have not yet dressed. 18. I shall hasten as much as I can.‘ 
19. I shall dress quickly. 20. And he went® at once to the 
dining room. 


441. Reading Lesson 


LA TOMBE ET LA ROSE 


La tombe dit a la rose : 
« Des pleurs dont l’aube t’arrose 
Que fais tu, fleur des amours? » 
La rose dit a la tombe: 
« Que fais tu de ce qui tombe 
_ Dans ton gouffre ouvert toujours? » 
La rose dit: « Tombeau sombre, 
De ces pleurs je fais dans l’ombre 
Un parfum d’ambre et de miel.» 
La tombe dit: « Fleur plaintive, 
De chaque ame qui m/arrive 
Je fais un ange du ciel.» 
Victor Huco. 


1 Supply to. 2 Say: of. 3 Betake thyself. 4 Use the future. 
5 Cf. note 3. 


222 BEGINNERS FRENCH 


FORTY-SIXTH LESSON 


Rules 


Review the. formation of tenses (p. 137), the present 
participles and present subjunctives of the preceding irregu- 
lar verbs. 


442. INFINITIVE PRESENT PARTICIPLE PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE 


parler parlant que je parle 
punir punissant que je punisse 
perdre perdant que je perde 


The present subjunctive of any verb is formed from the 
present participle by replacing -ant by -e, -es, -e, -ions, -iez, 
-ent. 

443. EXCEPTIONS. 


Infin. : avoir (to have) @tre (to be) 
Pres. part.: ayant étant 
Pres. subj.: que j’aie, that I may have que je sois 
que tu aies que tu sois 
qu'il ait qu'il soit 
qu’elle ait qu'elle soit 
que nous ayons que nous soyons 
que vous ayez que vous soyez 
qu’ils aient qu ils soient 
qu’elles aient qu’elles soient 
Infin. : faire (to do, to make) pouvoir (to be able, 
may, can) 
Pres. part.: faisant -pouvant 
Pres. subj.: que je fasse que je puisse 
que tu fasses que tu puisses 
qu'il fasse e qu’il puisse 


qu'elle fasse quelle puisse 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 223 


que nous fassions que nous puissions | 
que vous fassiez que vous puissiez 
qu’ils fassent qu ils puissent 
qu’elles fassent qu’elles puissent 


Faire, pouvoir and étre are the only verbs the present 
subjunctive of which is irregular throughout. The first and 
_ second persons plural of the other irregular verbs are regular. 


444. 1. Il faut qu'il soit puni. Jt is necessary that he 
should be punished. 

Il se peut que je fasse ce travail. Jt may be that I shall 
do this work. | 

2. Pensez vous qu’il vienne? Do you think that he may 
come? 

Je ne pense pas qu'il vienne. J do not think he will come. 

3. Je veux (je doute, je suis heureux, je regrette, je 
crains, je suis triste, etc.) qu’ils réussissent. J wish (J doubt, 
I am happy, I regret, I fear, I am sad, etc.) that they should 
succeed. 

4. Vous étes le seul (le meilleur) ami que j’aie. You are 
the only (the best) friend I have. 

5. Je veux vous parler avant que vous partiez. J wish 
to speak to you before you go away. 

The subjunctive mood has no future tense. The present 
replaces it. . | 

The subjunctive mood is not used in a principal clause. 
It is used in secondary clauses in the following cases: 


SECONDARY 

PRINCIPAL CLAUSE CLAUSE 

1. Impersonal verbs implying necessity or | 
uncertainty. _ A 
2. Negative or interrogative verbs. <. 
3. Verbs expressing will, feeling, emotion h 2 
except hope. a 
4. Superlatives. | ° 





224 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 





5. After one of the following conjunctions: 
his oi in order that. 5 although. 
pour que, bien que, yn 
de peur que, i avant que, before. AOS 
de crainte que, a moins que, unless. {| 5 
sans que, without. jusqu’a ce que, till. st 
que (used for any of the above conjunctions e 
and for si), and a few others. } 
445. Infin.: écrire | vouloir (to will, 
(to write) wish, want) 
Pres. part. : écrivant voulant 
Past part. : écrit voulu 
Pres. ind. : j écris je veux 
tu écris tu veux 
il or elle écrit il or elle veut 
nous écrivons nous voulons 
vous écrivez vous voulez 
ils or elles écrivent ils or elles veulent 
Imperf. ind. : jécrivais je voulais 
Preterit: j’€crivis je voulus 
Past indef. : j'ai écrit jai voulu 
Future: j écrirai je voudrai 
Condit. : j €crirais je voudrais . 
Imperat. : écris, écrivons, écrivez veuille, veuillez 
Pres. subj.: que j’écrive que je veuille* 
Imperf. subj.: | que j’écrivisse que je voulusse 


Souffrir (to suffer) is entirely conjugated on the samé 
model as ouvrir (which see 400). 


446. Vocabulary 


le médecin, the physician. la langue, the tongue. 

le docteur, the doctor. la prescription, the prescription. 
le pharmacien, the druggist. la garde malade, the nurse. 

le pouls, the pulse. gauche, left. 


1 The 1st and 2d persons plural are regular. See 443. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 225 





possible, possible. faire préparer, to have (some- 
penser, to think. thing) prepared. 
tater, to feel. se porter (bien), to be (in good 
soigner, to attend, to take care of. health). 
guérir, to cure. dangereusement, dangerously. 
souffrir, to suffer. tdt, soon. ; 
écrire, to write. . ? afin que, beoadek tal. 
remettre, to hand, give. pour que, 
vouloir, to will, want, wish. il faut, it is necessary. 
faire venir, to send for. il vaut mieux, it is better. 

447. Text 


Quand vous ne vous portez pas bien, il faut 
que vous restiez dans votre chambre et que vous 
gardiez le lit. 

2. Il vaut mieux que vous fassiez venir un 
médecin afin qu'il vous soigne. 

Quand_il vient, vous lui dites: “Docteur, 
je souffre beaucoup; je veux que vous me gué- 
rissiez le plus tdt possible,” 

4. Vous lui tendez la main gauche pour qu'il 
vous tate le pouls et vous lui montrez votre 
langue afin qu'il puisse l’examiner. 

5. Il ne pense pas ihe vous soyez dangereuse- 
ment malade. 

6. Il écrit une prescription et la remet a la 
garde malade pour qu'elle la fasse préparer chez 
ie pharmacien. 


448. Transposition 


1. Replace everywhere the second person by the first, 
second and third persons singular. No change in the direct 
discourse. Ex.: 1. Quand je ne me..., il faut que je... 


226 BEGINNERS FRENCH 


2. Replace the second person by the first and third per- 
sons plural, the third singular by the third plural and méde- 
cin, docteur and garde malade by médecins, docteurs and 
garde malades. In the direct discourse, use the first person 
plural.. 

3. Replace the present indicative by the future. No 
change in the direct discourse and in the subordinate clauses 
except in the one beginning with quand. 


449. Questions 


I. (a) Quand je ne me porte pas bien, ot: faut il que je 
reste? A.: M., quand vous ne..., il faut que 
vous... 

(b) Que faut il que je garde? 

2. (a) Qui vaut il mieux que je fasse venir? 

(b) Pourquoi vaut il mieux que j’en fasse venir un? 

3. (a) Quand il vient, que faut il que je lui dise? 

(b) Qu’est ce que je veux que le médecin fasse? 

4. (a) Qu’est ce qu'il faut que je lui tende? 

(b) Pourquoi veut il que je la lui tende? 
(c) Que demande-t-il que je lui montre? 
(d) Pourquoi demande-t-il que je la lui montre? 

5. Le médecin pense-t-il que je sois dangereusement 

malade? : 

6. (a) Enfin, que faut il que le docteur fasse? 

(b) A-qui vaut il mieux qu’il la remette? 
(c) Qu’est ce que je veux que la garde malade fasse ? 


450. Grammar Drill 


1. She has not wished, are you wishing? I was wishing, 
we shall not wish, you had wished, we wished,’ would you 
wish? she will not have wished, he is wishing, I should have 
wished, I am sorry that he wishes to® depart. 

1 Preterit. * Omit. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 227 


2, Were we writing? write, will he write? you wrote,’ 
they do not write, we should write, I have not written, she is 
writing, you* had written, we should have written, you* 
must? write. 

3. She has not suffered, shall we suffer? they did not 
suffer,’ I am suffering, you would not have suffered, you* 
would suffer, we have suffered, let us not suffer, I had 
suffered, were you suffering? I do not wish you to’ suffer. 


451. Translation 


1. My father is dangerously ill. 2. We wish him to‘. 
remain in his room. 3. He must® keep his (the) bed. 
4. What is the matter with him?* 5. He suffers a great 
deal. 6. You must® send for your physician as soon as pos- 
sible. 7. It is better that you [should] also send for a nurse 
in order that she [may] take care of him. 8. When the 
physician comes,’ you will say to him: “ Doctor, we wish 
you to* attend our father.” 9. When he enters’ the® bed- 
room, he will say: “Good day, sir; how are? you? What 
is the matter with you??® Where do you suffer? Hold out 
your left hand to me, in order that I [may] feel your pulse. 
10. You must® also show me your tongue in order that I 
[may] examine it.” 11. Afterwards, he will sit down at the 
desk. 12. He must® write a long prescription. 13. After 
handing it to the nurse, he will get up and go out. 14. You 
must® wait for him in the anteroom. 15. You will ask him :" 
“Can you cure him? what must® we do?” 16. He will 
answer you: “ It!” is nothing; he must® remain in™ bed. It 
is possible that I [may] cure him within a few days. 17. You 
must® have the prescription prepared as soon as possible.” 
18. You will send the nurse to your druggist. 


1 Preterit. 2 Say: i faut que tu... 3 Say: that you should... 
* Cf. note 3 above. > Cf. note 2 above. ® Say: what has he? 

7 Use the future. 8 Supply zzzo. _ 9% Use: se porter. 

10 Cf. note 6 above. 1 Supply vz. 12 Replace by ¢hat. 


18 Say: at the. 


228 - BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


FORTY-SEVENTH LESSON 


Rules 


Review §§ 305, 444, 445. 

452. Craignez vous que je tombe? Do you fear I shall 
fall? 

Je crains que vous ne tombiez. J fear you will fall. 
Je ne crains pas que vous tombiez. J do not fear you will 
fall,.-~- 

Formerly, after verbs meaning fear (craindre, avoir peur, 
trembler), take care (prendre garde) and prevent (em- 
pecher), when used affirmatively, and after the conjunc- 
tions de peur que, de crainte que, 4 moins que (see 444. 5), 
the particle ne was required before the verb of the secondary 
clause, although affirmative. According to the new decree, 
ne may be left out in this case. 


453- 
Infin. : mourir rire vivre 
(to die) (to laugh) (to live) 
Pres. part.: mourant riant vivant 
Past part.: mort ri vécu 
Pres.ind.: je meurs Je ris je vis 
ttl meurs tu ris tu vis 
il il ot eal ‘ 
elle { meu elle it elle vt 
nous mourons nous rions nous vivons 
vous mourez vous riez Vous vivez 
ils : ils ; ils : 
fies meurent pt rient ettae | vivent 
Imperf. : je mourais je riais je vivais 
Preterit : je mourus je ris je vécus 


Past indef.: je suis mort(e) j’airi j'ai vécu 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


Future: je mourrai 

Condit. : je mourrais 

Imperat. : meurs 
mourons 
mourez 


Pres. subj.: que je meure* 


229 
je rirai je vivrai 
jerirais je vivrais 
ris vis 
rions vivons 
riez vivez 
que jerie que je‘vive 


Impf.subj.: que-je mourusse que je risse que je vécusse 


454. Vocabulary 


le surlendemain, two days later. 

l'intervalle (m.), the interval. 

le médicament, the medicine. 

la visite, the visit. 

la crainte, the fear. 

la pilule, the pill. 

la cuillerée, the spoonful. 

la convalescence, the convales- 
cence. 

désagréable, disagreeable. 

avaler, to swallow, to take. 

ordonner, to order, to prescribe. 

remercier de, to thank for. 

s’en aller, to go away. 

partir, to depart, to go away. 

mourir, to dite. 





devenir, to become. 

revenir, to come back. 

revivre, to revive. 

rire de, to laugh at. 

en vouloir a, to bear a grudge 
agaist, be very much dis- 
pleased with. 

entrer en convalescence, to be- 
come convalescent. 

toutes les deux heures, every two 
hours. 

avant que, before. 

a moins que, unless. 

Sigal ais although. 

bien que, 

de plus en plus, more and more. 


455. Text 


1. Avant que le docteur parte (s’en aille), il 
faut que je le remercie de sa visite. 

2. Je lui dis qu'il faut qu il revienne le surlen- 
demain, 4 moins que je ne meure dans I’intervalle. 

3. Il rit de mes craintes et je lui én veux, 
quoique (bien que) ce soit le meilleur_ami que jaie. 


1 The rst and 2d persons plural are regular (see 443). 


230; 7 BEGINNER'S FRENCH: 


4. Il_ordonne que j’avale une pilule toutes les 
deux_heures et que je boive une cuillerée d’un 
médicament désagréable avant chaque repas. 

5. Ma famille craint que je ne devienne de ge 
en plus-dangereusement malade. 

6. Mais, aprés quelques jours, entre en con- 
valescence, je revis, je suis guéri(e). 


456. Transposition 


1. Replace everywhere the first person singular 
(a) by the second and third persons singular ; 
(b) by the first, second and third persons plural and 
docteur by docteurs. 
2. Replace the present indicative by the future. 
3. Use the interrogative forms. 


457- Questions 


1. Avant que le docteur s’en aille, de quoi faut il que vous 
le remerciiez ? 
2. (a) Que lui dites vous qu'il faut qu’il fasse? 
(b) Le médecin craint il que vous mouriez com in- 
tervalle? (Negative.) 
3. (a) De quoi rit il? 
(b) Faut il que vous lui en vouliez? (Negative.) 
(c) N’est ce pas le meilleur ami que vous ayez? 
4. (a) Qu’est ce qu’il ordonne que vous avaliez? 
(b) Quand faut il que vous en avaliez une? 
(c) Qu’ordonne-t-il que vous buviez? 
(d) Quand faut il que vous en buviez une? 
5. Qu’est ce que votre famille craint? 
6. (a) Aprés quelques jours, que faites vous? 
’ (b) Est ce que vous revivez? 
(c) Etes vous guéri(e) ? 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 231 


458. Grammar Drill 


1. We were starving;' are you very thirsty?? we are 
tired to death;* they died ;* she will have starved; let us 
die; you* shall not die; is she starving?! we should be very 
thirsty ;? you would have been tired to death ;* he wants us 
to® die. 

2. We are not laughing, they have laughed, were you 
laughing? I had not laughed, will you laugh? I am laughing, 
they laughed,* you* would have laughed, they would. not 
laugh, laugh, we must® not laugh. : 

3. We lived,* will they live? he is living, were they liv- 
ing? you live, we have lived, you would not live, she had 
‘lived, we shall have lived, let us live, I fear that they will 
not live. 


459. Translation 


1. I say to the physician: You must* come back as soon 
as possible. 2. I fear that my father will die. 3.°Do not 
laugh at my fears or I shall be very much displeased with 
you. 4. Before you depart, you must? tell me whether® he 
is dangerously ill. 5. You must not® laugh at me. 6. You 
are the best friend that my father has. 7. I wish you to’® 
cure him quickly. 8. When the nurse comes™ back, your 
father must’? take two pills every three hours. 9. When must 
he’? take the medicine? to. It is not disagreeable. 11. He 
must!” take it before his meals. 12. How many spoonfuls 
do you prescribe (for) him tot® drink?"* 13. You must? 
give him two spoonfuls. 14. You must not® send for me 
unless in the interval he becomes worse (more and more 


1 mourir de faim. \* mourir de soif. 8 mourir de fatigue. 

4 Preterit. 5 Say: that we should... 

6 Say: it is not necessary that we... 

7 Say: it will be necessary that you... §& Say: if. 

® Say: it is not necessary that you... 1 Say: that you should... ; 
11 Use the future. 12 Cf. note 7 above. 


18 Cf. note 5 above, 14 Supply: of zt. 


232 BEGINNERS FRENCH 


sick). 15. The physician comes back two days later before 
vou send for him. 16. You say to him: “ Although you are 
the best friend that we have, we shall be very much dis- 
pleased with you unless you cure my father within a few 
days.” 17. “He will not die. 18. In five or six days you 
will laugh at your fears. 19. He will become convalescent. 
20. He will revive. 21. He will be cured. 22. And you 
will thank me for my visits.” 


460. Reading Lesson 
UN COURTISAN PRIS AU PIEGE 


Un matin, Louis XIV dit au maréchal de Grammont: 

« Monsieur le maréchal, lisez, je vous prie, ce petit 
madrigal et voyez si vous en avez jamais vu un si imper- 
tinent. Parce qu’on sait que depuis peu j’aime les vers, 
on m’en apporte de toutes les facons.» 

Le maréchal, aprés l’avoir lu, dit au roi: 

« Votre Majesté juge divinement bien de toutes choses: 
il est vrai que voila le plus sot et le plus ridicule madrigal 
que j’aie jamais lu.» 

Le roi se mit a rire et lui dit: 

« N’est il pas vrai que celui qui l’a fait est bien fat? 

— Sire, il n’y a pas moyen de lui donner un autre nom. 

— Oh bien! je suis ravi que vous m’ayez parlé si bonne- 
ment; c’est moi qui I’ai fait. | 

— Ah! sire, quelle: trahison! que Votre Majesté me le 
rende! je l’ai lu brusquement. 

— Non, monsieur le maréchal, les premiers sentiments 
sont toujours les plus naturels.» 

Le roi a fort ri de cette folie et tout le monde pense 
que voila la plus cruelle petite chose que l’on puisse faire 
a un vieux courtisan. 

MME DE SEVIGNE. 


BEGINNERS FRENCH 


233 


FORTY-EIGHTH LESSON 


Rules 


Review §8§ 443, 444, 452. 


461. 
Infin. : 


Pres. part. : 
Past part. : 


Pres. ind. : 


Impf. ind. : 


Preterit: 


Past indef. : 


Future: 
Condit. : 
Imperat. : 


Pres. subj. : 
Impf. subj. : 


instruire (fo _— paraitre 
instruct, teach) (to appear) 

instruisant paraissant 

instruit paru 

j’instruis je parais 

tu instruis tu parais 

il ; a Hh ‘ 

elle instruit Be parait 


nous instruisons nous paraissons 
vous instruisez vous paraissez 


taire (not 
to say) 

taisant 

tu 

je tais 

tu tais 

il ; 

elle ait 

nous taisons 

vous taisez 


ils : ils ils 
instruisent paraissent taisent 

elles elles elles 

j instruisais je paraissais je taisais 

j instruisis je parus je tus 

j'ai instruit j'ai paru j'ai tu 


j instruirai je paraitrai 


j instruirais je paraitrais 
instruis | parais 
instruisons paraissons 
instruisez paraissez 


que j’instruise que je paraisse 
que j’instruisisse que je parusse 


je me. tairai 
je me tairais 
tais 

taisons 
taisez 

que je taise 
que je tusse 


Découvrir (to uncover) is conjugated like couvrir (see 
307), and convenir (to agree, to be proper) like venir 


(see 366), 


234 BEGINNERS FRENCH 





| 462. Vocabulary 
le parapluie, the umbrella. convenir, to be proper. 
le samedi, Saturday. se taire, to be silent. 
incertain, -e, threatening. se découvrir, to take off one’s hat 
respecti-f, -ve, respective. or cap. 
rare, rare. excepté, except. 
gronder, to scold. de peur que, 
instruire, to instruct, to teach. de crainte que, lest. 
paraitre, to appear, to seem. en classe, to school. 

463. Text 


1. Les parents veulent que leurs_enfants aillent 
en classe chaque jour, excepté le samedi et le 
dimanche, afin que les maitres les_instruisent. 

Lorsque le temps parait incertain, il vaut 
mieux qu’ils prennent leurs peat de peur qu'il 
ne pleuve. 

3. Il est trés rare quils soient en retard. 

4. En_entrant dans leurs classes respectives, il 
convient qu’ils se découvrent, qu'ils se taisent et 
quiils s'asseyent a leurs places accoutumées. 

5. Il faut qu’ils se mettent au travail tout de 
suite de crainte que le maitre ne les gronde. 


464. Transposition 


1. Replace every third person plural representing enfants 
by the other persons singular and plural. Ex.: 1. Mes 
parents veulent que j’aille en classe... Tes parents veulent 
que tu. 

Z. Rision everywhere the present of the indicative by 
the future. 

3. Use the interrogative forms. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 235 


465. Questions 


1. (a) Quels jours de la semaine nos parents veulent ils 
que nous allions a l’école? A.: Ils veulent que 


vous y... 
(b) Faut il que nous y allions le samedi et le di- 
manche? ‘ 
(c) Pourquoi nos parents veulent ils que nous. y 
allions ? : 


2. (a) Lorsque le temps parait incertain, que vaut il 
mieux que nous prenions? 
(b) Pourquoi vaut il mieux que nous les prenions? 
3. Sommes nous souvent en retard? 
4. (a) En entrant dans nos classes respectives, que con- 
vient il que nous fassions? 
(b) Convient il aussi que nous nous taisions? 
(c) Ot convient il que nous nous asseyions? 
5. (a) A quoi faut il que nous nous mettions tout de 
suite ? 
(b) Pourquoi faut il que nous nous y mettions tout 
de suite? ! 3 


466. Grammar Drill 


1. They taught! their pupils; had they taught you? she 
was teaching her daughter; teach us; would she teach you? 
we have taught them; I teach the pupils; will you teach me? 
he wishes me to teach his sons. 

2. Will he appear? they have appeared, she does not 
appear, you would not appear, appear, had you appeared? 
you appeared,’ I should not have appeared, we were ap- 
pearing, I fear that the weather will appear threatening. 

3. Let us be silent, we should not be silent, they were 
silent, is she silent? we have been silent, will you be silent? 

. 1 Preterit, 


236 BEGINNERS FRENCH 


she had not been silent, you were silent, you would not have 
been silent, I wish you to be silent. 


467. Translation 


1. On’? what days do you go to school? -2. We must 
go there every day except Saturday and Sunday. 3. Who 
wishes you to go there? 4. Our parents wish us to go 
there. 5. What do they wish the teachers to do? 6. They 
wish them to educate us. 7. Do you take your umbrellas 
every day? 8. It is rare that we take them. 9. When will 
it be better for you to take them? 10. We shall take them 
when the weather appears to be threatening. 11. Why do 
you hurry? 12. We are late and we hurry lest our parents 
and our teachers should scold us. 13. Do you fear that it 
will rain? 14.. Yes, the weather seemed to be threatening 
this morning. 15. I fear that you will be late. 16. What 
does the teacher want you to do when you enter your 
respective class rooms? 17. He wants us to take off our 
hats. 18. Is it proper that you should be silent on* entering 
the school? 19. Yes, but it is rare that we are silent. 
20. When you are seated at your usual places, what does 
the teacher say to you? 21. “ Gentlemen, be silent, start to 
work at once lest I scold you or punish you.” 22. And we 
are silent and start to work at once. 


BEGINNERS FRENCH 


Rules 


237 


FORTY-NINTH LESSON 


Review §§ 444, 452; note e, bottom of p. 138. 


468. 
Infin.: 
Preterit : 


Impf. subj. : 


Infin. : 
Preterit : 


Impf. subj.: 


Infin. : 
Preterit: 


Impf. subj. : 


FIRST CONJUGATION 
parler 
je parlai 
tu parlas 
que je parlasse, 

that I might speak 

que tu parlasses 
qu'il or elle parlat 
que nous parlassions 
que vous parlassiez 
quils or elles parlassent 

THIRD CONJUGATION 


perdre 
je perdis 
tu perdis 
que je perdisse, 
that I might lose 
que tu perdisses 
qu'il or elle perdit 
que nous perdissions 
que vous perdissiez 
quwils or elles perdissent 
étre 
je fus 
tu fus 
que je fusse, 
that I might be 
que tu fusses 
qu'il or elle fut © 


SECOND CONJUGATION 
punir 
je punis . 
tu punis 
que je punisse, 

that I might punish 
que tu punisses 
qu’il or elle punit 
que nous punissions 
que vous punissiez 
qu ils or elles punissent 


avoir 
jeus 
tu eus 
que j’eusse, 

that I might have 
que tu eusses 
qu'il or elle ett 
que nous eussions 
que vous eussiez 
quils or elles eussent 


que nous fussions 


que vous fussiez 
quils or elles fussent 


238 BEGINNERS FRENCH 


The first person singular of the imperfect subjunctive 
of any verb, regular or irregular, is formed by adding -se 
to the second person singular of the preterit. 


469. Je suis content ) qu'il travaille. 
Je serai content ail ait travaille. 
I am glad that he works. 
I shall be glad ts he has worked. 
Je doutais 
je doutai qu'il partit. 
j'ai douté | qu'il fut parti. 
je douterais 
I.used to doubt | 
I doubted that he departed. 


I have doubted | that he had departed. 
I should doubt 
SEQUENCE OF TENSES 
PRINCIPAL CLAUSE SECONDARY CLAUSE — 
Present. Present subjunctive. 
Future. Past subjunctive. 
Imperfect. | 
Preterit. Imperfect subjunctive. 
Compound tenses. | Pluperfect subjunctive. 
Conditional. 
470. Infin.: acquérir (to croire (to believe ; 
acquire) see 263). 
Pres. part. : acquérant croyant 
Past part. : acquis cru 
Pres. ind. : j acquiers je crois 
tu acquiers tu crois 
il or elle acquiert il or elle croit 
nous acquérons nous croyons 
vous acquérez vous croyez 


ils or elles acquiérent ils or elles croient 


Imperf. ind.: 


Preterit : 


Past indef. : 


Future: 
Condit. : 
Imperat. : 


Pres. subj. : 


Impf. subj. : 


Infin. : 
Pres. part. : 
Past part. : 
Pres. ind. : 


Imperf. ind. : 


Preterit : 
Past indef. : 
Future: 
Condit. : 
Imperat. : 
Pres. subj. : 


Impf. subj. : 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


j acquérais 
j acquis 

j'ai acquis 
j'acquerrai 
j acquerrais 


239 


je croyais 
je crus 
jai cru 
je croirai 
je croirais 


acquiers crois 
acquérons croyons 
acquérez . croyez 


que j’acquiére* 
que j’acquisse 


savoir (to know thoroughly) 
sachant 

su 

je sais 

tu sais : 
il or elle sait | 
nous savons 

vous savez 

ils or elles savent 

je savais 

je sus 

j'ai su 

je saurai 

je saurais 

sache, sachons, sachez 

que je sache 

que je susse 


que je croie 
que je crusse 


Connaitre (to know, to be acquainted with) is con- 
jugated like paraitre (see 461). 
Connaitre is never used before a clause, and savoir is 
never used before a name of a person. 


1 The first and second persons plural are regular. 


240 BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


471. Vocabulary 





le progrés, the progress. - essentiel, -le, essential. 
le zéle, the zeal. satisfait (-e) de, pleased with. 
le cceur, the heart. exiger, to require. 
l’effort (m.), the effort. travailler, to work. 
le devoir, the written exercise. acquérir, to acquire. 
le soin, the care. croire, to believe. 
les jeunes gens (m. pl.), the young | connaitre, to be acquainted with. 
people. savoir, to know. 
la connaissance, the knowledge. jamais, ever. 
la lecon, the lesson. par coeur, by heart. 
studieu-x, -se, studious. de leur mieux, the best they can 
rapide, rapid, quick. or could. 
472. Text 


1. Le maitre voulait que ses_éléves acquissent 
beaucoup de connaissances et fissent des progrés 
rapides. 

2. Ilexigeait quils travaillassent avec le plus 
grand zéle et qu’ils sussent leurs lecons par cceur. 

3. Il était essentiel qu'ils répondissent de leur 
mieux 4 ses questions et que leurs devoirs fussent 
écrits avec le plus grand soin. 3 

4. Cependant, les_éléves ne craignaient pas que 
leur maitre les punit. 

5. Celui ci était satisfait de leurs_efforts et il 
croyait que c’étaient les jeunes gens les plus stu- 
dieux qu'il eit jamais connus. 


473. Transposition 


1. Replace every third person plural representing éléves 
by the other persons singular and plural. Ex.: 1. Le maitre 
voulait que j’acquisse... 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH _ 241 


2. Replace the imperfect indicative (except ¢’étaient in 5) 
(a) by the preterit. Ex.: 1. Le maitre voulut que... 
(b) by the past “indefinite. Ex.: 1. Le maitre a 

voulu que... 3 
(c) by the conditional. Ex.: 1. Le maitre voudrait 
que... 


3. Replace the imperfect indicative by the present (see 
409). Ex.: 1. Le maitre veut que ses éléves acquiérent... 

4. Replace the imperfect indicative by.the future and 
every third person plural representing éléves by the first 
person plural. Ex.: 1. Le maitre voudra que nous acqué- 
rions... 


474. Questions 


I. (a) Qu’est ce que le maitre voulait que vous acquis- 
siez? A.: Il voulait que nous... 
(b) Que voulait il que vous fissiez? 
2. (a) Comment exigeait il que vous travaillassiez ? 
(b) Comment exigeait il que vous sussiez vos lecons? 
3. (a) De quelle. maniére était il essentiel que vous 
répondissiez a ses questions? 3 
(b) Comment était il essentiel que vos devoirs fussent 
écrits ? 
4. Qu’est ce que vous ne craigniez pas que le maitre fit? 
5. (a) De quoi celui ci était il satisfait ? 
(b) Que croyait il que vous fussiez? 


475. Grammar Drill 


1. Have they acquired? we were not acquiring, he is 
acquiring, will you acquire? you* acquire, will she acquire? 
acquire, they will have acquired, you acquired,? we had not 
acquired. 


1 Preterit. 


242 | BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


2. Would you believe? she had not believed, we believe, 
we used to believe, one would have believed, we believed,? 
does she believe? we shall believe, let us believe, they did not 
believe.* 

3. They have known, did you know?? we knew,’ you 
would know, know, you will not have known, do they know? 
we shall not know, you* do not know, you must know. 

4. They are acquainted with, she was acquainted with,* 
you will not be acquainted with, were we acquainted with ?? 
they had been acquainted with, are you acquainted with? 
we have not been acquainted with. 


476. Translation 


1. What did your teachers wish* you to* do? 2. They 
wished me to® work the best I could. 3. They wished me 
to® be very industrious. 4. How did they require you to* 
know your lessons? 5. They required every pupil to® know 
them by heart, but it was rare that we knew them by heart. 
6. Had you to® write your exercises with much care? 7. Yes, 
each exercise had to’ be written with the greatest care. 
8. What was it essential for the students to* do? 9g. It was 
essential for us to® reply the best we could to the answers 
of the teachers. 10. What did your teachers tell you every 
day? 11. Every teacher used to scold us and to tell us: 
12. “I should wish your progress to®> be quick, I should 
wish you to® work with more zeal. I should wish each one 
of you to® acquire a great deal of knowledge. 13. Your 
parents wish us to® teach you, but it is rare that we are 
pleased with your efforts. 14. You are the least’® studious 


1 Preterit. | 2 Imperfect. 

3 Put in the imperfect every past tense of the principal clauses. 
* Say: that you should... 5 Cf. note 4 above. 

6 Say: was it necessary that you... 7 Cf. note 6 above. 


8 Say: that the students should... 9° Cf. note8 above. © moins. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 243 


young people that I have ever known.” 15. Did you fear 
that your teachers would punish you? 16. No, we used to 
believe that they were the most amiable men that we had 
ever known. 


477. Reading Lesson 


BONS MOTS DE DIOGENE 
on 
Diogéne, voyant un maladroit lancer des javelots, alla 
s’asseoir pres du but et comme on lui en demandait le motif, 
il répondit: « Je crains qu’il ne me frappe.» 


II 
Un jour, le méme philosophe visitait la ville de Myndus 
et voyant qu’elle avait des portes trés grandes et magni- 
fiques bien qu’elle fut petite, il s’écria: « Habitants de Myn- 
dus, fermez vos portes de peur cue votre ville ne s’enfuie.» 


L’ANIMAL LE PLUS NUISIBLE 


On demandait au philosophe Bias quel était l’animal le 
plus nuisible. Il répondit: « Si vous parlez des bétes féroces, 
le tyran est l’animal le plus nuisible que je connaisse; si 
vous parlez des animaux apprivoisés, c’est le flatteur.» 


REPONSE DE SOCRATE 


Dans sa derniére entrevue avec son mari, l’épouse. de 
Socrate, Xantippe, connue pour son humeur acariatre, s’é- 
criait en pleurant: « Mourras tu donc condamné injuste- 
ment ? — Préférerais tu, lui répondit il, que je mourusse 
condamné justement? » 


POEMS FOR MEMORIZING 


List of poems for memorizing prescribed for elementary classes by 
the Regents of the University of the State of New York. Two of the 
prescribed poems have been given as reading lessons: “La Petite 
Mendiante,” on page 163, and “La Tombe et la Rose,” on page 221. 


LE COLIMACON 


Sans ami, comme sans famille, 
Ici bas vivre en étranger ; 
Se retirer dans sa coquille 
Au signal du moindre danger; 
S’aimer d’une amitié sans bornes, 
De soi seul emplir sa maison; 
En sortir suivant la saison, 
Pour faire a son prochain les cornes; 
Signaler ses pas destructeurs 
Par les traces les plus impures; 
Outrager les plus belles fleurs 
Par ses baisers ou ses morsures; 
Enfin, chez soi comme en prison 
Vieillir, de jour en jour plus triste; 
C’est l’histoire de l’égoiste, 
Et celle du colimagon. 

ARNAULT. 


BEGINNERS FRENCH 245 


LA FEUILLE DESSECHEE 


De ta tige détachée, 

Pauvre feuille desséchée, 

Ou vas tu? — Je n’en sais rien, 

L’orage a brisé le chéne 

Qui seul était mon soutien. 

De son inconstante haleine 

Le zéphir ou |’aquilon 

Depuis ce jour me proméne 

De la forét a la plaine, 

De la montagne au vallon. 

Je vais ot le vent me méne, 

Sans me plaindre ou m’effrayer ; 

Je vais ot va toute chose, . 

Ot va la feuille de rose 

Et la feuille de laurier. 
ARNAULT. 


LE PETIT PIERRE 


Je suis le petit Pierre, 

Du faubourg Saint Marceau, 
Messager ordinaire, 

Facteur et porteur d’eau. 
J’ai plus d’une ressource 
Pour faire mon chemin: 

Je n’emplis pas ma bourse; 
Mais je gagne mon pain. 


Je n’ai ni bois, ni terre, 
Ni chevaux, ni laquais ; 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


Petit propriétaire, 

Mon fonds est deux crochets. 
Je prends comme il arrive 
L’ivraie et le bon grain; 
Dieu veut que chacun vive, 
Et je gagne mon pain. — 


Contre un bel édifice 

J’ai placé mon comptoir ; 
La, sans parler au suisse, 
On peut toujours me voir. 
Pour n’oublier personne, 
Je me léve matin 

Et la journée est bonne 
Quand je gagne mon pain. 


Comme le disait Blaise, 
Feu Blaise, mon parrain, 
On est toujours a l’aise 
Lorsque l’on n’a pas faim. 
Dans les jours de misére 
Je m’adresse au voisin; 

Il a pitié de Pierre, 

Et je trouve mon pain. 


BouCHER DE PERTHES. 


BEAU SOIR 
Lorsqu’au soleil couchant les riviéres sont roses 
Et qu’un tiéde frisson court sur les champs de ble, 
Un conseil d’étre heureux semble sortir des choses 
Et monter vers le coeur trouble. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 247 


Un conseil de gotiter le charme d’étre au monde 

Cependant qu’on est jeune et que le soir est beau, 

Car nous nous en allons, comme s’en va cette onde: 
Elle a la mer, — nous au tombeau. 


PAUL BOURGET. 


ETOILES FILANTES 


Dans les nuits d’automne, errant par la ville, 
Je regarde au ciel avec mon désir, 

Car si, dans le temps qu’une étoile file, 

On forme un souhait, il doit s’accomplir. 
Enfant, mes souhaits sont toujours les mémes: 
Quand un astre tombe, alors, plein d’émoi, 

Je fais de grands voeux afin que tu m’aimes 
Et qu’en ton exil tu penses a moi. 

A cette chimére, hélas! je veux croire, 
N’ayant que cela pour me consoler. 

Mais voici l’hiver, la nuit devient noire, 

Et je ne vois plus d’étoiles filer. 


FRANCOIS COPPEE.. 





CONSEILS A UN ENFANT 


Oh! bien loin de la voie 
Ou marche le pécheur, 
‘Chemine ot: Dieu t’envoie! 
Enfant! garde ta joie! 
Lis! garde ta blancheur! 


248 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


Sois humble! que t’importe 
Le riche et le puissant! 
Un souffle les emporte. 
La force la plus forte, 
C’est un coeur innocent! 


Bien souvent Dieu repousse 

' Du pied les hautes tours; 
Mais dans le nid de mousse, 
Ou chante une voix douce, 
Il regarde toujours! 


Victor Huco. 


PARTANT POUR LA SYRIE 


Partant pour la Syrie, 

Le jeune et beau Dunois 
Venait prier Marie 

De bénir ses exploits: 

« Faites, Reine immortelle,» 
Lui dit il en partant, 

« Que j’aime la plus belle 
Et sois le plus vaillant.» 


Il trace sur la pierre 

Le serment de l’honneur- 

Et va suivre a la guerre 
Le comte, son seigneur. 
Au noble voeu fidéle, 

II dit en combattant : 

« Amour a la plus belle, 
Honneur au plus vaillant.» 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 249 


On lui doit la victoire: 

« Vraiment,» dit le seigneur, 
« Puisque tu fais ma gloir®, 
Je ferai ton bonheur. 

De ma fille Isabelle 

Sois l’époux a l’instant, 

Car elle est la plus belle 

Et toi le plus vaillant.» 


A l’autel de Marie 

Ils contractent tous deux 
Cette union chérie 

Qui seule rend heureux. 
Chacun dans la chapelle 
Disait en les voyant: 

« Amour a la plus belle, 
Honneur au plus vaillant.» 


LA REINE HorTENSE. 


TROIS FILS D’OR 


La bas sur la mer comme l’hirondelle 

| Je voudrais m’enfuir et plus loin encor ; 
Mais j’ai beau vouloir, puisque la cruelle 
A lié mon cceur avec trois fils d’or. 


L’un est son regard; l’autre son sourire; 
Le troisiéme enfin est sa lévre en fleur ; 
Mais je l’aime trop, c’est un vrai martyre: 
Avec trois fils d’or elle a pris mon cceur. 


250 ‘ BEGINNER’S FRENCH 


Oh, si je pouvais dénouer ma chaine! 

Adieu! pleurs, tourments — je prendrais |’essor. 
Mais non! non! Mieux vaut mourir a la peine 
Que de vous briser, 6 mes trois fils d’or! 


LECONTE DE LISLE. 


CHANSON DE BARBERINE 


Beau chevalier qui partez pour la guerre, 
QOu’allez vous faire 
Si loin d’ici? 

Voyez vous pas que la nuit est profonde, 
Et que le monde 
N’est que souci? 


Vous qui croyez qu’une amour deélaissée 
De la pensée 
S’enfuit ainsi, 

Hélas! hélas! chercheurs de renommeée, 
Votre fumée 
S’envole aussi. 


Beau chevalier qui partez pour la guerre, 
Qu’allez vous faire 
Si loin de nous? 

Jen vais pleurer, moi qui me laissais dire 
Que mon sourire 
Etait si doux. 


ALFRED DE MUSSET. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 251 


AUXILIARY VERBS 





1. Avoir 


PRESENT INFINITIVE 
avoir, to have. 


PRESENT PARTICIPLE 
ayant, having. 


PRESENT INDICATIVE 

jai, I have. 
tu as. 
. — 
il or elle a. 
“nous avons. 
vous avez. 
. wee 
ils or elles ont. 

a 


IMPERFECT 


j’avais, I had, I used to have. 
———e 
tu ayals. 
il or elle avait. 
 — 
nous avions. 
vous aviez. 
. eee . 
ils or elles avaient. 
aa, 


PRETERIT 
j’eus, I had. 
tu eus. 
- ee 
il or elle eut. 
nous efimes. 
vous eutes. 
ils or elles eurent: 


FUTURE 


j'aurai, I shall or will have. 
tu auras. 

il or elle aura. 

nous aurons. — 

vous aurez. 


. = — A 
ils or elles auront. 





-PAST INFINITIVE 
avoir eu, to have had. 


PAST PARTICIPLE 
eu, -e, had. 


PAST INDEFINITE 
j’ai.eu, I have had, I had. 
tu as eu. : 

il or elle a_eu, 

nous avons..eu, 

vous avez_eu. 

ils or elles ont eu, 
PLUPERFECT 

javais eu, I had had. 

tu avais eu. 

il or elle avait eu. 

nous avions eu. 

vous aviez eu. 

ils or elles avaient eu. 


PAST ANTERIOR 
j’eus eu, J had had. 
tu eus eu. 
il or elle eut_eu. 
nous efimes eu. 
vous etites eu. 
ils or elles eurent eu. 


PAST FUTURE 


jaurai eu, J shall have had.- 
tu. auras eu. 

il or elle aura eu. 

nous aurons eu. 

vous aurez eu. 

ils or elles auront eu. 


252 BEGINNERS FRENCH 


PRESENT CONDITIONAL 


I would or should have. 

jaurais. 
tu aurais. 
il or elle aurait. 
nous aurions. 

—— 
_ yous auriez. 
ils or elles auraient. 


PRESENT SUBJ UNCTIVE 


that I may have, that I have. 


que j’aie. 
que tu aies. 
——— Fe 
qu'il or qu’elle ait. 
a 
que nous ayons. 


—_que vous aYSz.,. 


qttils or quelles aient. 


IMP. SUBJ UNCTIVE 


that I might have, that I had. 


que j’eusse. 

que tu eusses. 

qu’il or qu’elle eit. 

que nous eussions. 

que vous eussiez. 

quils or qu’elles eussent. 





PAST CONDITIONAL 
I would or should have had. 
jaurais eu. 
tu aurais eu 
il or elle aurait eu, 
nous aurions eu. 


- vous auric2 Si 
ils or elles auraie 


PAST SUBJUNCTIVE 


that I may have had. 
que j’aie eu. 
que tu ai aies S eu. 
qu'il or qu Welle ait eu. 
que nous ayons eu. 
que vous ayez eu. 
qu’ils or qu’elles a aient eu. 


PLUPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE 


that I might have had. 
que j’eusse eu. 
que tu eusses eu. 
qu’il or qu'elle eat eu. 
que nous eussions eu. 
que vous eussiez eu. 
qu’ils or qu’elles eussent eu. 


IMPERATIVE 


aie, have. 


ayons, let us have. 


ayez, have. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 253 


2. Etre 


PRESENT INFINITIVE 
étre, to be. 


PRESENT PARTICIPLE 
étant, being. 


PRESENT INDICATIVE 
je suis, I am. 
tu es. ft 
A — 
il or elle est. 
nous sommes. 
vous étes. 
ils or elles sont. 


IMPERFECT 
j’étais, J was, I used to be. 
tu €tais. . a 
il or elle était. . 
nous étions. Wr? 
vous étiez. 
ils or elles étaient. 


PRETERIT 


je fus, J was. 
tu fus. 

il or elle fut. 

nous fimes. 
vous fittes. : 
ils or elles furent. 





FUTURE 
_ je serai, I shall or will be. 
tu. seras. 
il or elle sera. 
nous serons. 
vous serez. 
ils or elles seront. 





PAST INFINITIVE 
avoir été, to have been. 


PAST PARTICIPLE 
été, been. 


PAST INDEFINITE 


j'ai été, I have been, I was. 
tu as été. 

il or elle a été. 

nous avons été. 

vous avez été. 

ils or elles ont été. 


PLUPERFECT 


javais été, I had been. 
tu avais été. 

il or elle avait été. 
nous avions été. 

vous aviez été. 

ils or elles avaient été. _ 


PAST ANTERIOR 


jveus été, I had been. 
tu eus été. 


il or elle eut été. 


nous eumes été. 
vous ettes été. 
ils or elles eurent été. 


PAST FUTURE 


jaurai été, J shall have been. 


tu auras été. 

il or elle aura été. 
nous aurons été. 
vous aurez été. 

ils or elles auront été. 


254 


PRESENT CONDITIONAL 


je serais, J should be. 
tu serais. 

il or elle serait. 

nous serions. 

vous seriez. 

ils or elles seraient. 


PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE 
que je sois, that I may be, that 
I be. 
que tu sois. 
qu'il or qu’elle soit. 
que nous soyons. 
que vous soyez. 
quils or qu’elles soient. 


IMPERFECT SUBJ UNCTIVE 


that I might be. 
que je fusse. 
que tu fusses. 
qu'il or qu’elle fut. 
que nous fussions. , 
que vous fussiez. 
quils or qu’elles fussent. 





BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


PAST CONDITIONAL 


j'aurais été, J should have been. 
tu aurais été. 

il or elle aurait été. 

nous aurions été. 

vous. auriez été. 

ils or elles auraient été. 


PAST SUBJUNCTIVE 
que j’aie été, that I may have 
been. 
que tu aies été. 
qu'il or qu'elle ait été. 
que nous ayons été. 
que vous ayez été. 
quils or qu’elles aient été. 


PLUPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE 


that I might have been. 
que j’eusse été. 
que tu eusses été. 
qu'il or qu’elle ett été. 
que nous eussions été. 
que vous eussiez été. 
quils or qu’elles eussent été. 


IMPERATIVE 


sois, be. 


soyons, let us be. 
soyez, be. 


Px 
WwW 
N 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


‘039 ‘Z9SIP9I}U0O SNoA : uosied fe Ul Iv[NZe1 ond ‘(z20pa4¢ 07) oltpgid pur ‘(capuvzs 02) g1LpeUl ‘(727p-497u2 07) OILP19AUl ‘Avsuzys OZ) o1Ipyp 


‘(792pV.44U0P 07) 9IIp91}W0d : spuno 


W09 Ss} 


*gIputed 99g 


*SOJIP SNOA : Ae[NZeii st gITpP JO SAT}eOIpUT JUaser 
*[epour sty} wo pazeSnluos se gIpulo- ‘aIputd- ‘aIpUTe- ul Zurpus sqidA oY, 7 


ay} jo yeinjd uossed puodes sy yz 














a etl Sasa 
4 asl] Teil] sny "si nT “WWrest| pvas on ‘(oov) ali 
oIng Te1iny sInj sInj a- ‘Ing quedng aap f on ‘amy 
gsnut 
OT[TeZ [t,nb BIpNey jt INTTeF It yNvj II ny[ey ‘davssazau ag op *(gt€) ILOT[ey 
sooner” eel meee a : 

__ assez —~ TeIay ost: Srey 2- 1ej JURSIeT aynut on ‘op of ‘(Lo€y SNey 
9IoAua Te1I9Aua refoaua sioaua | a- ‘afoaua queXfoaua puas og *(L6%) 1ah0Aue 
BATIOP e199 Sta T9 “St1D9 a- “1199 JUBATIOD aieor of *(Sbb) aItI09 
ewiop TRITULIOp SIUL1Op slop TwI0p yUBULIOp Goats og ‘(gtb) ItwI0p 
| pee Se eee er ——— wet ¢ Se 

Ip Teitp sIp stp a- “Ip }UeSIp hos of “(LLE) z aIp 
7y8no 

oATop TelAap snp |- SIOp 4p ‘np JaeAop | “sm ‘amo of ‘(v *gSE) I10Aep 

a][Iend Texa[[tano ST][TENd at[teno 9- ‘T[[Tenod queyiend 4ayzns og ‘(Lg%) It{[IENd 

@SSIOIO : Feryy19 13 6) SOI aye ce) }UBSSIOID M048 07 *aIyO19 

91019 TeITO19 snio "SI010 a- 19 “yueXko19 i a2atjzaq of *(oLv) a11019 

ouste19 TeIpure19 slusTe19 suIvio o- yureio queUsIeID 4vaf og *(Sg€) ; aIpurer9 

9IANOo TeILIANOD SIIANOD @IAno0d | a- 419An09 queIANOD 49202 02 *(Lo€) It1AN09 

9ino9 Te1In0D sninoo sinoo 2- ‘Ninos. queinod und og *I1IN0D 

asnoo Terpnoo sIsnoo ““Spnod 9- ‘nsnoo yuesnoo a2as og *8Ipnod 

Pen . . S 
ossTeu qt PI 

-uoo af onb | rex}7euu0o af snuuos af | “steuuoos af 9- ‘nuuoo | Juessreuuod | -7zvn bon ag of *(19%) aijteuu0D 

“LONALAAS . HALLVOIGN] | HIdIOILAVY | ATAIIOILAV 
aanLa LIYVALAY, d d ile 
LNASAUg A d LNASTY isvd LNaSIUg HAILINIANY 


























— 





BEGINNERS FRENCH ~ 


258 


‘[apour sty} Uo poyeSn[u0o o1¥ ITOAQ- UI Burpus sqi9A _ 











ajuada reitjuadar stjuoda.1 a- ‘tyueda1 
aut af anb ow af aut af | suadoz our af juvja,s | Juvjuada. 9s juagaa of *(QQ€) rtyUede1 o8 
f eatodsax TBIA9II1 snda1| ss soda a-‘ndo1| — yueaaoar | aatarae of ‘(v *QSE) , 110A0901 
-  “Sumerd| “Terpuaid | “sud | | ‘Spuaid oo “Jeueid aym og ‘(6€€) orpuerd 
w. ae ~Freq ——| Avi 
asstnd te11nod snd | stnd «o'xno nd yueanod | ‘wv ‘ago ag of ‘(€6€) moAnod 
a1oAinod | rertoainod snainod stoainod | o- ‘nainod | jyuefoainod apraoag of ‘(91v) oamnod 
aanetd qinb BiAnold [t ynqd It ynerd [It ere “Sireanold urvs og ‘(Lo€) moaned 
ested reareld sn{d sted nid yuesteld asvayd on *(gv€) oxretd 
austed 1e.pured studied sured a- ‘yured yuvusied | zuzvd o7 ‘(g1v 10 gov) o1puted 
“Sed | = “femred | | —~spired —ser) ody | | ueyed juvdap op (grt) Med 
asstvied | = rea yeied snied stvied nied | yuessrered svaggv og (19%) oryyered 
-91An0 “Yer1Ano §T1Ano a1ANO 9- V49AN0 jWerano uargo of ‘(gob) PIA TO 
9.1}J0 YeIL1zJO S]4JJO a1JJO a- “19330 JUBIZJO 4affo of (oov) I11ZZ0 
astnu Terinu sIsinu sinu mu. yuvsiInu jany ‘uavy of ‘erinU 
“pssreu | Teaqyeu “sinbeu “sreu? 3 5T;, yuessreu usog 29 0) *SXYeu 
‘eAnoul Te1Anoul snul sn %ul enw ‘yw yuvAnow anou of *ItOANOUI 
“maul fern &timou ‘smmout 9. 10Uly Juemoul arp of (ESP) Trot 
| es, Ce Fees - eed 
9}}0uI 1e1},9WI STUL s}oul 9- ‘srl que}jouI ang on *(ve€) orzjour 
9}ua UI TeArjyuau st}uaut suow 1Wusu yue}UusW aij op *(gt€) 1QUEW 
essipnew Te1Ipnew sipneu sipnew | 9- 4ipneu | JUessIpneUl asin? of ‘OILpneut 
astny of enb rearny af sisint of stny af _ my URSIN] aurys ‘4aygups 07 “aatn] 
‘me | seen | yes [mora [Aig] “tng | satan 
































do 


259 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 
































qupm 
oT[INDA TeIpnoa sn[noa xXnoa 9- ‘n[noA quepnoa | ‘yszar ‘77202 og *(Sbb) ILOTNOA 
SIOA TV1I9A SIA SIOA o- ‘nA quefoa aas og *(1€€) ITOA 
OAIA TVIAIA SnddA SIA @- ‘NODA JUBAIA ty of ‘(€S%) OIATA 
a}QA TRIIQQA - ST}QA S}QA @- ‘njQa que}QA ssaap og *(vEb) IT}QA 
QUUDIA TVIPUSTA - SUIA SUOIA o- ‘nudAy yUeUdA 20? of *(g9€) a1a0A 
oy]reAa TeIpnea sny[ea xnea a- ‘n[eA que[eA yzsom ag og ‘(LLE) m0TeA 
onburea TVIOUIVA stnburea SOUTBA o- ‘nourea quenburea | ysenbuva of *(€ *gS€) o1ouTeA 
o1e1} Tele} sTeq} 9- 91e1} quekeny yjti 07 ‘aITeI} 
suuen TeIpusl} suy suol} o- ‘nud} queus} proy o1 ‘(€6E) 109} 

ostey | . Te1Te} sn} STB} 3- ‘n3 JUBSIE} Aps 01 ou *(1gb) ame} | 

dAINS TRAINS STAINS sins 2 ‘TAINS yueains aropyjof oz ‘a1AIns 
astzgns TeIIZFNS sijjns stzjns 1gns quesizjns gat ffns on ‘aliyyns 
21JJNOs TeILIJJNOS Slijgnos a1jjnos | 2a- ‘y1azznos jueIzzNOS 4affns 03 ‘(oobv) I1JynOS 
e}yOos Te11}10$S ST}10S SI0S| 9 “1]10Sy yuez0s gno of og (LSE) 113108 
9AIIS TVITAIOS SIAIOS S1as 9- ‘IAIOS jUeAIIS aasas of *(vEv) ITAIOS 
9}u9s Te11jUaS stquas suos 9- ‘IzUaS yue}]UNS jaaf og *(g9€) 11}UWeS 
ayoes reines sns stes 9- ‘ns queyoes aouy og *(oLv) OAeS 
O14 come ETS SU sll u que YSND] Of ‘(€Sb) ott 
aajosai af anb | rerpnosai of snjosai af snosai of. 9- ‘njosa1 queajosai | 2270824 ‘aazos 02 ‘(LLE) aipnos91 

ee aynLoay LIVaALAY g "Ghee : Or devi a piiohto ky AATLLINIANT 








ad}, 
art., 
cond., 
cOn}., 
dem., 
x 

fut. 
imperf., 
impers., 
indic., 
inter]., 
95° 


ABBREVIATIONS 


adjective. 
article. 
conditional. 
conjunction. 


demonstrative. - 


feminine. 
future. 
imperfect. 
impersonal. 
indicative. 
interjection. 


irregular. 





m., 
N, 

part., 
plur., 


POSS. - 


prese, 


prep-s 


pret., . 


pron., 
prop. 
SIN, 
subj., 


masculine. 
noun. 
participle. 
plural. 
possessive. 
present. 
preposition. 
preterit. 
pronoun. 
proper. 
singular. 
subjunctive. 


VOCABULARY 


I, FRENCH-ENGLISH 


A 


a, pres. indic. of avoir. 

a, prep., to, at, in, on, for. 

abricot, m., apricot. 

abricotier, m., apricot tree. 

-acariatre, peevish. 

accident, m., accident. 

accompagner, to accompany. 

accomplir, to accomplish; s’—, to 
be accomplished. 

accord, m., agreement; étre d’—, 
to agree. 

accoutumé, -e, usual. 

acheminer: s’—, to direct one’s 
steps. 

acheter, to buy. 

acquérir, ivr., to acquire, get. 

acquissent, imperf. subj. of ac- 
quérir. 

acrostiche, m., acrostic. 

acteur, m., actor. 

actrice, f., actress. 

adieu, m., good-by, farewell. 

administrateur, m., administrator. 

admirer, to admire. 

adorateur, m., worshipper. 

adresse, f., address. 

adresser, to ask; s’—, to apply. 

affecter, to affect, pretend. 

afin que, in order that. 

agréable, agreeable, pleasant. 





261 


ah! interj., oh! 

ai, pres. indic. of avoir. 

aider, to help. 

aie, pres. subj. of avoir. 

aile, f., wing. 

aillent, pres. subj. of aller. 

aimable, amiable, kind. 

aimer, to love, like, be fond of; 
s’—, to be fond of one’s self. 

ainé, m., elder or eldest son or 
brother. 

ainsi, thus, so; et — de suite, 
and so forth. 

air, m., air. 

aise, f., ease. 

ajouter, to add. 

Alfred; see Musset. 

alité, -e, bedridden. 

allée, 7., lane; contre —, side 
path. 

allemand, -e, German. 

aller, irr., to go; s’en —, to go 
away. 

allumer, to light. 

allumette, /., match. 

alors, then. 

ambassadeur, m., ambassador. 

ambassadrice, f., ambassadress. 

ambre, m., amber. 

ame, /., soul. 

amener, to bring. 

ami, m., friend, 


262 


amie, /., friend. 

amiral, m., admiral. 

amitié, f., friendship, affection. 

amour, m. or f., love, affection. 

amuser, to amuse; s’—, to enjoy 
one’s self. 

an, m., year. 

ange, m., angel. 

anglais, -e, English. 

animal, m., animal. 

année, /., year. 

anniversaire, m., anniversary; — 
de naissance, birthday. 

annoncer, to announce. 

antichambre, /f., anteroom. 

aoiit( pronounce ou), m., August. 

apercevoir, irr., to perceive, no- 
tice, see. 

appeler, to call. 

applaudir, to applaud. 

apporter, to bring. 

apprivoisé, -e, tame. 

approcher de, to approach. 

aprés, prep., after. 

aprés midi, m. or f., afternoon. 

aquilon, m., north wind. 

arbre, m., tree. 

Arnault, prop. n., a French poet 
(1766-1834). 

Arras (pronounce the s), f., Ar- 
ras, a city in northern France. 

arréter: s’—, to stop. 

arriver, to arrive. 

arroser, to water, bathe, wet. 

artiste, m. or f., artist. 

as, pres. indic. of avoir. 

aspect (pron. aspé), m., aspect, 
view. 

asseoir, irr., to seat; s’—, to sit 
down. . 

assez, enough, rather. 

assiéger, to besiege. 

assiette, /., plate. 

assiettée, f., plateful. 

assis, -e, past part. of asseoir. 





BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


assistants, m. pl., persons pres- 
ent. . 

assister 4, to attend, be present 
at. : 

astre, m., heavenly body. 

attarder, to delay; s’—, to tarry. 

atteindre, irr., to reach. 

attendre, to wait for. 

attention, f., attention. 

attrister, to sadden, afflict. 

au (contraction of 4 le), to or at 
the. 

aube, f/., dawn. 

aucun, -e, any, no, none. 

auditoire, m., congregation. 

auprés de, prep., near. 

aussi, also, as. [soon as. 

aussitét, at once; — que, as 

autant, as much, as many. 

autel, m., altar. 

automne (do not sound the m), 
m., fall. ; 

automobile, /., automobile. 

autour de, prep., around. 

autre, other. 

autrefois, formerly. 

aux (contraction of a les), to or 
at the. 

auxquels (contraction of 4 les- 
quels), to or at which. 

_avaler, to swallow. 

avancer; ‘s’— 4a tatons, to grop 
one’s way. 

avant, prep., before; en —, for- 
ward. 

avant que, conj., before. 

avec, with. 

avenue, /., avenue. 

avis, m., advice. 

avoir, irr., to have; — besoin de, 
to be in need of, need; — six 
ans, to be six years old; il y 
a, there is or there are. 

avril, m., April. 

ayez, ayons, pres. subj. of avoir. 


BEGINNER’S FRENCH 


B 


baiser, m., kiss. 

baisser, to pull down. 

bal, m., ball. 

balai, m., broom. 

bande; plate —, /., border. 

banc, m., bench. 

Barberine, prop. n., Barberine. 

Bastille, f., Bastille, a famous 
prison, destroyed by the Paris- 
ian people on July 14, 1780. 

bas, -se, low; see ici and la. 

bateau, m., boat. 

battre, ivr., to beat; se —, to 
fight. 

beau, bel, belle, beautiful; avoir 
— (infin.), to do something in 
vain. 

beaucoup, much, many; a great 
deal. 

Beaune, prop. n., small city in the 
department of Cote d’or, fa- 
mous for its wine. 

bec de gaz, m., gas burner. 

bel, belle; see beau. 

bénir, to bless. 

besoin, m., need; avoir — de, to 
be in need of, need. 

béte, f., beast, animal. 

beurre, m., butter. 

Bias (sound thes), prop. n., one 
of the seven wise men of 
Greece (B.c. 600?). 

bibliothéque, f., library. 

bicyclette, f., bicycle. 

bien, well; very. 

bien que, conj., although. 

bienvenue, /., welcome. 

biére, f., beer. ‘ 

bijou, m., jewel. 

billet, m., ticket. [encore. 

bis (sound the s), adv., bravo, 

biscuit, m., biscuit, cracker. 





263 


bissextil, -e, leap (year). 

blanc, blanche, white. 

blancheur, f., whiteness. 

blé, m., wheat. 

bleu, -e, blue. 

blond, -e, blond, light, fair. 

boire, ivr., to drink, 

bois, m., wood. 

boite, f., box. 

bon, -ne, good; — marché, 
cheap; — mot, witticism. 

bonbon, m., candy. 

bonheur, m., happiness. [day. 

bonjour, m., good morning, good 

bonnement, simply, frankly. 

bonsoir, m., good evening. 

bonté, f., kindness. 

bord, m., border, edge. ; 

borne, /., limit; sans —s, bound- 
less. 

bosquet, m., grove, thicket. | 

Boucher de Perthes, prop. n., a 
French poet (1788-1868). 

boue, f., mud. 

bougie, f., wax candle. 

boulevard, m., boulevard.. 

Bourget (Paul), prop. n., a mod- 
ern French novelist. 

bourse, /., purse. 

bouton, m., button, knob. 

branche, f., branch. 

brave, brave, good. 

briller, to shine. 

briser, to break. 

brosse, /., brush. 

brosser, to brush. | 

brun, -e, brown. 

brunir, to turn brown. 

brusquement, abruptly, rudely. 

bureau, m., desk. 

but, m., aim. 

buvez, pres. indic. of boire. 

buviez, pres. subj. of boire. 


264 


Cc’ = ce. 

‘ cacher, to hide. 

cadet, m., younger, youngest son 
or brother. 

café, m., coffee. 

cahier, m., note book. 

calembour, m., pun. 

calme, calm. 

campagne, f., country. 

capitale, f., capital. 

car,.conj., because, for. 

carte, f., map. 

cause, /., cause. 

causer, to chat. 

cave, /f., cellar. 

ce, cet, m., cette, f., ces, pl. dem. 
adj., this, that; ce...ci, cet... 
ci, cette...ci, ces...ci, this, 
these; ce...1a, cet...1a, cette 
...1a, ces...1a, that, those. 

ce, dem. pron., that, he, she, it, 
they. 

ceci, pron., this. 

céder, to yield. 

cela, pron., that. 

célébre, celebrated. 

célébrer, to celebrate. 

celle; see celui. 

celui, m., celle, f., ceux, celles, pi. 
dem. pron., this, that, these, 
those, the one, the ones. 

celui ci, m., celle ci, 7., ceux ci, 
celles ci, pl. dem. pron., this, 
this one, these, the latter. 

celui 14, m., celle 1a, f., ceux 1a, 
celles 14, pl. dem. pron., that, 
that one, those, the former. 

cent, hundred. 

centaine, /., about one hundred. 

cependant, however; — que, 
while. 

cérémonie, /.,. ceremony. 

certain, -e, certain. 

ces; see ce, adj. 





BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


cet; see ce, adj. 

cetera; et —, and so forth. 

cette; see ce, adj. 

ceux; see celui. 

chacun, -e, pron., each one, every 
one. 

chaine, /., chain, fetter. 

chaise, /., chair. 

chambre, 7., room; — a 
bed room. 

champ, m., field; sur le —, on cack 
spot, at once. 

chanson, /., song. 

chansonnette, /., little song. 

chant, #1., singing, song. 

chanter, to sing. 

chapeau, m., hat. 

chapelle, f., chapel. . 

chaque, adj., each, every. 

charger, to intrust, ask. 

charmant, -e, charming, pleasant. 

charme, m., charm. 

charmé, -e, pleased. 

chateau, m., castle. 

chaussée, /., causeway, street. 

chef d’ceuvre, m., masterpiece. 

chemin, m., way, road; — de fer, 
railroad. 

cheminer, to walk, go, advance. 

chéne, m., oak. 

cher, chére, dear, expensive. 

chercher, to look for, seek, try 
to find. 

chercheur, m., seeker. 

chéri, -e, beloved, dear. 

chérir, to be fond of, like. 

cheval, m., horse. 

chevalier, m., knight. 

cheveu, m., hair. 

chez, at, to, in the house (or 
shop) of; — moi, home, at 
home; — nous, among us; — 
soi, at home.. 

chimére, f., idle fancy. 

chocolat, m., chocolate. 

choisir, to choose, select. 


coucher, 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


choix, m., choice. 

chose, f., thing; quelque —, m., 
something. 

ci; see ce and celui. 

ciel, m., sky, heaven. 

cieux, pl. of ciel. 

cinq, five. 

cinquiéme, fifth. 

classe, f., class, classroom ; en —, 

clé, f., key. [to school.. 

clément, -e, clement, mild. 

clerc, m., divinity student. 

climat, m., climate. 

cloche, f., bell. 

clocher, m., steeple. 

cocher, m., coachman. 

coeur, m., heart. 

coiffer, to fix the hair of. 

coin, m., corner. 

colimacon, ., snail. 

combattre, irr., to fight. 

combien, how much, how many. 

comédie, f., comedy. 

comique, comic. 

commander, to command, order. 

comme, as, like, how. 

commencement, m., beginning. 

commencer, to begin. 

comment, how. [drawers. 

commode, f., bureau, chest of 

comparable, comparable. | 

composer, to compose. 

comprendre, irr. (like prendre), 
to understand. 

comptoir, m., counter, desk. 

comte, m., count. 

condamner, to condemn. 

conduire, irr., to lead, take, drive. 

conduite,. f., behavior. 

confortable, comfortable. 

confusion, f., confusion. 

connaissance, f., knowledge; ac- 
quaintance. [tre. 

connaisse, pres. subj. of connai- 

connaitre, irr., to be acquainted 
with, know. 





205 


connu, -e, past part. of connaitre. 

conseil, m., advice. 

conseiller, to advise. 

consoler, to console. 

consonne, f., consonant. 

content, -e, pleased. 

continuer, to continue, go on. 

contracter, to contract. 

contre, against. 

contre-allée, f., side path. 

convalescence, f., convalescence; 
entrer en —, to become con- 
valescent. 

convenir, irr., (like venir), to 
agree; (impers.) be proper. 

coquille, f., shell. 

corne, f., horn; faire les —s 4, to 
laugh at. 

couchant, setting. 

coucher, to put to bed; se —, to 
go to bed; set; chambre 4 —, 
bedroom. 

couleur, f., color. 

coup, m., blow; time; rap. 

courage, m., courage. 

courir, irr., to run. 

court, pres. indic. of courir. 

court, -e, short. | 

courtisan, m., courtier. 

cousin, m., cousin. 

cousine, f., cousin. 

couteau, m., knife. 

coutume, /., custom; comme de 
—, as usual. 

couverture, /., blanket. 

couvre pieds, m., counterpane. 

couvrir, irr. (like ouvrir), to 
cover. 

craindre, irr., to fear. 

crainte, f., fear. 

crayon, m., pencil. 

créme, /., cream. 

cri, m., Cry. 

crier, to cry, exclaim. 

critiquer, to criticise. 

crochet, m., rag-picker’s hook, 


266 


croire, irr., to believe. 
cruel, -le, cruel. 

cueillir, irr., to gather, pick. 
cuillerée, f., spoonful. 

curé, m., curate, priest. 


D 


d’ = de. 

dame, f., lady. 

danger, m., danger. 

-dangereusement, dangerously. 

dans, in, into, to. 

darser, to dance. 

date, f., date. 

de, of, from, by, with; than; 
any, some. 

debout, adv., standing, erect. 

décembre, m., December. 

décor, m., scenery. 

découvrir, irr. (like couvrir), to 
uncover; se —, to take off 
one’s hat or cap 

défendre, to forbid. 

déja, already. 

déjeuner, to breakfast. 

délaisser, to forsake. 

délicieu-x, -se, delicious, delight- 

demander, to ask, ask for. [ful. 

demeurer, to live, reside. 

demi, -e, half. 

demoiselle, f., young lady. 

dénouer, to untie. 

dent, f., tooth. 

dentelle, 7., lace. 

déposer, to lay down. 

dépouiller, to strip. 

depuis, since, from. 

derni-er, ére, last. 

dérober, to steal. 

derriére, behind. : 

des (contraction of de les), of 
or from the. 

désagréable, disagreeable. 

descendre, to come down, go 
down. 





BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


descente (/.) de lit, bedside rug. 


‘déshabiller, to undress; se —, 


to undress one’s self. 
désir, m., wish. 
désirer, to desire. 
désobéir 4, to disobey. 
desquels — de + lesquels. 
desséché, -e dried up. 
dessert, m., dessert. 
dessiner, to draw. 
destination, f., destination, 
détacher, to detach. 
deux, two. 
euxiéme, second. 
devant, before (place). [come. 
devenir, irr. (like venir), to be- 
devenu, -e, past part. of devenir. 
deviens, pres. indic. of devenir: 
deviner, to guess. 
devoir, must, ought, to have to, 
be obliged to; owe. 
devoir, m., duty; written exer- 
dévorer, to devour. [cise. 
dictionnaire, m., dictionary. 
diéte, f., diet. 
Dieu, m., God. 
différence, f., difference. © 
difficile, difficult. 
diligent, -e, diligent, industrious. 
dimanche, m., Sunday. 
diner, to dine; m., dinner. 
Diogéne, prop. n., Greek Cynic 
philosopher (B.C. 419?-324?). 
dire, irr., to say, tell; se laisser 
—, to let one’s self believe. 
directement, directly. 
directeur, #., manager. 
diriger, to direct; se —, to direct 
one’s steps. 
discours, m., speech. 
dit, pres. indic. and pret. of dire. 
dit, -e, past part. of dire. 
divertir, to amuse; se —, to en- 
joy one’s self. 
divinement, divinely, admirably. 
division, f., division. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


dix, ten. 

dixiéme, tenth. 

docteur, m., doctor. 

dois, doit, pres. indic. of devoir. 

donc, therefore; then; see écouter. 

donner, to give. 

dont, whose, of whom, of which. 

dormir, irr., to sleep. — 

doucement, gently, noiselessly. 

double, double; see enfermer. 

doubler, to double. 

douleur, f., grief. 

_ doute, m., doubt. 

dou-x, -ce, sweet, soft. 

douzaine, 7., dozen; une demi —, 
half a dozen. 

douze, twelve. 

douziéme, twelfth. 

drap, m., sheet. 

drapeau, m., flag. 

drogue, /., drug. 

droit, -e, right. 

droite, f., right side; de —, on 
the right. 

du (contraction of de le), of or 
from the. 

Dumoulin, proper name. 

Dunois, proper name. 


E 


eau, f., water. 
éclairer, to light up. 


‘ €école, f., school; 4 l’—, to school. - 


écouter, to listen to; écoutez 
donc, do believe. 

écrire, irr., to write. 

édifice, m., building. 

effacer, to erase, scratch out. 

effort, m., effort. 

effrayer, to frighten; s’—, to be 
frightened. 

église, f., church. 

égoiste, selfish. 

eh, interj., ah! — bien! well! 





267 

élancer: s’—, to spring, fly 
away. 

électrique, electric. 

éléphant, m., elephant. 

éléve, m. or f., pupil. 

elle, she, it, her. 

elles, they, them. 

éloigner: s’—, to go away. 

embellir, to beautify. 

éminent, -e, eminent, great. 

emmener, to take along. 

émoi, m., emotion, excitement. 

empereur, m., emperor. 

emplir, to fill up. 

employer, to employ, use. 

emporter, to carry away. 

en, prep., in, into; as a. 

en, pron., of him, of her, of it, of 
them; for it, about it, from it; 
thence. 

encor (poetical), encore, stiil, yet. 

encre, 7., ink. 

encrier, m., inkstand. 

endormir, irr. (like dormir): 
s’—, to fall asleep. 

enfant, m. or f., child. 

enfermer, to shut; s’-— a double 
tour, to shut one’s self in by 
locking the door. 

enfin, at last. 

enflammer, to inflame. 

enfuir, irr. (like fuir): s’—, to 
flee, run away. 

énigme, /., enigma, riddle. 

enlever, to take away. 

énorme, enormous. 

ensuite, afterwards. 

entendre, to hear. 

enthousiasme, m., enthusiasm. 

enti-er, -ére, entire. ; 

entonner, to strike up. 

entourer, to surround. 

entre, prep., between. 

entrée, f., entrance. 


’ entrer, to enter; — dans, to en- 


ter. 


268 


entretenir, irr. (like tenir), to 
entertain; s’—, to converse. 

entrevue, /., meeting. 

envoler; s’—, to take flight. 

envoyer, irr., to send. 

épouse, f., wife. 

époux, m., husband. 

équipage, m., equipage. 

etrer, to wander. 

escalier, m., staircase. 

espace, m., space. 

Espagnol, m., Spaniard. 

espéce, f., sort, kind. 

espérer, to hope. 

esprit, m., mind, wit. 

essayer, to try. 

essentiel, -le, essential. 

essor, m., flight; prendre ’—, to 
soar away. 

essuie main, m., towel. 

est, pres. indic. of étre. 

et, and. 

étalage, m., display, show-win- 
dow. 

Etats Unis, m. pi., United States. 

été, m., summer. 

été, past part. of étre. 

éteindre, irr., to extinguish. 

étes, pres. ind. of étre. 

étoile, f., star. 

étourdiment, heediessly. 

étranger, m., stranger, foreigner. 

étre, irr., to be; — allé(e), ve- 
nu(e), etc., to have gone, come, 
étc. 

étroit, -e, narrow. 

eu, -e, past part. of avoir. 

Eugénie, empress of the French, 
wife of Napoleon III. 

Europe, f., Europe. 

etit, imperf. subj. of avoir. 

eux, they, them. 

éveiller, to awaken; 
awake, wake up. 

événement, m., event. 

éviter, to avoid. 


s’—, to 


— 





BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


examiner, to examine. 

excellent, -e, excellent. 

excepté, except. 

exclamation, /f:, exclamation. 

exécuter, to play; carry out. 

exécution, /., execution. 

exemplaire, exemplary. 

exemple, m., example; par —, for 
instance. 

exercice, m., exercise. 

exiger, to require. 

exil, m., exile. 

expérience, f., experience. 

exploit, mm., deed. 

expression, /., expression. 

exquis, -e, exquisite. 


F 


fabrication, f., making, casting. 

face, f., face; en — de, opposite. 

facon, f., fashion, kind. 

facteur, m., porter, postman. 

faim (pronounce m like n), f., 
hunger ; avoir —, to be hungry. 

faire, irr., to do, make, take; 
(weather) to be; — venir, to 
send for; — préparer, to have 
(something) prepared. 

fais, fait, pres. indic: of faire. 

fait, -e, past part. of faire. 

faites, pres. indic. of faire. 

falloir, irr.,to be necessary, must. 

fameu-x, -se, famous. 

famille, f., family. 

fasse, pres. subj. of faire. 

fat (sound the t), m., fop, cox- 
comb. 

fatalité, f., fatality. 

fatigué, -e, tired. 

fatuité, f., foppishness, conceit. 

faubourg, m., suburb. 

faut, pres. indic. of falloir. 

fauteuil, m., armchair. 

favori, -te, favorite, 


BEGINNER’S FRENCH 


femme, /., woman, wife. 

fenétre, /., window. 

fer, m., iron; en chemin de —, 
by rail. 

ferai, fut. of faire. 

fermer, to shut. 

féroce, ferocious. 

ferveur, /., fervor. 

féte, f., feast, festival. 

feu, -e, late, deceased. 

feuillage, m., foliage. 

feuille, f., leaf. 

février, m., February. 

fidéle, faithful. 

_ fidéle, m., faithful. ° 

figue, f., fig. 

fil, m., thread. 

filant, -e, shooting. 

filer, (of stars) to shoot. 

fille, f., girl, daughter. 

fils (pronounce the s), m., son. 

fils, pl. of fil, which see. 

fin, f., end; suite et —, con- 

fin, -e, fine. [cluded. 

fini, -e, over. 

finir, to finish, end. 

firent, pret. of faire. 

fissent, imperf. subj. of faire. 

flatteur, m., flatterer. 

fleur, f., flower; en —, bloom- 
ing, rosy. 

folie, f., folly; joke. 

fonds, m., capital. 

force, f., strength. 

forét, f., forest. 

former, to form, make. 

fort, -e, strong. 

fort, adv., very, very much. 

fourneau, m., stove. 

frais, fraiche, fresh. 

fraise, f., strawberry. 

franc, m., frank. 

francais, -e, French. 

Francais, m., Frenchman. 

France, /., France. 

franchir, to cross. 





/ 


26g 


frapper, to strike, rap. 

frére, m., brother. 

frisson, m., shiver. 

froid, -e, cold. 

froid, m., cold. 

fromage, m., cheese. 

frotter, to rub, strike. 

fruit, m., fruit. 

fumée, f., smoke. 

furieu-x, -se, furious. 

fussent, fussiez, imperf. subj. of 
fut, pret. of étre. [étre. 
fiit, imperf. subj. of étre. 


G 


gagner, to gain, earn. 

gai, -e, cheerful, merry. 

gaieté, f., mirth. 

garcon, m., boy; waiter. 

garde, m. and f., guard; — ma- 
lade, m. and f., nurse; prendre 
— de, to take care not to, be 
careful not to. 

garder, to keep. 

gateau, m., cake. 

gauche, left. 

gauche, /., left side; de —, on the 

gaz, m., gas. [left. 

geler, to freeze. 

général, m., general. 

généralement, generally. 

gens, m. and f. pl., people; 
jeunes —, m., young people. 

gloire, /., glory. 

gouffre, m., abyss. 

gourmand, -e, gluttonous, vora- 
cious. 

gout, m., taste. 

gotiter, to taste. 

grain, m., grain. 

Grammont, one of the wittiest 
courtiers in the court of Louis 
XIV. (1621-1707). 

grand, -e, grand, great, large, 
tall. 


270 


grandir, to grow. 
gratitude, f., gratitude. 
graver, to engrave, carve. 
gris, -e, gray. 

gronder, to scold. 

guérir, to cure. 

guerre, 7., war. . 

guichet, m., ticket-office. 


H 


* means 4 formerly aspirate; see p. 16. 


habile, skilful. ; 

habiller, to dress; s’—, to dress, 
dress -up. 

habitant, m., inhabitant. 

habiter, to inhabit. 

‘hair, to hate. 

haleine, /., breath. 

‘harangue, /., harangue. 

‘hate, f., haste; a la —, hastily. 

‘hater: se —, to hasten. 

‘haut, -e, high, tall. 

‘haut, m., top. 

hélas, (pronounce the s), alas. 

‘héros, m., hero. 

hésiter, to hesitate. 

heure, f., hour; de bonne 

heureu-x, -se, happy. [early. 

hier, yesterday. 

hirondelle, 7., swallow. 

histoire, f., history, story. 

hiver (sound the r), m., winter. 

homme, m., man. 

honneur, m., honor. 

Hortense, wife of Louis Bona- 
parte, king of Holland (1783- 

hote, m., host. [1837). 

hotel, m., hotel. 

hétesse, f., hostess. . 

Hugo (Victor), one of the great- 
est French poets (1802-1885). 

huile, f., oil. 

‘huit, eight. 





-humble, humble. 





BEGINNER’S FRENCH 


‘huitiéme, eighth. 


humblement, humbly. 
humeur, f., humor, disposition, 
temper. 


I 


ici, here; — bas, here below. 
idéal, -e, ideal. 
ignorer, to ignore, not to know. 
il, he, it. 

ils, they. 

image, /.¢ image, picture. 
immédiatement, immediately. 
immense, immense. 

immortel, -le, immortal. 
impatiemment, impatiently. 
impératrice, f., empress. [sical. 
impertinert, -e, absurd, nonsen- 
importer, to be of importance. 
importuner, to annoy. 
impossible, impossible. 

impur, -e, unclean. 

incapable, unable. 


| incertain, -e, uncertain. 


inconstant, -e, fickle. 
infliger, to inflict, give. 
infortune, /., misfortune. 
injustement, unjustly. 
innocent, -e, innocent. 
innocente, f., innocent little girl. 
inscription, f., inscription. [once. 
instant, m., instant; 4 P—, at 
instituteur, m., schoolmaster. 
institutrice, f., schoolmistress. 
instruire, irr., to instruct, teach, 
educate. 
instrument, m., instrument. 
intention, /., intention. 
intéressant, -e, interesting. 
intervalle, m., interval. 
introduire, irr., to introduce, put. 
inutile, useless. 
invité, m., -e, f., guest. 


BEGINNER’S FRENCH 


inviter, to invite. 
Isabelle, prop. n., Isabella. 
ivraie, /., tares. 


J 


f= je 


jamais, ever; (with neg.) never. 


janvier, m., January. 

jardin, m., garden. 

jaune, yellow. 

javelot, m., javelin. 

je, I. | 

jeter, to throw, utter. 

jeu, m., play; game. 

jeudi, m., Thursday. ° 

jeune, young. 

joie, f., joy. 

joli, -e, pretty. 

joue, 7., cheek. 

jouer, to play; — de, to play. 

jouir de, to enjoy. 

joujou, m., toy. | 

jour, m., day; de — en —, from 
day to day. 

journal, m., newspaper. 

journée, f., day. 

joyeu-x, -se, joyful, joyous. 

juger, to judge. : 

juillet, m., July. 

juin, m., June. 

jusqu’a, until, till, to. 

justement, justly. 


L 


l’=Ile or la. 

la, art., the. 

la, pron., her, it. 

1a, there; — bas, yonder; see ce 
and celui. 

lac, m., lake. - 

laisser, to leave, -let. 

lait, m., milk. 

lampe, f., lamp. 





271 


lancer, to throw, cast. 

langue, /., tongue. 

laquais, m., footman. 

laquelle; see lequel. 

large, wide, broad. 

laurier, m., laurel. 

lavabo, m., washstand. 

laver, to wash. 

le, art., the. 

le, pron., him, it. 

legon, /., lesson. : 

Leconte de Lisle, prop. n., a mod- 
ern French poet. 

lecteur, m., reader. 

lég-er, -ére, light. 

légume, m., vegetable. 

lendemain, m., next day. 


_lentement, slowly. 


lequel, laquelle, lesquels, les- 
quelles, who, whom, which. 
which one, that. 

les, art., the. 

les, pron., them. 

lettre, f., letter. 

leur, poss. adj., their. [theirs. 

leur, pron., le —, la —, les —Ss, 

lever, to raise; se —, to get up. 
lévre, f., lip. 

lier, to bind, tie. 

lieutenant, m., lieutenant. 

limonade, /., lemonade. 
lion, m., lion. 

lire, irr., to read. 

lis (sound the s), m., lily. 

lit, m., bed. 

livre, m., book. 

livre, f., pound. 

loin, far; — de, far from. 

long, -ue, long. 

lors, at the time of. 

lorsque, when. 

louer, to rent. 

Louis, prop. n.; Louis XIIL,, 
king of France (1601-1643) ; 
Louis XIV., king of France 
(1638-1715). 


272 
louis, m., louis, twenty-franc 
gold piece. 


lu, -e, past part. of lire. 
lui, he, to him, to her. 
lumiére, /., light. 

lundi, m., Monday. 


M. — Monsieur. 

m’ — me. 

ma, f. poss. adj., my. 

madame, f., madam, Mrs. 

mademoiselle, f., miss. 

madrigal, m., madrigal, 
ditty. 

magasin, m., store. 

magnifique, magnificent. 

mai, m., May. 

main, f., hand. 

maire, m., mayor. 

mais, but. 

maison, /., house. 

maitre, m., master, teacher. 

maitresse, /., mistress, school 
mistress. 

majesté, f., majesty. 

mal, adv., badly. 

malade, ill, sick; garde —, m. and 
f., nurse. 

maladroit, m., unskilful man. 

manant, m., boor. 

manger, to eat. 

maniére, /., manner; par — de 
plaisanterie, in a joking way. 

manquer, to fail; — de, to lack. 

manteau, m., cloak. 

marché, m., market; bon —, 
cheap; meilleur —, cheaper. 

marcher, to walk. 

mardi, m., Tuesday. 

maréchal, m., marshal; horse- 
shoer. . 

mari, m., husband. 


love 





BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


Marie, prop. n., Mary (the holy 
virgin). 

marquis, m., marquis. [March 

mars (pronounce the s), m., 

martyre, m., martyrdom. 

matelas, m., mattress. 

matin, m., morning; adv., early. 

mauvais, -e, bad. 

me, me. 

médecin, m., physician. 

médicament, m., medicine. 

meilleur, -e, better, best ; — mar- 
ché, cheaper. 

mélodrame, m., melodrama. 

membre, m., member. 

méme, same; self. 

ménagerie, f., menagerie. 

mendiante, f., beggar. 

mener,-to lead, take. 

méprise, f., mistake, blunder. 

mer, /., sea. 

mercredi, m., Wednesday. 

mére, f., mother. 

mes, pl. poss. adj., my. 

messager, ., messenger. 

messe, f., mass. 

métal, m., metal. 

mettre, irr., to put; se — a (in- 
fin.), to begin to; se — au pia- 
no, to sit down at the piano; 
se — au travail, to start to 
work. 

meuble, m., piece of furniture. 

midi, m., noon. 

miel, m., honey. 

mien, poss. pron.; le —, la —ne, 
les —s, les —nes, mine. 

mieux, adv., better, best; de leur 
—, the best they can or could; 
— vaut, it is better. 

ministre, m., minister. 

minute, f., minute. 

miroir, m., mirror. 

misére, f., misery, poverty. 

missent, imperf. subj. of mettre. 

mit, pret. of mettre. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


moderne, modern. 

modifier, to modify, alter. 

moi, I, me, to me. 

moindre, less, least. 

moins, less, least, fewer; 4 — 
que, unless. 

mois, m., month. 

moitié, f., half; 4 —, half. 

mon, poss. adj., my. 

monarque, m., monarch. 

monde, m., world; tout le —, 
everybody; étre au —, to be 
alive, living. 

monseigneur, m., my lord. 

monsieur, m., sir, Mr., gentle- 
man. 

montagne, f., mountain. 

monter, to mount, go up. 

montrer, to show. 

morceau, m., piece. 

morsure, /., bite, sting. 

mort, f., death; lit de —, death- 
bed. 

mot, m., word; bon —, witticism. 

motif, m., motive, cause. 

mourant, m., dying man. 

mourir, irr., to die. 

mourras, fut. of mourir. 

mousse, /., moss. 

mousseline, f., muslin. 

moutarde, f., mustard. 

moyen, m., means, way. 

muet, -te, mute, dumb. 

miir, -e, ripe. 

mur, m., wall. 

murmurer, to murmur, mutter. 

Musset (Alfred de), a French 
poet (1810-1857). 

musique, /., music. 

Myndus, a proper name. 


N 
n’ — ne. 
naissance, f., birth; anniversaire 
de = birthday. 





273 


Napoléon, prop. n.; Napoleon L, 
emperor of the French (1769- 
1821); Napoleon’ III, em- 
peror of the French (1808- 
1873). 

nappe, /., napkin. 

national, -e, national. 

nature, f., nature. — 

naturel, -le, natural. 


ne, not; —... pas, not; —... 
que, only; —... plus, no 
neige, f., snow. [longer. 


neiger, to snow. 

neuf, nine. 

neuviéme, ninth. 

neveu, m., nephew. 

ni, neither, nor. 

nid, m., nest. 

niéce, f., niece. 

noble, noble. 

Noél, m., Christmas. 

noir, -e, black, dark. 

nom, m™., name. — 

nombreu-x, -se, numerous. 

non, no. 

nos, pl. poss. adj., our. 

notre, sing. poss. adj., our. 

nous, we, us, to us. 

nouvelle, /., news; 4 cette —, on 
hearing this news. 

novembre, m., November. 

nuisible, harmful, injurious. 

nuit, f., night. 

nul, -le any; (with neg.) no; 
none. 


0 


6, interj., o! 

obéir 4, to obey. 

obliger, to oblige, compel. 
obscur, -e, dark. 
occasion, /., occasion. 
occuper, to occupy. 
octobre, m., October. 
weil, m., eye 


274 


cuvre, f., work; chef d’—, m., 
masterpiece. 

officier, m.; officer. 

offrir, irr., to offer. 

oh, interj., o! ho! 

Oiseau, m., bird. 

olive, f., olive. 

ombre, /., shade. 

on, l’on, one, they, people. 

oncle, m., uncle. 

onde, f., water. 

ont, pres. indic. of avoir. 

onziéme, eleventh. 

opéra, m., opera. 

- OF, conj., now. 

or, m., gold. 

orage, m., storm. 

orange, /., orange . 

ordinaire, ordinary, usual. 

ordonner, to prescribe. 

ordre, m., order. 

oreille, f., ear. 

oreiller, m., pillow. 

organiste, m., organist. 

orgue, m., organ. 

original, m., eccentric man. 

orner, to adorn. 

oser, dare. 

6ter, to take off. 

ou, or. 

ou, where. 

oublier, to forget. 

oui, yes. 

outrager, to outrage. 

ouvert, -e, past. part. of ouvrir. 

ouvreuse, f., (female) usher. 

ouvrir, irr., to open. . 


P 


pain, m., bread. 

pale, pale. 

palier, m., landing. 

panier, m., basket. 

papier, m., paper. 

par, by, through, out of, about. 


BEGINNER’S FRENCH 





parait, pres. indic. of paraitre, 

paraitre, irr., to appear. 

parapluie, ., umbrella. 

parc, m., park. 

parce que, because. 

pardessus, 1., overcoat. 

pardonner, to forgive. 

pareil, -le, such; du — au méme, 
tit for tat. 

parent, m., parent, relative. 

parfois, sometimes. 

parfum, m., perfume. 

Paris, m., Paris. 

parler, to speak. 

parrain, m., godfather. 

parterre, m., flower-bed. 

partie, /f., part. 

partir, ivr., to depart, go away. 

partout, everywhere. 

parvenir, irr., to reach. 

pas, m., step; ne...—, not. 

passer, to pass. 

pasteur, m., minister. 

pauvre, poor. 

pays, m., country, fatherland. 

paysan, m. peasant. 

pécheur, m., sinner. 

peigner, to comb; se —, to comb 
one’s hair, comb each other’s 
hair. 

peine, f., pain, sorrow, trouble; 
a la —, in the attempt. 

pelouse, f., lawn. 

pendant, during. 

pendre, to hang. 

pénétrer, to enter. 

pensée, 7., thought. 

penser, to think. 

pension, f., boarding-house. 

pensionnaire, m. and f., boarder. 

perdre, to lose. 

pére, m., father. 

perfectionnement, m., improve- 
ment. 

permettre, irr., to allow. 

permission, f/., permission. - 


BEGINNER’S FRENCH 275 


personne, /., person; sur ma —, 
about me. 

personne, m., anybody; 
neg.) nobody. 

petit, -e, small, little. 

peu, adv., little, few. - 

peur, f., fear; de — que, lest. 

peut, pres. indic. of pouvoir. 

pharmacien, m., druggist. , 

philosophe, m., philosopher. 

piano, ™., piano. 

piéce, f., piece; play. 

pied, m., foot; du —, with his 
foot. , 

piége, m., trap, snare. 

pierre, /., stone. 

Pierre, prop. n., Peter. 

pilule, f., pill. 

pitié, f., pity. 

place, f., place. 

placer, to place. 

plaindre, irr., to pity; se —, to 
complain. 

‘plaine, f., plain. 

plainte, f., complaint, 
story. 

plainti-f, -ve, plaintive, mourn- 
ful, sad. 

plaire, irr., to please. 

Plaisanterie, f., joke; par ma- 
niére de —, in a joking way. 

plaisir, m., pleasure. 

plat, -e, - flat. 

plate bande, f., 

plein, -e, full. 

pleur, m., tear. 

pleurer, to weep. 

pleut, pres. indic. of pleuvoir. 

pleuvoir, irr., to rain. 

plume, f., pen. 

plus, more, most; ne...—, no 
more, no longer; de — en —, 
more and more; — de, (num- 
ber) more than. 

plusieurs, several. 

plutét, rather. 


(with 


doleful 


border. 





poche, /., pocket. 

point, m., point; ne...—, not 

poire, f., pear. [at all. 

poisson, m., fish. 

poivre, m., pepper. 

poli, -e, polished, polite. 

population, /., population. 

porte, f., door, gate. 

porter, to carry; se —, to be (in 
reference to health). 

porteur, m., carriér. 

portiére, f., car window. 

portrait, m., portrait, pete: 

poser, to ask. 

possible, possible. 

pouls, m., pulse. 

pour, rep. for, to, on account of, 
in order to; — que, in order 
that. 

pourquoi, why, the reason why. 

pourvoir, irr., to provide. 

pousser, to utter. 

pouvoir, irr., to be able, can, 
may; il se peut, it may be. 

pratique, f., practice. 

préau, m., playground. 

précéder, to precede. 

précieu-x, -se, precious. 

précis, -e, precise. 

préciser, to make a more definite 
statement, to state the names. 


.préférable, preferable. 


préférer, to prefer. 

premi-er, -ére, first; mon —, my 
first syllable. 

prendre, irr., to take; catch; — 
garde, take care, be careful not, 

prenne, pres. subj. of prendre; 

préparer, to prepare; faire —, 
to have (something) prepared. 

prés de, prep., near. 

prescription, /., prescription. 

présenter, to present, introduce. 

presque, almost. 

presser, to press, urge. 

prétre, m., priest. — 


276 


prier, to pray, beg. 

priére, /., prayer. 

princesse, /., princess. 

printemps (pron. tan), m., spring. 

pris, -e, past part. of prendre. 

prise, f., capture, taking. 

prison, /., prison. 

prix, m., price. 

probablement, probably. 

prochain, m., neighbor. 

professeur, m., professor, teacher. 

profond, -e, deep, great. 

profondément, soundly. 

progrés, m., progress. 

promenade, /., walk. 

promener, to take out for a walk, 
drive; se —, to take a walk. 

_promeneur, m., promenader. 

promptement (pron. mp like n), 

_ quickly. 

prononcer, to pronounce. 

proposer, to propose. 

propre, clean. 

propriétaire, m., landlord, owner. 

protester, to protest. 

public, m., public. 

puis, then. 

puisque, since. 

puissant, powerful. 

puisse, pres. subj. of pouvoir. 

punir, to punish. 

punition, f., punishment. 

pupitre, m., desk. 


Q 


qu’ = que. 

qualité, f., quality. 

quand, when. 

quart, m., quarter. 

quatorze, fourteen. 

quatre, four. 

quatriéme, fourth. 

que, conj., that, than, as; me... 
—, only. 





BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


que, pron., which, whom, what; 
See ce. et 

quel, -le, what, which; —...! 
what a...! 

quelconque, some...or other. 

quelque, some; — chose, m., 
something. 

quelquefois, sometimes. 

quelqy’un, somebody. 

question, /., question; il est —, 
the question is. 

qui, who, whom? which, that; 
See ce. : 

quiconque, whoever. 

quoi, what; de —, 
needs. 

quoique, although. 


what one 


R 


radis, m., radish. 

raisin, m., grape. 

raison, f., reason; avoir —, to 

rapide, rapid, quick. [be right. 

rapidement, rapidly, quickly. 

tappeler: se —, to remember, 

rapporter, to bring back. 

rare, rare. 

rarement, seldom. 

rat, m., rat. 

ravi, -e, delighted. 

recevoir, irr., to receive. 

recherche, /., search. 

recommander, to recommend. 

reconnaissance, /f., gratitude. 

tecu, -e, past part. of recevoir. 

réfléchir, to reflect. 

refuser, to refuse, decline. 

régaler, to regale; se —, to re- 
gale one’s self, have a feast of. 

regard, m., look. 

regarder, to look at; — par la 
portiére, to look out of the 
car-window. 

régne, m., reign, 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


régner, to reign. 

regret, m., regret. 

reine, f., queen. 

rejeter, to repel, 
refuse. 

réjouir, to rejoice; se —, to re- 
joice. 

remarquer, to notice. 

remercier, to thank. 

remettre, irr. (like mettre), to 
hand, give. 

remplir, to fill, fulfil. 

rencontrer, to meet. 

rendre, to render, make, return, 
give back; se—,to betake one’s 

renommée, f., fame. [self. 

rentrer, to reenter, go or come 

renverser, to upset. [home. 

repartie, f., repartee, retort. 

repartir, irr. (like partir), to 
reply. 

repas, m., meal. 

repasser, to repass, pass again. 

répéter, to repeat. 

répliquer, to reply. 

répondre, to reply, answer. 

réponse, f., answer. 

repos, m., rest. 

reposer: se —, to rest. 

repousser, to repel, push back. 

reprendre, irr. (like prendre): 
— le chemin de, to go back 
to. 

représentation, f., performance. 

représenter, to play. 

reproche, m., reproach. 

réputation, f., reputation. 

résoudre, irr.: se —, to decide. 

respecti-f, -ve, respective. 

respectueusement, respectfully. 

respirer, to breathe, inhale. 

ressource, f., resource. 

restaurant, m., restaurant. 

rester, to remain. 

retard, m., delay; en —, late. 


send away, 





277 


retirer; se —,.to withdraw. 

retour, m., return; de —, on re- 
turning. 

retourner, to return. 

réussir, to succeed. : 

revenir, irr. (like venir), to come 
back. 

revenu, -e, past part. of revenir. 

revienne, pres. subj. of revenir. 

revivre, irr. (like vivre), to re- 
vive. 

riche, rich, wealthy. 

rideau, m., curtain. 

ridicule, ridiculous. 

rien, m., anything; (with neg.) 
nothing. 

riposter, to retort, reply. 

rire, irr., to laugh. 

riviére, f., river. 

robe, f., dress. 

roi, m., king. 

roman, m., novel. 

rond, -e, round. 

rose, f., rose. 

rose, rosy. 

rouge, red. 

rougir, to blush. 

route, f., road; en —, on the 
way. 

royal, -e, regal, kingly. 

royaume, m., kingdom. 

tue, /., street, 


Ss 


s’= se; also si before il and ils. 

sa, f. poss. adj., his, her, its. 

Saint Marceau, prop. n., a former 
suburb, now a part of Paris. 

saison, f., season. 

sait, pres. indic. of savoir. 

salir, to soik. 

salle, f., class room; auditorium; © 
— 4 manger, dining-room. 

salon, m., parlor. 


278 


saluer, to salute, greet, bow to. 

samedi, m., Saturday. 

sans, without, but for; — que, 
without. 

satisfaction, f., satisfaction. 

satisfait, -e, pleased. 

sauvage, wild. 

Savoir, irr., to know. 

scéne, f., stage. 

sculpteur (do not pronounce the 
Pp), m., sculptor. 

se, one’s self, himself, herself, 
themselves, one another, to 
one’s self, etc. 

sec, séche, dry. 

second, -e (pronounce c like g), 
second; mon —, my second 
syllable. - 

seconde (pronounce c like g), f., 

seigneur, m., lord. [second 

sel, m., salt. 

semaine, /f., week. 

sembler, to seem. 

sens, pres. indic. of sentir. 

sentiment, m., sentiment, 
ing. 

sentir, irr., to feel; se —, to ‘feel 
that one is... 

sept (do not pronounce the p), 
seven. 

septembre, m., September. 

septiéme (do not pronounce the 
Pp), seventh. 

serais, serait, condit. of étre. 

serment, m., oath, pledge. 

sermon, #., sermon. 

serpent, m., snake. 

serrer, to shake. 

serrure, f., lock. 

servante, f., maid-servant. 

service, m., service. 

serviette, f.. napkirr. 

servir, irr., to serve; se — de, 
to make use of. 

ses, plur. poss. adj., his, her, its. 


feel- 





BEGINNERS FRENCH 


seul, -e, alone. 

sévére, severe, stern. 

si, conj., if. 

si, adv., sO; yes. 

siécle, m., century. 

sien, poss. pron.: le —, la —ne, 

- les —s, les —nes, his, hers, its. 

signal, m., signal, sign. [one’s. 

signaler, to signal, mark. 

silence, m., silence. 

simple, simple, mere. 

singe, m., monkey. 

sire, m., sire. 

six, six. 

sixiéme, sixth. . 

société, f., society, company. 

Socrate, prop. mn., Socrates, a 
famous Greek philosopher (8. c. 
468-399). 

seur, /., sister. 

soi, one’s self; chez —, at home. 

soif, f., thirst; avoir —, to be 
thirsty. 

soigner, to take care of, attend. 

soin, m., care: 

soir, m., evening. 

soirée, f., evening party. 

sois, imper. of €tre. 

soit, pres. subj. of @tre. 

soixante, sixty. 

soldat, m., soldier. 

soleil, m., sun. 

solliciteur, m., solicitor. 

solution, f., solution. 

sombre, gloomy, dark. 

somme, /., sum. 

sommeil, m., sleep; avoir —, to 
be sleepy. 

sommes, pres. indic. of étre. 

son, sa, ses, poss. pron., his, her, 

son, m., sound. [its. 

songer, to dream, think. 

sonner, to ring. 

sonnette, f., (small) bell. 

sont, pres. indtc. of &tre. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


sorite, m., series of syllogisms. 

sors, pres. indic. of sortir. 

sorte, f., sort, kind. 

sortir, ivr., to go out. 

sot, m., silly fellow, fool. 

sot, -te, foolish. 

souci, m., care, anxiety. 

souffle, m., breath. 

souffrir, irr., to suffer. 

souhait, m., wish. 

souhaiter, to wish. 

souper, to sup, eat supper. 

souriant, -e, smiling. 

sourire, m., smile. 

souris, f., mouse. 

sous, prep., under. 

soutien, m., support. 

souvent, often. 

spectacle, m., spectacle, show. 

spizituel, -le, witty. 

statue, /., statue. 

store, m., shade, blind. 

studieu-x, -se, studious. 

subir, to undergo, get. 

subitement, suddenly. 

subsister, to subsist. 

suis, pres. indic. of étre and of 
suivre. 

suisse, m., porter, door keeper. 

suit, pres. indic. of suivre. 

suite, /7., continuation; — et 
fin, concluded; tout de —, at 
once. 

suivant, -e, following. 

suivant, prep., according to. 

Suivre, irr., to follow; a —, to 
be continued. 

sujet, m., subject. 

superbe, superb. 

Supposer, to suppose. 

suppression, /., suppression. 

sir, -e, sure, certain. 

sur, on, upon, about. 

surlendemain, m., 
later. 


two days 





#79 


surprise, f., surprise. 
sussent, imperf. subj. of savoir. 
Syrie, prop. n., Syria. 


T 

f= fa. 

ta, f. poss. adj., your. 

table, f., table. 

tableau, m., blackboard. 

taire, irr., not to say; se —, to 
keep silent. 

tant, so much, so many. 

tante, f., aunt. 

tantét, presently; —..., —..., 
now..., now... - 

tapis, m., carpet. 

tapisser, to cover, hang. 

tard, late. 

tasse, f., cup. 

tater, to feel. 

tatons; 4 —, gropingly. 

te, you, to you. 

tel, -le, such. 

témoigner, to show. 

temps, m., time; weather; dans 
le — que, while. 

tendre, to extend, hold out. 

tenir, ivr., to hold. 

terminer, to end. 

terre, f., earth, ground; estate. 

téte, f., head. 

thé, m., tea. 

théatre, m., theater. 

tiéde, tepid, lukewarm. 

tige, f., stem, stalk. 

tigre, m., tiger. 

tirer, to draw, take out. 

toi, you, to you. 

toilette, f., toilet. 

toit, m., roof. 

tombe, f., grave. 

tombeau, m., grave. 

tomber, to fall. 

ton, ta, tes, poss. adj., your. 


280 


tort, m., wrong; avoir —, to be 

t6t, soon. [ wrong. 

toujours, always. 

tour, /., tower. 

tour, m., turn; a votre —, in 
your turn; see enfermer. 

tourelle, f., turret. 

tourment, m., torment. 

tourner, to turn. 

tout, -e, pl. tous, toutes, adj., 
all, whole, any; — le monde, 
everybody. 

tout, pron., everything, all; mon 
—, the whole word. 

tout, adv., wholly, 

trace, f., trace, track. 

tracer, to trace, draw. 

tragédie, f., tragedy. 

trahison, /., treason, treachery. 

travail, m., work. 

travailler, to work. 

traverser, to cross. 

traversin, m., bolster. 

treize, thirteen. 

trente, thirty; — et un, thirty- 

trés, very. [one. 

Trinité, f., Trinity Sunday, 56 
days after Easter. 

triste, sad, gloomy, sorry. 

tristesse, f., sadness. 

trois, three. 

troisiéme, third. 

trop, too, too much. 

trottoir, m., sidewalk. 

troubler, to disturb. 

trouver, to find. 

tu, you. 

tyran, m., tyrant. 


U 


un, -e, art., a, an. 

un, -e, adj., one; ’—, pron., one; 
l’— l’autre, each other; les —s 
les autres, one another. 

union, /., union. 


entirely, 
[ quite. 





BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


Vv 


va, pres. indic. and imper. of aller. 

vaillant, valiant, brave. 

vain; en —, vainly. 

vais, pres. indic. of aller. 

valait, imperf. indic. of valoir. 

valet, m., man-servant. . 

valeur, f., value. 

vallon, m., little valley, dale. 

valoir, irr., to be worth; il vaut 
mieux or mieux vaut, it is bet- 
ter. 

vas, pres. indic. of aller. 

vaste, vast. 

vaudeville, m., vaudeville. 

vaut, pres. indic. of valoir. 

vendre, to sell. 

vendredi, m., Friday. 

venir, ivr., to come. 

vent, m., wind; il fait du —, it 
is windy. - 

verrais, condit. of voir. 

verre, m., glass. 

verrez, fut. of voir. 

verrou, m., bolt. 

vers, prep., about, toward. 

vers, m., verse, line. 

verser, to pour. 


_vert, -e, green. 


vétement, w., 
clothes, dress. 

vétir, irr., to dress: se —, to 

_ dress. 

veulent, veut, veux, pres. indic. 
of vouloir. 

viande, f., meat. 

victoire, f., victory. 

vide, empty. 

vieil, vieille; see vieux. 

vieillir, to grow old. 

vieux, vieil, vieille, old. 

vilain, ugly. 

village (pronounce 11), m., vil- 
lage. 


garment; /l., 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


ville (pronounce 11), f., city. 

vin, m., wine. 

vingt, twenty; — deux, twenty- 
two; — huit, twenty-eight; — 

_ neuf, twenty-nine. 

violon, m., violin. 

visage, m., visage. 

viser, to aim. 

visite, f., visit. 

visiter, to visit. 

vite, fast, quickly. 

vitrine, f., shop-window. 

vive, pres. subj. of vivre. 

vivement, quickly. 

vivre, irr., to live. 

veu, m., vow, wish. 

voici, here is, here are. 

voie, f., way, road. 

voila, there is, there are. 

voir, irr., to see; voyez vous pas 
= ne voyez vous pas.. 

voisin, m., neighbor. 

voisine, f., neighbor. 

voisinage, m., neighborhood. 

voiture, /., carriage. 

volée, f., volley; 4 toute —, full 

voler, to fly; steal. [peal. 

voluptueusement, with delight. 

vos, pl. poss. adj., your. 

votre, sing. poss. adj., your. 

votre, poss. pron.; le —, la —, 
les —s, yours. 

voudras, fut. of vouloir. 

vouloir, irr., to will, wish, want; 
en — 4a, to bear a grudge 
against, be displeased with. 





281 


vous, you, to you, each other, to 
each other ; — méme, yourself. 

voyage, m., trip, travel. 

voyager, to travel. 

voyageur, m., traveller. 

‘voyant, pres. part. of voir. 

voyelle, f., vowel. 

voyez, pres. indic. of voir. 

vrai, -e, true. _ 

vraiment, truly. 

vu, -e, past part. of voir. 


WwW 
wagon lit, m., sleeping-car. 
Washington, prop. n. 

x 
Xantippe, prop. n., wife of So- 
_ crates. 

Y 
y, there, in it, to it, to them; il 


— a, there is, there are. 
yeux, pl. of eil, eyes. 


zéle, m., zeal. ° 
zéphir, m.; west wind. 


cs 


ies 


i ali ie eae Se 





II. ENGLISH-FRENCH 


Verbs marked with an * require the auxiliary é¢7e in their compound tenses. 


A 


A.; see o'clock. 

a, un, -e. 

able; to be —, pouvoir, irr. 

about, de; vers; see hundred. 

acquainted; to be — with, con- 
naitre, irr. 

acquaintance, connaissance, f. 

acquire, acquérir, irr. 

actor, acteur, m. 

actress, actrice, f. 

add, ajouter. 

address, adresse, f. 

administrator, administrateur, m. 

admiral, amiral, m. 

admire, admirer. 

adorn with, orner de. 

advice, avis, m. 

advise, conseiller a 
(infin. ). 

after, prep., apres. 

after, conj., apres que (indic.). 

afternoon, aprés midi, m. or f. 

afterwards, ensuite. 

agree, étre (irr.) d’accord. 

aim, viser. 

air, air, m. ‘ 

all, adj., tout, toute; plur. tous, 
toutes. 

all, pron., tout, m. 

almost, presque. 

along; see take. 


(person) de 





already, déja. 


283 


also, aussi. [subjunctive). 

although, quoique, bien que (with 

always, toujours. 

ambassador, ambassadeur, m. 

ambassadress, ambassadrice, f. 

amiable, aimable. 

an, un, -e. 

and, et; see forth. 

animal, animal, m. 

anniversary, anniversaire, m. 

another, un autre; see one. 

answer, répondre a. 

anteroom, antichambre, f. 

any, part. art., du, de la, de 1’, 
des; de. 

any, adj., tout, quelque; (with 
neg.) aucun, nul, pas de. 

any, pron., quelqu’un, quelques 
uns; en; (with neg.) nul, au- 
cun; — one, quelqu’un; (with 
neg.) personne. 

anybody, quelqu’un; (with neg.) 
personne. 

anything, quelque chose; (with 
neg.) rien. 

appear, paraitre, irr. 

applaud, applaudir. 

apricot, m., abricot. 

apricot tree, m., abricotier. 

armchair, fauteuil, m. 

arrive, *arriver. 

artist, artiste, m. or f. 

as, comme; —...—, aussi... 
que; — soon —, aussitdt que 


284 


(indic.) ; — soon — possible, 
le plus tot possible; see much, 
many, same, so and usual. 

ask, demander a (person) de 
(infin.); — for, demander; 
— somebody a question, poser 
or adresser une question a 
quelqu’un. 

at, a; see last, once, present, 
school, the. 

attend, soigner. 

attention, attention, /. 

attentively, avec attention. 

attract, appeler. 

auditorium, salle, f. 

aunt, tante, f. 

automobile, automobile, f. 

avenue, avenue, f. 

avoid, éviter de (infin.). 

awake, s éveiller. 

away; see carry, go and take. 


B 


back; see bring, come, give and 

bad, mauvais, -e. [ go. 

badly, mal. 

ball, bal, #7. 

basket, panier, m. 

be, étre, irr.; (weather) faire, 
irr.; there is or are, il y a; 
(when pointing to) voila. 

beautiful, beau, bel, belle. 

beautify, embellir. 

because, parce que (indicat.). 

become, *devenir, irr.; — conva- 
lescent, entrer en convales- 
cence. 

bed, lit, m.; bedroom, chambre 
(f.) a coucher; bedside rug, 
descente (f.) de lit; see flower 
and go. . 

beer, biére, f. 

before, prep., avant (time); de- 





BEGINNER'S FRENCH 


*vant (place); avant de (de- 
fore infin.). 
before, conj., avant que (sub- 
junctive). 

begin, commencer a (infin.); se 
mettre (irr.) a (infin.). 

beginning, commencement, m. 

behavior, conduite, f. 

believe, croire, irr. 

bell, cloche, f.;. (small), son- 
nette, f 

bench, banc, m. 

best, meilleur, -e, adj.; mieux, 
adv.; the — they can or could, 
de leur mieux. 

betake one’s self, se rendre. 

better, meilleur, -e, adj.; mieux, 
adv.; be —, valoir (irr.) 
mieux. 

bicycle, bicyclette, f. 

bid one another good night, se 
dire (irr.) bonsoir. 

bird, oiseau, m. 

birth, naissance, f. 

birthday, anniversaire (m.) de 

biscuit, biscuit m. [naissance. 

black, noir, -e. 

blackboard, tableau, m. 

blanket, couverture, f. 

blind, store, m. 

blue, bleu, -e. 

blush for, rougir de. 

boarder, pensionnaire, m. or f. 

boarding house, pension, f. 


boat, bateau, m. 


bolster, traversin, m. 
book, livre, m. 

border, plate bande, f. 
boulevard, boulevard, m. 
box, boite, f. 

branch, branche, f. 
bread, pain, m. 
breakfast, déjeuner, m. 
breakfast, déjeuner. 
breathe, respirer. 


BEGINNER’S FRENCH 


bring, apporter; — (persons), 
amener ; to — back, rapporter. 

brother, frére, m. 

brown, brun, -e. 

brush, brosser. 

building, édifice, m. 

bureau, commode, f. 

burner; see gas. 

but, mais. 

butter, beurre, m. 

button, bouton, m. 

buy, acheter. 

by, par; see rail. 


C 


cake, gateau, m2. 

call, appeler. 

calm, calme. 

can, pouvoir, irr. 

candle; see wax. 

candy, bonbon, m. 

car window, portiére, f.; sleep- 
ing car, wagon lit, m. 

care, soin, m.; take — of, soi- 
gner; take — not to, prendre 
(irr.) garde de (infin.). 

carpet, tapis, m. 

carry away, emporter. 

celebrate, célébrer. 

century, siecle, m. 

ceremony, cérémonie, f. 

chair, chaise, f. 

charming, charmant, -e. 

cheap, bon marché. 

cheaper, meilleur marché. 

cheek, joue, f. 

cheerful, gai, -e. 

cheese, fromage, m 

child, enfant, m. or f. 

chocolate, chocolat, m. 

choice, choix, m. 

choose, choisir. 

church, église, f. 





285 


city, ville, f. 

class, classe, f.; — room, classe, 
f.; salle, f. 

clean, propre. 

climate, climat, m. 

climb, monter. 

cloak, manteau, m.- 

cloth; see table. 

clothes, vétements, m. pl. 

coachman, cocher, m. 

coffee, café, m. 

cold, froid, -e; be — (weather), 
faive (irr.) froid. 

color, couleur, f. | 

come, *venir, irr.; — back, *re- 
venir, ivr.; on coming back 

' from, de retour de; — down, 


descendre ; — home, *rentrer. 
comedy, comédie, f. 
comfortable, confortable, bon, 
-ne. 


comic, comique. 

confusion, confusion, f.. 
congregation, auditoire, m. 
convalescent; see become. 
converse, s’entretenir, irr. 
counterpane, couvre pieds, m. 
country, campagne, f. 

cousin, cousin, m.; cousine, f. 
cover with, couvrir (irr.) de. 
cracker, biscuit, m. 

cream, creme, f. 

criticise, critiquer. 

cross, traverser, franchir. 

cry, cri, m. 

cup, tasse, f. 

cure, guérir. , 
curtain, rideau, m. 


D 


dance, danser. 
dangerously, dangereusement. 
dark, noir, -e, obscur, -e. 


286 


daughter, fille, f. 

day, jour, .; good —, bonjour, 
m.; next —, lendemain, m1; 
two —s later, le surlende- 
main. 

dead, mort, -e. 

deal; a great —, beaucoup. 

’ dear, cher, chére. 

deceive one’s self, se décevoir, 
irr. 

decide, résoudre (irr.) de (in- 
fin.). 

deep, profond, -e. 

delicious, délicieu-x, -se. 

delight; with —, voluptueuse- 
ment; take — in, se plaire 
(irr.) a (infin.). 

delightful, délicieu-x, -se.  __ 

depart, *partir, irr.; s’en aller, 
irr. 

desire, désir, m. 

desire, désirer. 

desk, bureau, m.; pupitre, m. 

dessert, dessert, m. 

destination, destination, f. 

die, *mourir, irr. 

diligent, diligent, -e. 

dine, diner. 

dining room, salle (f.) a man- 
ger. 

dinner, diner, m. 

direct one’s steps, 
s’acheminer. 

directly, directement. 

disagreeable, désagréable. 

disobey, désobéir a. 

display, étalage, m. 

displeased; be very much — 
with, en vouloir (irr.) a. 

disturb, troubler. 

division, division, f. 

do, faire, irr.; see 86. I. 

doctor, docteur, m. 

door, porte, f. 

doubt, doute, m. 


se diriger, 





BEGINNER’S FRENCH ’ 


down; see come, go, lay and sit. 


dozen, douzaine, f.; see half. 


draw, dessiner. 

dress or — up, s’habiller, se vé- 
tir, irr. ; 

dress, /., robe. 

drink, boire, irr. 

druggist, pharmacien, m.; to the 
—, chez le pharmacien. 

dry, sec, séche. 

during, pendant. 

duty, devoir, m. 


‘iE 


each, chaque; — one, chacun, -e; 
— other, l’un l’autre. 

ease, aise, f. 

eat, manger. 

educate, instruire, irr. 

effort, effort, m. 

eight, huit. 

eighty, quatre vingts; — one, 
quatre vingt un. 

elder son or brother, ainé, m. 

electric, électrique. 

elephant, éléphant, m. 

eleventh, onziéme. 

end, fin, f. 

English, anglais, -e. 

enjoy (something), jouir de; — 
(doing something), s’'amuser a 
(infin.) or se divertir a (in- 
fin.) ; — one’s self, s’amuser, 
se divertir. 


‘ enormous, énorme. 


enough, assez. 

enter, *entrer dans. 

entrance, entrée, f. 

equipage, équipage, m. 

essential, essentiel, -le. 

evening, soir, m.; good —, bon- 
soir, m.; — reception, soirée, f. 

event, événement, m. 


-ever, jamais. 
every, chaque, tout; three 
hours, toutes les trois heures. 
everybody, tout le monde. 
everything, tout, m. 
examine, examiner. 
excellent, excellent, -e. 
except, excepté. 
exemplary, exemplaire. 
exercise, exercice, m.; 
—, devoir, m. 
expensive, cher, chére. 
experience, expérience, f. 
expression, expression, f. 
exquisite, exquis, -e. 
extend, tendre. 
extinguish, éteindre, irr. 
eye, ceil, m.; —s, yeux, m. pl. 


written 


F 


face, visage, m. 

fail, manquer de (infin.). 

fair, blond, -e. 

faithful, fidéle, m. [mir, irr. 

fall, *tomber; — asleep, s’endor- 

family, famille, /.; see head. 

famous, célébre, fameu-x, -se. 

far, loin; — from, loin de. 

favorite, favori, -te. 

fear, crainte, f. [ peur. 

fear, craindre, irr.; avoir (irr.) 

feast, féte, f.; to have a — of, se 
régaler de. 

feel, sentir, irr.; (pulse) tater. 

ferocious, féroce. 

fervor, ferveur, f. 

few, peu de; a —, quelques, adj.; 
quelques-uns, pron. . 

fewer, moins de. 

fifth, cinquiéme. 

fifty, cinquante. 

fig, figue, f 4 

figure; with small (large) —s, 4 
petites (grandes) fleurs. 


‘ 


BEGINNER’S FRENCH 

















287 


filled with, plein(e) de. 

find, trouver. 

fine, beau, bel, belle. 

finish, finir. 

first, premi-er, -ére., 

fish, poisson, m. 

flag, drapeau, m. 

flat, plat, -e. 

flower, fleur, f.; — bed, parterre, 
mM. 

follow, suivre, irr. 

following, suivant, -e. 

for, prep., pour; (during) pen- 
dant ; — instance, par exemple; 
— rent, a louer ; — sale, 4 ven- 
dre. 

for, conj., car. 

forbid, défendre 4 (person) de 
(infin. ). 

form, former. 

forth; and so —, et cetera, et 
ainsi. de suite. 

forty, quarante. 

four, quatre. 

fourteen, quatorze, 

freeze, geler. 

fresh, frais, fraiche. 

friend, ami, m.; amie, f. 

from, de; — the, du, de la, de I’, 
des; — the beginning, depuis 
le commencement. 

front; in — of, devant. 

fruit, fruit, mm. 

fulfil, remplir. 

full, plein, -e; see ring. 

furniture; see. piece. 


G 
game, jeu, m. 
garden, jardin, m. 
gas burner, bec (m.) de gaz. 
gather, cueillir, irr. 
general, général, m. 
generally, généralement. 


288 


gentleman, monsieur, m.; 
tlemen, messieurs, m. pl. 

get up, se lever. 

girl, fille, -f. 

give, donner ; — back, rendre. 

glass, verre, m. 

gloomy, triste. 

go, *aller, irr.; — away, sen 
aller, irr; *partir, irr.; — back 
to, retourner a, *rentrer a; — 
down, descendre; — home, 
*rentrer, retourner a la mai- 
son (chez soi); — out, *sor- 
tir; — to bed, se coucher; — 
up, monter. 

God, Dieu, m. 

good, bon, -ne. 

grand, grand, -e. 

gtape, raisin, m. 

gratitude, gratitude, f. 

gtay, gris, -e. 

great, grand, -e. 

green, vert, -e. 

greet, saluer. 

grope one’s way, savancer a ta- 
tons. 

gropingly, a tatons. 

ground, terre, f. 

grove, bosquet, m. 

grow, grandir. 

guess, deviner. 

guest, invité, m.; invitée, f. 


gen- 


H 


hair, cheveux, m. pl. 

half, demi, -e; — a dozen, une 
demi douzaine. 

hand, main, f. 

hand, remettre, irr. [tapisser de. 

hang from, pendre 4; — with, 

happy, heureu-x, -se. 

hasten, se hater de (infin.). 

hastily, a la hate. 

hat, chapeau, m. 


BEGINNER'S FRENCH 





hate, hair. 
have, avoir, irr.; to — (some- 
thing) prepared, faire prépa- 


rer; to — (with past part. of 
intrans. verbs of motion), étre, 
wr. 

he, il, lui. 

head of a family, pere (m.) de 
famille. 

health; to be in good —, se por- 
ter bien. 

hear, entendre. 

heart, cceur, m.; by 

help, aider. 

her, pron., elle, la, lui. 

her, poss. adj., son, sa, ses. 

here, ici; — is or are, voici. 

hers, le sien, la sienne, les siens, 
les siennes. 

high, haut, -e. 

him, le, lui. 

his, poss. adj., son, sa, ses. 

his, poss. pron., le sien, la sienne, 
les siens, les siennes. 

hold out, tendre. 

home, chez moi (toi, soi, lui, 
elle, nous, vous, eux, elles) ; 
a la maison; see go. 

horse-shoer, maréchal, m. 

host, hote, m. 

hostess, hotesse, f. 

hotel, hotel, m. 

hour, heure, f.; every three —-s, 
toutes les trois heures; one or 
two —s, une ou deux heures 
or une heure ou deux. 

house, maison, /.; at, to or in 
my (your, etc.) —, chez moi 
(toi, soi, lui, elle, nous, vous, 
eux, elles); at, to, in the — 
of, chez le, la, 1’; les. 

how, comment; —- much, — 
many, combien de; — is the 
weather? quel temps fait il? 

however, cependant. 


—, par coeur. 


BEGINNER’S FRENCH 


hundred, adj., cent. 

hundred, 1., centaine; 
one —, une centaine. 

hungry; to be —, avoir (irr.) 
faim. 


about 


I, je, moi. 

ideal, idéal, -e. 

if, si. 

ill, malade. 

immediately, immédiatement. 

immense, immense. 

impatiently, impatiemment. 

improvement, perfectionnement, 
mM. 

in, dans, en; — winter, en hiver; 
— front of, devant. 

industrious, diligent, -e. 

inflict upon, infliger a (person). 

inhabitant, habitant, m. 

inkstand, encrier, m. 

instance; for —, par exemple. 

instrument, instrument, m. 

interesting, intéressant, -e. 

interval, intervalle, m. 

into, dans. 

introduce, introduire, irr.; (to 
another person) présenter. 

invite, inviter. 

it, il, elle, le, la, ce, cela. 

its, adj., son, sa, ses; en... le, 
la, les. 


J 
jewel, bijou, m. 
joyful, joyeu-x, -se. 


K 
keep, garder. 
key, clé, f. 
kind, aimable, bon, -ne. 
kind, sorte, f. 
kindness, bonté, f. 





289 


knife, couteau, m. 

knob, bouton, m. 

know thoroughly, savoir, irr.; to 
— a little, connaitre, irr. 

knowledge, connaissance, f. 


L 


lace, dentelle, /.; — curtain, ri- 
deau (m.) de dentelle. 

lack, manquer de. 

lady, dame, f.; young —, de- 
moiselle, f.; ladies and gen- 

_ tlemen, mesdames et messieurs. 

lake, lac, m. 

lamp, lampe, f. 

landing, palier, m. 

lane, allée, f. 

large, grand, -e; nombreu-x, -se. 

last; at —, enfin. 

late, tard; en retard (person.) ; 
two days later, le surlende- 
main. 

laugh at, rire (irr.) de. 

lawn, pelouse, f. 

lay down, déposer. 

lead, mener. 

leaf, feuille, f. 

left, gauche, f.; see side. 

leisurely, 4 mon (ton, son, notre, 
votre, leur) aise, f. 

lemonade, limonade, f. 

less, moins de (noun). 

lesson, lecon, f. 

lest, de peur que, de crainte que 
(subjunctive). 

let, louer; to —, a louer. 

library, bibliothéque, f. 

light, lumiére, f. 

light, allumer; to — up, éclairer. 

like, aimer, chérir. 

lion, lion, m. 

listen to, écouter. 

little, adj., petit, -e. 

little, adv., peu de. 


290 


live, demeurer. 

lock, serrure, f. 

lock; see shut. [plus. 

long, long, -ue; no —er, ne... 

look, regarder; to — at,.regar- 
der ; to — out of, regarder par. 

lose, perdre. 


M 


M.; see o'clock. 

Madam, Madame. 

magnificent, magnifique. 

maid, servante, f. 

make, faire, irr.; to — use of, se 
servir (irr.) de. 

man, homme, m. 

manner, maniére, f. 

many, beaucoup de; as —...as, 
autant de (noun) que; how 
—, combien de (noun); so — 
-..as, tant de (moun) que; 
too —, trop de (noun). 

map, carte, f. 

marquis, marquis, m. 

master, maitre, m.; —piece, chef 
(m.) d’ceuvre. 

match, allumette, f. 

mattress, matelas, m. 

May, pouvoir, irr. 

me, me, moi. 

meal, repas, m. 

meat, viande, f. 

medicine, médicament, m. 

meet, rencontrer. 

melodrama, mélodrame, m. 

member, membre, 21. 

menagerie, ménagerie, f. 

merry, gai, -e. 

mild, clément, -e. 

milk, lait, m. 

mine, le mien, la mienne, les 
miens, les miennes. 

minister, ministre, m. 

minute, minute, f. 

mistress, maitresse, f. 





BEGINNERS FRENCH 


modern, moderne. 

Monday, lundi, 2. 

monkey, singe, 1. 

month, mois, m. + 

more, plus de (noun) ; no —, ne 
... plus; — and —, de plus en 
plus. 

morning, matin, m.; good —, bon- 

most, plus. [jour, m. 

mother, mére, f. - 8 

much, beaucoup de (noun); as 
—...as, autant de (noun) que; 
so —...as, tant de (noun) 
que; how —, combien de 
(noun) ; too —,trop de(noun). 

mud, boue, f. 

music, musique, f. 

muslin, mousseline, f.; — cur- 
tain, rideau (m.) de mousse- 
line. 

must, devoir, irr.; 
impers. 

mustard, moutarde, f. 

mute, muet, -te. 

my, mon, ma, mes. 


falloir, irr., 


N 


napkin, serviette, f. 

narrow, étroit, -e. 

nature, nature, f. 

near, prés de. 

necessary; to be —, falloir, irr., 
impers. 

need, besoin, m.; to be in — of, 
avoir (irr.) besoin de. 

need, avoir (irr.) besoin de. 

neighbor, voisin, m.; voisine, f. 

neighborhood, voisinage, m. 

nephew, neveu, m. 

never, ne... jamais. 

newspaper, journal, m. 

next day, lendemain, m. 

niece, niéce, f. [m. 

night, nuit, f.; good —, bonsoir, 


BEGINNER’S FRENCH 


ninety, quatre vingt dix; — one, 
quatre vingt onze. 

ninth, neuvieme. 

no, ne...pas de, aucun...ne, 
ne...aucun; nul...ne, ne... 
nul; — more, ne... plus. 


no, non. 
nobody, personne, m. (with 
noiselessly, doucement. ([neg.). 


none, nul...ne, aucun...ne, ne 
... aucun; n’en... pas. 

nor, ni; (after prendre garde) ou. 

not, ne... pas; — a, — any, ne 
... pas de; ne... aucun. 

notebook, cahier, m. 

nothing, rien...ne, ne... rien. 

notice, remarquer, apercevoir, 

novel, roman, m. [irr. 

numerous, nombreu-x, -se. 

nurse, garde malade, m. or f. 


0 


obey, obéir a. 

obscure, obscur, -e. 

occupy, occuper. 

o’clock, heure, f.; two — A.M, 
deux heures du matin; six — 
P.M., six heures du soir. 

of, de; — the, du, de la, de 1’, 
des; — it, — them, en. 

office; ticket —, guichet, m. 

oil, huile, f. 

olive, olive, f. 

on, sur; omitted before dates. 

once; at —, aussitét, tout de suite. 

one, adj., un, -e ; — or two hours, 
une heure ou deux or une ou 
deux heures. 

one, pron., on; —’s self, se; — 
another, se, se...l’un J/’au- 
tre; the —, celui, celle; the 
—s, ceux, celles: this —, ce- 
lui ci, celle ci; that —, celui 
la, celle 1a. 

only, ne... que. 





291 
open, ouvrir, irr. 
opera, opéra, m. 
opposite, en face de. 
or, ou. 
order, ordre, m.; in — that, 


pour que, afin que (subjunct.) 
organ, orgue, m. 
organist, organiste, m. 
other, autre; some...or —, un 
...quelconque. 
ought, devoir, irr. 
our, notre, nos. 
ours, le notre, la ndtre, les nd- 
out of, par. [tres. 
over; to be —, étre (irr.) fini, -e. 
overcoat, pardessus, m. 


5 


pale, pale. 

paper, papier, m. 

parent, parent, m. 

park, parc, m. 

parlor, salon, m. 

part, partie, f. 

party; evening —, soirée, f., 
pass, passer. 


passenger, voyageur, m. 


path; side —, contre-allée, f. 

peal, volée, f.; see ring. 

pen, plume, f. 

pencil, crayon, m. 

people, on, m.; young —, jeunes 
gens, m. pl. 

pepper, poivre, m. 

perceive, apercevoir, irr. 

performance, représentation, f. 

perfume, parfum, m. 

permission, permission, f. 

person, personne, f.; —S pres- 
ent, assistants, m. pl. 

physician, médecin, m. 


piano, piano, m. ; 
pick, cueillir, zr. 
piece, morceau, m.; — of fur- 


niture, meuble, m. 


292 


pill, pilule, f. 

pillow, oreiller, m. 

pity, pitié, f.; to have — on, 
avoir (irr.) pitié de. 

pity, avoir (irr.) pitié de. 

place, placer. 

plate, assiette, f. 

plateful, assiettée, f. 

play, piéce, f. 

play, jouer; (instrument) joue 
de; playground, préau, m. 

pleasant, charmant, agréable. 

please, plaire (irr.) a. 

pleased, content(e) de (infin.) ; 
— with, satisfait(e) de. 

pleasure, plaisir, m. 

pocket, poche, f. 

poor, pauvre; mauvais, -e. 

‘possible, possible; it is —, il se 
peut. 

pound, livre, f. 

pour, verser. 

practice, pratique, f. 

pray, prier. 

precise, précis, -e. 

prefer, préférer. 

preferable, préférable. 

prepare, préparer; to 
(something) prepared, 
(irr.) préparer. 

prescribe, ordonner. 

prescription, prescription, f. 

present; to be — at, assister a. 

present, présenter. 

press, presser. 

pretty, joli, -e. 

princess, princesse, f. 

probably, probablement. 

progress, progrés, m1. 

proper; be —, convenir, irr. 

provide with, pourvoir (irr.) de. 

public, public, m. 

pull down, baisser. 

pulse, pouls, m. 

punish, punir. 

punishment, punition, f. 


faire 


have 





BEGINNERS FRENCH 


pupil, éléve, m. or f. 
put, placer; mettre, irr.; to — 
on, mettre, irr. 


Q 


quality, qualité, f. 

quarter, quart, m.; a — of an 
hour, un quart d’heure. 

question, question, f. 

quick, rapide. 

quickly, rapidement. 

quiet, calme. 


R 


radish, radis, m. 

rail; by —, en chemin de fer. 

railroad, chemin de fer, m. 

rain, pleuvoir, srr. 

raise, lever. 

tap, coup, m. 

rapid, rapide. 

tapidly, rapidement. 

tare, rare. . 

rather, plutot. 

reach, parvenir (irr.) a; attein- 
dre, tr. 

read, lire, irr. 

receive, recevoir, irr.; to — a 
punishment, subir une puni- 
tion. ‘ 

reception; evening —, soirée, f. 

recommend, recommander de 
(infin.). 

red, rouge. 

reflect upon, réfléchir a. 

refuse, refuser. 

reign, régner. ~ 

rejoice, (somebody)  réjouir; 
(doing something) se réjouir 
de (infin.). 

relative, parent, m. 

remain, *rester. 

rent, louer; for —, a louer. 


BEGINNERS FRENCH 


repass, repasser. 

repeat, répéter. 

reply, répondre, répliquer. 

represent, représenter. 

reputation, réputation, f. 

require, exiger. 

reside, demeurer. 

respective, respecti-f, -ve. 

rest, repos, m. 

rest, se reposer. 

restaurant, restaurant, m. 

return, (give back) rendre; (go 
back) retourner; on returning 
from, de retour de. 

revive, revivre, irr. 

right, droite, f.; on the —, de 
droite; see side. 

ting, sonner; to — a full peal, 
sonner a toute volée. 

ripe, mir, -e. 

road, route, f. 

room, chambre, f. 

rosy, rose. 

round, rond, -e. 

rug; see bedside. 


Ss 


sad, triste. 

sale; for —, a vendre. 

salt, sel, m. 

same, méme. 

Saturday, samedi, m. 

say, dire, irr. 

scenery, décors, m. pl. [en classe. 
school, école, f.; at —, a l’école, 
schoolmaster, instituteur, m. 
schoolmistress, institutrice, f. 
scold, gronder. 

scratch, frotter. 

sculptor, sculpteur, m. 

season, saison, f, 

seat, place, f. 

seated, assis, -e. . 

second, seconde, f. 

see, apercevoir, irr.; voir, irr, 





293 


seem, sembler; paraitre, irr.; to 
— to be, paraitre, irr. 

seldom, rarement. 

sell, vendre. [(irr.) venir. 

send, envoyer, irr.; — for, faire 

sermon, sermon, m. 

Service, service, m. 

set, se coucher. 

seven, sept. 

seventy, soixante dix. 

several, plusieurs. 

shade, ombre, f.;' (blind) store, 

she, elle. [m. 

sheet, drap, m. 

short, court, -e. 

show, montrer. 

show window, étalage, m. 

shut one’s self in by locking the 
door, senfermer a _ double 
tour. 

side, coté m.; — path, contre-al- 
lée, f.; on the right —, de droit; 
on the left —, de gauche. 

sidewalk, trottoir, m. 

silence, silence, m. 

silent; to be —, se taire, irr. 


since, depuis. 


sing, chanter. 

sir, monsieur. 

sister, sceur, /. 

sit down, s’asseoir, irr. 

Six, six. 

sixteen, seize. 

sixth, sixiéme. 

sixty, soixante. 

skilful, habile. 

sleep, dormir, irr. 

sleeping car, wagon lit, m. 
sleepy; to be —, avoir (irr.) 
slowly, lentement. [sommeil. 
small, petit, -e. 

smiling, souriant, -e. 

snake, serpent, m. 

snow, neige, f. 


‘so, si; — much as, — many as, 


tant de (noun) que, 


294 


soil, salir. 

some, part. art., du, de la, de 1’, 
des; quelque, certain; —...or 
other, un... quelconque. 

some, pron., quelques uns; en. 

somebody, quelqu’un. 

something, quelque chose, m. 

sometimes, quelquefois, parfois; 

..., tantot..., tan- 

[tot... 


Sipe i os 
son, fils, m. 
song, chant, m. 
soon, bientot; —er, plus tot; as 

— as possible, le plus tot pos- 

sible; as — as, aussit6t que 

(indic.). 
sorry, triste. 
sort, sorte, f. 
sound, son, m. F 
soundly, profondément; to sleep 

—, dormir (irr.) sur les deux 

oreilles. 
space, espace, m. 
speak, parler. 
spectacle, théatre, m. 
spend, passer. 
spoonful, cuillerée, f. 
stage, scéne, f. 
staircase, escalier, m. 
stairs, escalier, m. 
standing, debout (adv.). 

‘start to work, se mettre (irr.) 
au travail. 

statue, statue, f. 

stay, *rester. 

steal, dérober. 

still, encore. 

stop, s’arréter. 

store, magasin, m. 

stove, fourneau, m. 

stranger, étranger, m. 

strawberry, fraise, f. 

street, rue, f.; (causeway) chaus- 

strike, frotter. [sée, f. 

strip, dépouiller. 

studious, studieu-x, -se. ! 

subject, sujet, m. 





BEGINNERS FRENCH 


succeed, réussir. 

such, tel, -le. 

suffer, souffrir, irr. 

summer, été, m. 

sun, soleil, m. 

Sunday, (last or next) dimanche, 
m.; (every) le dimanche. 

superb, superbe. 

supper; to take —, souper. 

sure, stir, -e. 

sweet, dou-x, -ce. 


T 
a table, f.; — cloth, nappe, 


take, prendre, irr.; (a person) 

mener; (drink) boire, irr.; 

(swallow) avaler; to — away, 

emporter; (steal) enlever; to 

— along, emmener; to — care 

of, soigner; to — care not to, 

prendre (irr.) garde de (in- 

fin.); to — delight in, se 

plaire a (infin.); to — off 

one’s hat, se découvrir, irr.; to 

— out, tirer; to — supper, 

souper; to — a walk, se pro- 

mener, faire (irr.) une pro- 

menade. 

talk, parler. 

tall, grand, -e. 

tarry, s’attarder a (infin.). 

tea, thé, m. 

teach, instruire, irr. 

teacher, maitre, m. 

tell, dire, irr. 

ten, dix. 

than, que. 

thank for, remercier de. 

that, dem. adj., ce, cet, cette; ce 
«sda, cet... la> cettesi6 le, 

that or — one, dem. pron., celui, 
celle; celui 1a, celle 1a; cela; ce. 

that, relat. pron., qui, que. 


BEGINNER’S FRENCH 


that, conj., que. 

the, le, la, I’, les; — one, celui, 
celle; — ones, ceux, celles. 

theater, théatre, m. 

their, leur, leurs. ; 

theirs, le leur, la leur, les leurs; 
en... le, la, 1’, les. 

them, les, leur, eux, elles. 

then, alors; puis. 

there, la, y; — is or are, il y a; 
(when pointing to) voila. 

these, dem. adj., ces; ces...ci 

these, dem. pr., ceux, celles; ceux 
ci, celles ci. 

they, ils, eux, elles. 

think, penser. 

thirsty; to be —, avoir (irr.) 

thirteen, treize. [soif. 

thirty, trente. 

this, dem. adj., ce, cet, cette; ce 

Brea, Cet. ti Cl, cette sos Ci: 

this or — one, dem. pron: celui, 
celle; celui ci, celle ci; ceci; 
ce. 

those, dem. adj., ces; ces... la. 

those, dem. pr., ceux, celles; 
ceux 1a, celles la. 

thousand, mille. 

threatening, incertain, -e. 

three, trois. 

through, par. 

ticket, billet, m.; — office, gui- 
chet, m. 

tiger, tigre, m 

time, temps, m.; (o’clock) heure, 


f.; meal —, l’heure du repas; 
what — is it? aneie heure 
est il? . 
tired, fatigué, -e. 
to, a, de; — the, au, a la, a I’, 
aux; — the end, jusqu’a la 


fin; see house. 
tongue, langue, f. 
too, trop; — much, 

trop de (noun). 
top, haut, m. 


— many, 





295 


towards, vers. 

towel, serviette de toilette, f.; es- 
suie mains, m. 

tower, tour, f. 

toy, joujou, m. 

tragedy, tragédie, f. 

travel, voyager. 

traveller, voyageur, m. 

tree, arbre, m 

trip, voyage, m. 

trouble, peine, f.; see worth. 

try, essayer de (infin.). 

Tuesday, mardi, 

turn, tourner. 

twelve, douze. 

twenty, vingt.. 

two, deux. 


U 


ugly, vilain, -e. 

umbrella, parapluie, . 

uncle, oncle, 72. 

undress, se déshabiller. 

unless, & moins que (sudjunc- 


until, jusqu’a. [¢2ve). 
us, nous. 
use; to make — of, se servir 


(zrr.) de. 
useless, inutile. 
usher, ouvreuse, 7. 


usual, accoutumé, -e; as —, 
comme de coutume. 

usually, généralement, de cou- 

utter, jeter. [tume. 


V 


vast, vaste. 

vaudeville, vaudeville, m. 
vegetable, légume, m. 
very, trés, bien. 
Village, village, m. 
violin, violon, m. 

visit, visite, f. 


296 
Ww 


wait, attendre; — for, attendre. 

waiter, garcon, m1. 

walk, promenade, f. 

walk, marcher. 

wall, mur, m. 

want, vouloir, irr. 

wash, laver. 

washstand, lavabo, m.° 

water, eau, f. 

wax candle, bougie, /. 

way, chemin, m.; on the —, en 
route. 

We, nous. 

weather, temps, m.; how is the 
—? quel temps fait il? 

week, semaine, f. 

weep, pleurer. 

well, bien. 

what, interr. adj., quel, -le? 

what, interr. pron., qu’est ce qui? 
qu’est ce que? que? quoi? le- 
quel? laquelle? etc. 

what, relat. pron., ce qui, ce que. 

when, quand, lorsque. 

whenever, quand, lorsque. 

where, oi. 

which, interr. adj., quel, -le. 

which, interr. pron., qui? que? 
lequel? laquelle? etc.; of —? 
duquel? etc. 

which, relat. pron., qui, que; of 
—, duquel, efc.; dont. 

while, en (pres. partic.). 

white, blanc, -he. 

who, qui, qui est ce qui? 

whoever, quiconque. 

whole, tout; the — garden, tout 
le jardin. 

whom, interr. pron., qui? qui est 
ce que? 

whom, relat. pron., que. 

whose, de qui, duquel, dont; — 
toy is this, 4 qui est ce jou- 
jou? 





BEGINNERS FRENCH 


why, pourquoi. 

wide, large. 

wild, sauvage. 

wind, vent, m. 

window, fenétre, f.; (shop) vi- 
trine, f.; see show and car. 

windy; to be — (impersonal), 
faire (irr.) du vent. 

wine, vin, m. 

winter, hiver, m. 

wish, désir, m. 


wish, désirer, vouloir, irr. 


worth; to be —, valoir, irr.; to be 
— the trouble or the while, en 
valoir (irr.) la peine; that is 
— looking at, cela vaut la peine 
d’étre regardé. 

write, écrire, irr. 


Y 


year, année, f. 

yellow, jaune. 

yes, oui; (after negat. question) 
Si. 

yet, encore. 

yield, céder. 

you, tu, toi, te, vous. 

young, jeune; — lady, demoi- 
selle, 7. 

younger son or brother, cadet, m. 

your, ton, ta, tes; votre, vos. 

yours, le tien, la tienne, les tiens, 
les tiennes; le votre, la votre, 
les votres. 

yourselves, vous. 


zeal, zéle, m. 


INDEX 


Numbers refer to paragraphs unless preceded by p. = page. 


A 


&: contraction with the definite 
article, 97; before infinitives 
after certain verbs, 384; — 
moins que, 444. 5, 452- 

accent, p. 13; tonic accent, p. 18. 

acquérir, 470. 

active voice replacing 
passive voice, 267, 346. 

adjectives: agreement, 28, 163. 1 
and 2; feminine: general rule, 
29; exceptions, 29. 1 and 2, 38 
note, 148, 161, 171. 2, 172; 
plural: general rule, 30; ex- 
ceptions, 147, 170. 2, I71. I; 
comparison, 38; position, 149, 
160; demonstrative, 41, 116; 
indefinite, 264; interrogative, 
230. 1; numeral: cardinal, 75; 
ordinal, 76; possessive, 40, 367; 
replaced by the definite article, 
432; replaced by en and the 
definite article, 367. 2; super- 
lative, 39. 

adverbs: formation, 118. 1, 130; 
position, 118. 2, 433; compari- 
son, 118. I. 

afin que, 444. 5. 

after, see aprés. 

agreement, see adjectives 
participle. 

aller, 306, 324, p. 256. 

anterior, see past. 

any, soe partitive under article, 
and en. 


apostrophe, p. 13. 


English 


and 


aprés, 392. 

article: definite, 1. 2, 2. 1, 93 
contraction with a, 97; with de,. 
48; generic, p. 80 footnote; 
indefinite, 62;  partitive, 63, 
137, 150, 162, 308. 1; replacing 
possessive adjective, 367, 432. 

aspirate h, p. 16. 

asseoir, 366. 

atteindre, 408. 

auxiliary verbs, see é6tre, avoir, do, 
and verbs. 

avant que, 444. 5. 

avoir: conjugation, p. 251; past 
participle conjugated with avoir, 
243, 288. 

B 


bel for beau, 147. 2. 
bien que, 444. 5. 
boire, 393, p. 256. 
by, 392. 

Cc 


cardinal numbers, 75. 

ce: demonstrative adjective, 41; 
demonstrative pronoun, 221, 
251, 252, 253; C'est, 221. 

ceci, 251. 

cedilla, p. 14. 

cela, 251. 

celui, celle, ceux, celles, 220. 

-cer, verbs ending in, 139. 

cet, cette, 41. 

ci, 116, 220. 1 note. 

comparison, 38. 


compound: nouns, 375; tenses, 


297 


298 


p. 138 footnote, 
vowels, p. 15. 

conditional, 201, p. 137 footnote, p. 
255. 

conjugation: regular verbs, p. 255; 
irregular verbs, pp. 251-254, pp. 
256-250. 

conjunctions: quand, 262, 347; 
lorsque, 347; Si, 261; requiring 
the subjunctive, 444. 5. 

connaitre, 470, p. 257. 

consonants, p. 16, 75 note 1; final, 
p. 17. 

construction: interrogative, 10, 
20, 21, 31, 52, 119. 1; negative, 
18, 21, 64, 119, 205, 452. 

contraction, 48, 97. 

convenir, 461. 

Couvrir, 307, Pp. 257. 

craindre, 385, p. 257; followed by 
the subjunctive, 452. 

crainte: de — que, 444. 5, 452. 

croire, 470, p. 257. 

cueillir, 237, p. 257. 


D 

de: contraction, 48; partitive, 
63, 137, 150, 162, 308. 1; trans- 
lating with, 308. 2; translating im 
after a superlative, 222; after 
adverbs of quantity, 181; after 
nouns of quantity and measure, 
I91; after rien, quelque chose, 
266. 

découvrir, 461. 

definite, see article and preterit. 

demi, 207. 

demonstrative, see adjectives and 
pronouns. 

derived tenses, p. 137 footnote, 
p. 138 footnote. 

diaeresis, p. 14. 

diphthongs, p. 15. 

dire, 377, P. 257- 

division into syllables, p. 18. 

do, 86. 1. 


235» 325; 


BEGINNER’S FRENCH 


dont, 232, 252. 
dormir, 416, p. 257. 
Ez 

e: mute or silent, p. 14; final e 
replaced by é, 86. 2; change of 
e before last syllable of infinitive; 
193, 204. I. 

é, change of € before last syllable 
of infinitive, 192, 202. 

each other, 424. 

€crire, 445, p. 257. 

-eler, verbs ending in, 194, 204. 2, 
205. 2. 

elision, 9; 18, 48. 3 64, 65, 221, 
347." 

€n: pronominal adverb, 182, 288, 
367; position, 286; preposition, 
392. 

endings of regular verbs, p. 255. 

envoyer, 297, p. 257. 

est ce que, 52. 

éteindre, 416, p. 257 footnote 1. 

-eter, verbs ending in, 194, 204. 3, 
205. I. 

étre, p. 253; used for avoir, 306; 
with reflexive verbs, 364. . 

—evoir, verbs ending in, see rece- 
voir, p. 258. 


F 


faire, 307, p. 257. 

falloir, 316, p. 257. 

fear: verbs of fear requiring the 
subjunctive, 444. 3, 452. 

feeling: verbs of feeling requiring 
the subjunctive, 444. 3. 

feminine, see gender and adjec- 
tives. 

final consonants, p. 17. 

formation of tenses, p. 137 foot- 
note, p. 138 footnote. 

future, 201, p. 137 footnote, p. 138 
footnote, p. 255. 


BEGINNER’S FRENCH 


G 
gender, 1 
generic article, p. 80 cae, 
-ger, verbs ending in, 138. 


graphic signs, p. 13. 


H 
h: aspirate, p. 16; mute, p. 16. 
hair, 316. 
he is, 221. 


hope, see feeling. 
hyphen, p. 13, 66. 


I 

af, 261. 

imperative: p. 138 footnote, p. 255; 
position of personal pronouns 
with, 296. 

imperfect: indicative, p. 137 foot- 
note, p. 255; subjunctive, p. 138 
footnote, p. 255. 

impersonal verbs, 444. 1. 

im, 392; after superlatives, 222. 

indefinite, see adjectives, article, 
and pronouns. 

indicative, p. 137 footnote, p. 138 
footnote, p. 255. 

infinitive, p. 137 footnote, p. 255; 
without preposition, 384; with 
a, de, 384; 
participle, 376, 392. 

instruire, 461. 

interrogative, see adjectives, con- 
struction, pronouns, and verbs. 

introduire, 408. 

irregular verbs, pp. 251-254, pp. 
256-250. 

wt: as subject, 10; it is, 221, 323; 
as object, 277, 286, 296. 

its, 367. 

L 


la, 116, 220. 1 note. 
liaison, p. 17.°’ 
linking of words, p. 17. 
lire, 400, p. 257. 


replacing present 


299 


lon, 267. 
lorsque, 347. 


M 


madame, p. 95 footnote. 

mademoiselle, p. 95 footnote. 

masculine, 1 

mettre, 324, p. 258. , 

moins: 4— que, 444. 5, 452. 

monsieur, p. 95 footnote. 

mourir, 453, p. 258. 

mute or silent e, p. 14; mute h, 
p. 16, 


N 


nasal sounds, p. 15. 

ne, 18, 21, 64, 119, 265, 452. 

negation or negative construction, 
18, 21, 64, 119, 265, 452. 

negative verbs requiring the sub- 
junctive, 444. 2. 

no, not, not a, not any, 18, 64, 264. 

nouns: gender, 1; number: gen- 
eral rule, 2. 2; exceptions, 49- 


51, 88, 96, 170. I, 183; com- 
pound, 375. 
number: of adjectives: general 


rule, 30; exceptions, 147,170. 2, 
I7i. 1; of nouns: general rule, 
2. 2; exceptions, 49-51, 88, 
96, 170. I, 183; of compound 
nouns, 375. 

numeral adjectives, 75, 76. 


O 


object, see personal under pro- 
nouns. 

-oir, verbs ending in, 152, p. 251, 
PP. 256-259. 

on, 267. 

on, 206, 392. 

one another, 424. 

only, 65. 

ordinal numbers, 76. 

orthographic peculiarities of verbs 
of the first conjugation, 138, 


300 


203, 204, 


139, 192, 1093,° 194, 
205, 263. 

oui, II9. 2. 

OUVTIF, 400, p. 258. 


Pp 
paraitre, 461, p. 258. 


participle: present, p. 137 foot- 
note, p. 138 footnote; replaced 
by the infinitive in French, 376, 
392; past, 234; agreement, 243, 
288, 306, 364, 415. 

partir, 316, p. 258. 

partitive, see article. 

passive, see voice. 

past: anterior, footnote p. 179, p. 
251, p. 253; definite, see preterit; 
and see participle. 

~ersonal, see pronouns. 

peur: de — que, 444. 5, 452.: 

plaire, 348, p. 258. 

pleuvoir, 307, p. 258. 

pluperfect, see compound wsnder 
tenses. 

plural, see number. 

position, see adjectives, adverbs, 
pronouns. 

possessive, see adjectives amd pro- 
nouns. 

pour que, 444. 5. 

pourvoir, 416, p. 258. 

pouvoir, 393, p. 258. 

prendre, 330, p. 258. 

prepositions, see 4, aprés, de, en, 
by, in, with. 

present: indicative, p. 255, p. 137 
footnote, p. 138 footnote; par- 
ticiple, p. 137 footnote, p. 138 
footnote, 376, 392; subjunctive, 
Pp. 255, p. 137 footnote, p. 138 
footnote. 

preterit or past definite, p. 255, 
p. 137 footnote, p. 138 footnote. 

primitive tenses or principal parts, 
Pp. 137 footnote, p. 138 footnote. 


BEGINNER’S FRENCH 


pronouns: demonstrative, 220, 
221, 251; indefinite, 264, 265; 
interrogative, 223, 230. 2, 3, 
and 4, 233; personal, 277, 315; 
Position, 277, 286, 296, 315; 
possessive, 242; relative, 220. 2, 
231, 232, 252. 

pronunciation, pp. 13-18. 


Q 


quand, 262, 347. 

que: conjunction that, 444. 5; 
as or than, 38; relative or 
interrogative pronoun, see pro- 
nouns. 

questions, see construction. 


quoique, 444. 5. 


R 


recevoir, 152, 153, p. 258. 

reciprocal verbs, 424. 

reflexive verbs, 355, 356, 364, 365, 
432. 

regular verbs, 84, p. 255. 

relative, see pronouns. 

résoudre, 377, Pp. 259. 

rire, 453, Pp. 250. 


Sans que, 444. 5. 

Savoir, 470, Pp. 259. 

sentir, 366, p. 250. 

sequence of tenses, 469. 

Servil, 434, P. 259. 

she is, 221. 

Si: if, 261; yes, 53. 

simple tenses, p. 255. 

simple vowels, p. 14. 

some, see partitive under article, 
indefinite under adjectives, and 
en. 

Sortir, 357, P. 259. 

souffrir, 445, p. 259. 

sounds, nasal, p. 15. 


BEGINNER’S FRENCH 


subjunctive: tenses, p. 137 foot- 
note, p. 138 footnote, 442, 443, 
4608, p. 255; USES, 444, 452. 

superlative: adjectives, 39; ad- 
verbs, 118. 1; followed by sub- 
junctive, 444. 4. 

syllabication, p. 18. 


T 


-t-, when inserted, 66. 

taire, 461, p. 250. 

tenir, 393, P- 259- 

tenses: simple, p. 255; compound, 
p. 138 footnote, 235, 305; forma- 
tion, p. 137 footnote, p. 138 
footnote; conjugation, pp. 251- 
255; sequence, 469. 

they are, 221. 

time of day, 323. 

tonic accent, p. 18. 

tu, p. 23 footnote. 


Vv 


valoir, 377, Pp. 259. 
venir, 366, p. 259. 
verbs: regular, p. 255; irregular, 


PP. 251-254, Pp. 256-259; 
auxiliary, pp. 251-254; do, 
86. 1; impersonal, 444. 1; 


301 


interrogative or negative fol- 
lowed by subjunctive, 444. 2; 
reflexive, 355, 356, 364, 365, 
432; reciprocal, 424; -Cer, 139; 
change of é before last syllable of 
infinitive, 192, 203; change of e 
before last syllable of infinitive, 
193, 204. 1; —eler, 194, 204. 2, 
205. 2; —eter, 194, 204. 3, 205. I; 
—evoir, see recevoir, p. 258; 
get, 1387 -Oir, 152, p. 251, 
PP. 256-259; —yer, 263. 
Vétir, 434, Pp. 250. 


Vivre, 453, D. 259. 
voice: active replacing passive, 


267, 346; passive, 305, 306. 
VOir, 331, P. 259. 
vouloir, 445, p. 259. 
vowels: simple, p. 14; compound, 
D.. Es; 
WwW 
while, 392. 
will: verbs of will followed by 
subjunctive, 444. 3. 
with, 308. 2. 


. 
y, 278, 286, 208. 
-yer, verbs ending in, 263. 
yes, 53, I1Q. 2. 








— 


THIS BOOK IS DUE ON THE LAST DATE 
STAMPED BELOW 


AN INITIAL FINE OF 25 CENTS 


WILL BE ASSESSED FOR FAILURE TO RETURN 
THIS BOOK ON THE DATE DUE. THE PENALTY 
WILL INCREASE TO 50 CENTS ON THE FOURTH 
DAY AND TO $1.00 ON THE SEVENTH DAY 


OVERDUE. 








19Jun’57B J 














FEB 10 1948 





3Nov'SOCA 












































LD 21-100m-7,’39( 40° 








YB 01366 


Jemrtee 


See 

ae Me quate eg 
ie ae EES, (oy mee Pa 
* 5 4 é 
Sue sam ‘ a 


Sebi sacelld OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY 





pesteeee ¢5553,9 


pays 
ri yh 7 
; ete 


are, 
+} Seisteteete str fe 
estes ieseteeseetecespeeteest 


2 


siti seeratte He 
sires peteire rigor tere ed ! state af . iretetee : : t 
ett stet pees sisietee ; : ; ; 
eats ; iisiiae Ore Deer et ty r $4 tet : : : : 
pfeieie 3 sis r 
= 1 ~ r zt: 


fi 
cpesrerasseses 


734, 


5 
: : 4 
: Pes heepapeteee 
os F tet S tet fs 
- tits ‘ye adewate pets 
iraiepelebei ah é Hae: fe 
Se ieteketes ; coef y ; tee Syed, 
323 of, z 7 . Be Sy ; ; ; I 
itit : ; t irtetes Boas" 
ot) ; late ; 
ee > tia oh ek +32 : 
rs pleat yates 
ibriretrigeres: ; 
shales et sieteseseeitees 


fet rotet air 
sei tise sipt steer pipes rete . 


errr 
+ 


rite Sets $3 
- 7 r 
sigte tits trepteeitsts ; ~F 
- sat: ! er eeteteas oid : pastes ; . 
PEER HE! scare eit tees eee BIER Aas 
s * x x x . i = 


reto ted, f 733 z 31 tases ‘ 
3 Reerieciesds 
3 i Feteti taste 
: r . Seiesetaiss 
z sess ssries 
Me fe sisi ? pasa aptgeetizete 

: . A = ? 2 of Cs er ti 
meresares ; ; ¥ r ‘ a is i - 
ge ; $3 i 

ord rst 


Wet coat & 
Rg ey 2 
eereics riririy 3 
: rea ft) gai 
coir $te: F 


: z 
ee HES ante 


qateesaic 
ce o~ - fet sts 
Ee let ys ot ste tete 3 " ; ; ; seetese 
prgnamon co fae Bites Finigieipiaee 
SF te tatet etetets : cHsare Ee saet ies Sai sSeceseteces 
pe criptetes ends sSristed } ‘tet: 
; s 


" rs 
rte etete 
rpalatipiiges 


lieehehoteledee 


ei ehetploced * 
etets tis ts 








